The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About1890 RUTHERFORD RD; ; CB082220; Permit·city of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Av Carlsbad, CA 92008 04-08-2009 Commercial/lndustticJI Permit Permit No: CB082220 Building Inspection Request Line· (760) 602-2725 Job Address: 1890 RUTHERFORD RD CBAD Permit Type: Tl Sub Type: INDUST Parcel No: 2121203500 Lot#: 0 Status: Valuation: $165,,257.00 Construction Type: NEW Applied: Occupancy Group: Reference #: Entered By: Project Title: EPEIUS-ADD GENERATOR WITH Plan Approved: 500 GALLON DEISEL FUEL TANK & RETAINING/ENCLOSURE Issued: Applicant: PRIME ELECTRIC 480 ENTERPRISE ST SAN MARCOS CA 92078 760 471-6634 Building Permit Add'I Building Permit Fee Plan Check Add'I Plan Check Fee Plan Check Discount Strong Motion Fee Park Fee LFM Fee Bridge Fee BT-D #2 Fee BTD #3 Fee Renewal Fee Add'I Renewal Fee Other Building Fee Pot. Water Con. Fee Meter Size Add'I Pot. Water Con. Fee Reel. Water Con. Fee Green Bldg Stands (SB1473) Fee $886.17 $0.00 $576.01 $0.00 $0.00 $34.70 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 ?? Inspect Area: Plan Check#: Owner: PDG CARLSBAD 47&48 LP 1825 GILLESPIE WAY#102 EL CAJON CA 92020 Meter Size Add'I Reel. Water Con. Fee Meter Fee SDCWAFee CFO Payoff Fee PFF (3105540) PFF (4305540) License Tax (3104193) . License Tax (4304193) Traffic Impact Fee (3105541) Traffic Impact Fee (4305541) PLUMBING TOTAL ELECTRICAL TOTAL MECHANICAL TOTAL Master Drainage Fee Sewer Fee Redev Parking Fee Additional Fees HMP Fee ISSUED 12/09/2008 RMA 04/08/2009 04/08/2009 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 ?? TOTAL PERMIT FEES $1,496.88 Total Fees: $1,496.88 Total Payments To Date: $1,496.88 Balance Due: $0.00 Inspector_: · ---:z:uii?,a..~--FINAL APPROVAL Date: ~/1(/41 BU~DING PLANS VTI\l STORAGE ~"'~ _ATTACHED Clearance: _____ _ NOTICE: Please take NOTICE that approval of your project includes the "Imposition• of fees, dedications, reservations, or other exactions hereafter collectively referred to as "fees/exactions." You have 90 days from the date this permit was issued to protest imposition of these fees/exactions. If you protest them, you must follow-the protest procedures set forth in Government Code Section 66020(a), and file the protest and any other required information with the City Manager for processing in accordance with Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 3.32.030. Failure to timely follow that procedure will bar any subsequent legal action to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul their imposition. You are hereby FURTHER NOTIFIED that your right to protest the specified fees/exactions DOES NOT APPLY to water and sewer connection fees and capacity changes, nor planning, zoning, grading or other similar application processing or service fees in connection with this project. NOR DOES IT APPLY to any fees/exactions of which vou have orevibuslv been aiven a NOTICE similar to this or as to which the statute of limitations has oreviouslv otherwise exoired. ~·City of Carlsbad 1635-Faraday Ave., Carlsbad, CA 92008 · 760-602-2717 / 2718/2719 Fax: 760-602-8558 www.carlsbadca.gov Building Permit Application # BEDROOMS . # BATHROOMS EXISTING USE PROPO!;ED USE GARAGE .(SF) PATIOS (SF) DECKS (SF) FIREPLACE AIR CONDITIONING FIRE SPRINKLERS YES D #_ NO D YES D NO D YES D NO D APPLICANT NAME ADDRESS CITY. ·srATE ZIP PHONE FAX EMAIL ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP PHONE FAX EMAIL ARCH/DESIGNER NAME_& ADDRESS STATE UC.# /Sec: 7031.5 Business and Prqfissio~s Code: Any City or. Countr, which requires a permit 10 co~struct •. alte~ improve, ~iniolish ·or reP,air. any structure, prior to ilJ,issuance; alsg requires the aP,plicant for such p_ermit to file a signed st~tement th~t hi is ficensed.1m·rsuant to the provmons of the Contractor's License law {Chapter 9, commending with Section 1000 of D1vmon 3 of the Business and Proiernons Code}-or that he 1s exempt there from, and the ham for the alleged exemption. Any v1olauon of Section 7031.5 ~y anr, applicant Ion permit subjects thi applicant to a civil penalty. of not more tttan five hundred dollars {$500}). · . ...-. . -·w0~wt]~~t · ~-- Workers· Compensation Declaration: / hereby affirm under pe11alty of perjury one of the followirg declarations: . . D rhave and wlll maintain a certificate of corisenno self-Insure for-workers' compensation-~s provided by Section 3700 of ti;; Labor Cod~, for·the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. i'Y"f have and wlll maintain_ workers' compensation, as requir d by Section 3700 of the.Labor Code, for the performang;Qf.,the work.for whic~ this permit i~?ued. My workers' compensation insurance ~rrier and policy number are: Insurance Co. .ur ~ Policy No. >;$~2)3('$ sO~t.. Expiration Date __ (;'2.. __ ,_,_._0_'1 ____ _ This section need not be completed if the permit is for one hundred doll rs ($100) or less. . D· Certificate of Exemption: I certify that in the performance of-the work·for which this permit is issued, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Workers' Compensation Laws of California. WARNING:.Failure to secure workers' compensation coverage is unlawful, and shall subject an employer to criminal penalties and civil fines up to one hundred thousand dollars (&100,000), in addition to the cost of compensation, damages as provided for in Section 37~ of the Labor code, interest and attorney's fees. £) CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE _-r-,.__ /. DATE '"( -2,. 0 q I hereby affirm tharl am exempt from Contractor's License Law tor the foliowing reason: D I, as owner ol the property or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work.and tne structure is not intended or offered for sale (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractor's License Law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or improves thereon, and who does such.work himself or through his own employees, provided that such improvements are not intended or offered for sale. If, however, the:building or improvement is sold wilhin one year of completion, the owner-b~ilder will have the burden of proving that he did not build or improve for the purpose of sale). D I, as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors to construct the project (Sec. 7044, ~usiness and Professions Code: The Contractor's License Law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or.improves thereon, and contracts for such projects with contractor(s) licensed· pursuant to the Contractofs License Law). D I am exempt under Section ____ Business and Professions Code for this reason: 1. 1·personally-plan to provide the major labor and·materials for construction of the proposed prope_rty improvement. D Yes D No 2. I (have/ have not) signed an application for-a building permit for the proposed work. 3. I have contracted with the following person (firm) to provide the proposed construction (include name address I phone I contractors' license number): 4. I plan,to provide portions of the work, but I have hired.the following person to coordinate, supe1Vise and provide the major work (include name I address I phone I contractors' license number): 5. I wiil provide some of the work, but I have contracted (hired) the following persons to provide the work indicated (include name/ address/ phone/ type of work): £) PROPEF!TY OWNER SIGNATURE DATE Is the applicant·or future building occupant required to submit a business plan, acutely hazardous materials registration form or risk management and prevention program under Sections 25505, 25533 or 25534 of the Presley-Tanner Hazardous·Substance Account Act? Cl Yes Cl No Is the applicant or future building occupant required to obtain a permit from the air pollution control district or,air.quality management district? Is the facility to be constructed witliin 1,000 feet of the outer bounqary of a-school site? DYes Cl No · Cl Yes Cl No IF ANY'OF THE ANSWERS ARE YES, A FINAL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY MAY NOT BE ISSUED UNLESS THE APPLICANT HAS MET OR IS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OFFICE OF EMERGENCY SERVICES AND THE AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT. '.@@ro~1ffu' ,·,/~ · : ... • , -, ,, , ~ ,,"' '' , ,',,>~"' r ' : , ... ~ ,,, ,_:,' ~ {,-;, ' ,' ', < /, ,\,,' I hereby affirm that there is a construction lending agency for the performance of the work this permit is issued (Sec. 3097 (i) Civil Code). Lender's Name Lender's Address :~/ ~ ~-,,,, ,, y'\ ' ', ~,-»<.f ;i -,.,::; ; I certify that I have read the application and state that the above information is correct and that the information on the plans is accurate. I agree to comply with all City ordinances and State laws relating to building construction. I hereby authorize representative of the City of Carlsbad to enterupon the above mentioned property for inspection purposes. I ALSO AGREE TO SAVE, INDEMNIFY AND KEEP HARMLESS THE CITY OF CARLSBAD AGAINST ALL LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS,COSTS AND EXPENSES WHICH MAY IN·ANY WAY ACCRUE AGAINST SAID CITY IN CONSEQUENCE OF THE GRANTING OF THIS PERMIT . . OSHA: An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 5'0' deep and demolition or construction of structures over 3 stories in height. EXPIRATION: Every permit issued by the Building Official under the provisions of this Code shall expire by lim~ation and become null and void tt the building or work authorized by such permit is not commenced within 180 days from the date of such permit or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or a_b~nd~ned at any time after the work is'commenced for a period of 180 days (Section 106.4.4 Uniform Building Code). £!APPLICANT'S SIGNATURE DATE City of C-arlsbad Bldg Inspection Request For: 06/10/2009 Permit# CB082220 Inspector Assignment: TP · Title: EPEIUS-ADD GENERATOR WITH Description: 500 GALLON OEISEL FUEL TANK & RETAINING/ENCLOSURE WALLS@ EXTERIOR --- Type: Tl Sub Type: IN DUST JobAddress: 18~0 RUTHERFORD RD Suite: Lot: O Location: Phone: 760"51 Inspector: {/ APPLICANT PRIME ELECTRIC Owner: PDG CARLSBAD 47&48 L P Remarks: ----- Total Time: Requested By: BOB Entered By: CHRISTINE CD Description Act Comments 19 Final Structural AL 29 Final Plumbing 39 'Final Electrical 49 Final Mechanical Comments/Notices/Holds Associated PCRs/CVs Original PC# PCR99208 ISSUED DIVERSIFIED PROP.; DEFERRED FLR & ROOF TRUSSES PCR99239 ISSUED DIVERSIFIED PROP.; REVISE SOFFITT 17/SS.l Inspection History Date Description · Act lnsp Comme.nts 06/02/2009 39 Final Electrical CA TP 04/30/2009 34 Rough Electric AP TP TO GENERATOR 04/17/2009 66 Grout AP TP 04/15/2009 21 Underground/Under Floor WC TP 04/15/2009 31 Underground/Conduit-Wiring AP TP underground conduit to geri encl. 04/15/2009 31 Underground/Conduit-Wiring PA TP conduit under drive. 04/15/2009 61 Footing AP TP ret wall at encl. 04/13/2009 31 Underground/Conduit-Wiring AP TP CONDUIT UNDER DRIVE Cltv or Carlsbad · Flnal Bulldlng Inspection Dept: Building Engineering Planning CMWD St Lite <Bim Plan Check#: Date: 06/10/2009 Permit#: CB082220 Permit Type: Tl Project Name: EPEIUS-ADD GENERATOR WITH Sub Type: INDUST 500 GALL,ON DEISEL FUEL TANK & RETAINING/ENCLO Address: 1890 RUTHERFORD RD Lot: 0 . Contact Person: BOB Sewer Dist: CA Phon~: 7609083151 Water Dist: CA .......................................................................................................................................................... By: C,A 01~ Inspected: &L ~; Q ..\, Inspected t-Date { / Q Inspected . ...., Date Approved: ~ Disapproved: __ By: ___ ..;.._ ______ Inspected: _____ Approved: __ Disapproved: __ Inspected Date By: Inspected: ___ ..--_ Approved: __ Disapproved: __ ........................................................................ -.................................................................................. . Comments: ___ --'----------------------------------- DATE: March 31, 2009 JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: 082220 EsGH Corpora.tion In <Partners/i.ip wit/i. qovernment for <Bui{aing Safety SEl: IV PROJECT ADDRESS: 1890 Rutherford Road LAN REVIEWER D FILE PROJECT NAME: Generator and 500 Gallon Diesel Tank and Enclosure for Epei ~ The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes. D The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff. D The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. D The check list tr~msmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. D The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. D The applicant's copy of the chec.k list has been sent to: Prime Electrical Services · 480 Enterprise St., San Marcos, CA 92078 ~ Esgil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. D Esgil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Prime Telephone#: (760) 471-6634 Date contacted: (by: ) Fax #:6635 Mail Telephone Fax In Person please fax to Daleze also. Fax = 858-676-97 44 ~ REMARKS: THIS IS A REPLACEMENT OF THE PLANS APPROVED DATED 3/26/09 DUE TO ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SUBMITTED. PLEASE HAVE The applicant to add clouded Notes on sheet E3.0 to the City set. By: Bert Domingo EsGil Corporation D GA D MB D EJ D PC Enclosures: 3/31/09 I . Es Gil. Corporation In (l'artnersliip witli (Jovernm~nt for <Bui[aing Safety : ;,."',,'):-. JURISDICTIOt,-J;~,.·oadsbad •,-',' .. PLAN CHECK NO.: 082220 SET: III PROJECT ADDRESS: 1890 Rutherford Road D APPLICANT g:i U Ris-=:> D PLAN REVIEWER D FILE PROJECT NAME: Generator and 500 Gallon· Diesel Tank and Enclosure for Epei cg] The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes. D The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff. D The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. D The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. D · The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant .. contact person. D The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: Prime Electrical Services 480 Enterprise St.., San Marcos, CA 92078 cg) Esgil Corporation staff did .not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. D E:sgil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that tl:le plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Prime Telephone#: {760) 471-6634 Date contacted: (by: . ) Fax #:6635 Mail Telephone Fax In Person D REMARKS: please fax to Daleze also. Fax = 858-676-97 44 By: Bert Domingo EsGil Corporation D GA D MB D EJ D PC Enclosures: 3/23/09 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 + San Diego, California 92123 + (858) 560-1468 + Fax (858) 560-1576 j• DATE: February 20, 2009 JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: 082220 EsGil Corporation In (J!artnersliip witli government for (J3ui[c£ing Safety SET: II PROJECT ADDRESS: 1890 Rutherford Road ~NT JURIB l:J PLAN REVIEWER l:J FILE PROJECT NAME: Generator and 500 Gallon Diesel Tank and Enclosure for Epei D The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where necessary and substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes. D The plans transmitted herewith will substantially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff. D The plans trc;1nsmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmi_tted for a complete recheck. 1:8:J The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck. D The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. 12.s] The applicant's copy of the check list has been sent to: Prime Electrical Services 480 Enterprise St., San Marcos, CA 92078 D Esgil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. 1:8:J Esgil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacte~~Pr~e . Telephone#: (760) 471-6634 Date contactec:P."t#--0 I oq (by;,/1,13) Fax #: 6635 Mail VTelephone Fao/ In Person D REMARKS: By: Bert Dc;,mingo EsGil Corporation D GA D MB D EJ D PC Enclosures: 2/12/09 \. 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 + San Diego, California 92123 + (858) 560-1468 + Fax (858) 560-1576 · Carlsb~d 082220 February 20, 2009 RECHECK CORRECTION LIST JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PROJECT ADDRESS: 1890 Rutherford Road PLAN CHECK NO.: 082220 SET: II DATE PLAN RECEIVED BY ESGIL CORPORATION: 2/12/09 REVIEWED BY: Bert Domingo i=OREWORD (PLEASE READ): DATE RECHECK COMPLETED: February 20, 2009 This plan review is limited to the technical requirements contained in the Building Code, Plumbing Code, Mechanical Code, Electrical Code and state laws regulating energy conservation, noise attenuation and disabled access. This plan review is based on regulations enforced by the Building Department. You may have other corrections based on laws and ordinances enforced by the Planning Department, Engineering Department or other departments. The following items listed need clarification, modification or change. All items must be satisfied before the plans will be in conformance with the cited codes and regulations. The approval of the plans does not permit the violation of any state, ·county or city law. A. · Please make all corrections on the original tracings and submit prints to: new complete sets of B. To facilitate rechecking, please identify, next to each item, the sheet of the plans upon which each correction on this sheet has been made and return this sheet with the revised plans. C. The following items have not been resolved from the previous plan reviews. The original correction number has been given for your reference. In case you did not keep a copy of the prior correction list, we have enclosed those pages containing the outstanding corrections. Please contact me if you have any questions regarding these items. D. Please indicate here if any changes have· been made to the plans that are not a result of corrections from this list. If there are other changes, please briefly describe them and where they are located on the plans. Have changes been made not resulting from this list? DYes DNo Carlsb~d 082220 February 20, 2009 • GENERAL 1. Please make all corrections, as requested in the correction list. Submit three new complete sets of plans for commercial/industrial projects (two sets of plans for residential projects). For expeditious processing, corrected sets can be submitted in one of two ways: 1. Deliver all corrected sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department, 1635 Faraday Ave., Carlsbad, CA 92008, (760)'602-2700. The City will route the plans to EsGil Corporation and the Carlsbad Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. 2. Bring one corrected set of plans and calculations/reports to EsGil Corporation, 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, CA 92123, (858) 560-1468. Deliver all remaining sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department for routing to their Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. NOTE: Plans that are submitted directly to EsGil Corporation only will not be reviewed by the City Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments until review by EsGil Corporation is complete. • PLANS 2. All sheets of the plans and the first sheet of the calculations are required to be signed by the licensed architect or engineer responsible for the plan preparation. THIS WILL BE CHECKED WHEN ALL THE ITEMS BELOW ARE MET.' • FOUNDATION 4. THE SLOPING DIRT BEHIND THE RETAINING WALL MAY HAVE A HIGHER ACTIVE PRESSURE THAN WHAT IS SHOWN IN THE CALCULATIONS. PLEASE SUBMIT A SOILS REPORT. PLEASE ·suBMIT TWO SETS OF THE REVISED CALCULATIONS AS RESPONDED. 5. A foundation/soils investigation is required for all projects in .Se'is:r.nic ·bes(gn Cate,gories '.C,,_'D, ~-QYF. Section 1802.2. PLEASE SEE ITEM 6 BELOW. 6. Provide a copy of the project soil report prepqred by a licensed civil engineer. The rep·ort shall include foundation design recommendations based Qn the engineer's findings. PLEASE SUBMIT AN UPGRADED SOILS REPORT TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ITEMS 5 AND 7 ABOVE AND BELOW RE5PECTIVEL Y. 7. -In Seismic Design Categories ,I:?t.E off, the soils investigation must address liquefaction, and, if retaining walls are proposed, the soils investigation must address increased lo~ding on the walls due to earthquake motions. Section 1802.2.7. PLEASE SEE ITEM 6 ABOVE. Carlsbad 082220 .,_ February 20, 2009 8. Provide a letter from the soils engineer confirming that the foundation plan, grading plan and specifications have been reviewed and that it has been determined that the recommendations in the soil report are properly incorporated into the plans. SECTION 5.15 OF THE REPORT SEEMS TO INDICATE A REVIEW OF THE FOUNDATION PLAN. PLEASE SUBMIT THE REQUESTED LETTER. 9. Specify on the foundation plan or structural specifications sheet the soil classification. the soils expansion index and the design bearing capacity of the foundation. Section A106.1.1. · 10. Provide notes on the foundation plan listing the soils report recommendations for foundation slab and building pad preparation. · • 'STRUCTURAL 12. THE SCREEN WALL SHOULD INCLUDE IN THE CALCULATIONS TO CARRY AN OUT OF PLANE LOADING. THE RESPONSE INDICATED to SEE THE CALCULATIONS BUT SEEMS NOT INCLUDED IN THE PACKAGE. ADDITIONAL STRUCTURAL THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS WOULD BE CHl=CKED WHEN THE CALCULATIONS WERE SUBMITTED. 15. PLEASE SHOW THE RECOMMENDED OF THE REBAR OF THE RET/WALL FROM THE DIRT SIDE. 16. IT SEEMS THAT THE RECOMMENDATION FOR THE SCREEN WALL IS NOT COMPATIBLE WITH THE DETAIL C/E2.0. 18. THE TRANSMITTAL INDICATED THAT THIS PERMIT INCLUDES ALSO THE GENERATOR AND THI; 500 GALLON DIESEL TANK. PLEASE SUBMIT COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF THE SUPPORTING SYSTEM TO INCLUDE THE ANCHORAGE OF THE SAME EQUIPMENT. IS T·HE ANCHORAGE AND FOUNDATION INCLUDED IN THE CALCULATIONS? · Carlsbad 082220 ' . ~ Pebruary 20, 2009 To speed up the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet, note or detail number, calculation page, etc. Please indicate here if any changes have been made to the plans that are not a result of corrections from this list. If there are other changes, please briefly describe them and where they are locatec::I in the plans. · Have changes been made to the plans not resulting from this correction list? Please indicate: D Yes D No The jurisdiction has contracted with Esgil Corporation located at 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, California 92123; telephone number of 858/560-1468, to perform the plan review for your project. If you have any questions regarding these plan review items, please contact Bert Domingo at Esgil Corporation. Thank you. DATE: December 18, 2008 JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PLAN CHECK NO.: 082220 EsGil Cor_poration In <Partnersli.ip witli. <;;ovemment for (]3uiftfing Safety SET:I PROJECT ADDRESS:· 1890 Rutherford Road D APPLICANT ~~VIEWER D FILE PROJECT NAME: Generator and 500 Gallon Diesel Tank and Enclosure for Epei D The plans transmitted herewith have been corrected where neces~ary and substantially comply with the jurfsdiction's building codes. D The plans transmitted herewith will substc;1ntially comply with the jurisdiction's building codes when minor deficiencies identified below are resolved and checked by building department staff: D The plans transmitted herewith have significant deficiencies identified on the enclosed check list and should be corrected and resubmitted for a complete recheck. !ZI The check list transmitted herewith is for your information. The plans are being held at Esgil Corporation until corrected plans are submitted for recheck: D The applicant's copy of the check list is enclosed for the jurisdiction to forward to the applicant contact person. [:g] The applicant's copy of the check li$t has been sent to: Prime Electrical Services 480 Enterprise St., San Marcos, CA 92078 D Esgil Corporation staff did not advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. [:g] Esgil Corporation staff did advise the applicant that the plan check has been completed. Person contacted: Prime Telephone#: (760) 471-6634 Date contacted: (z,,/tq /Of{.by~ Fax #: 6635 MailVTelephone Fay" In Person D REMARKS: By: Bert Domingo EsGil Corporation D GA D .MB D EJ [J PC Enclosures: 12/11/08 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208 + San Diego, California 92123 + (858) 560-1468 + Fax (858) 560-1576 Carlsbad 082220 becember 18, 2008 PLAN REVIEW CORRECTION LIST COMMERCIAL PLAN CHECK NO.: 082220 OCCUPANCY: TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: ALLOWABLE FLOOR AREA: SPRINKLERS?: REMARKS: DATE PLANS RECEIVED BY JURISDICTION: DATE INITIAL PLAN REVIEW COMPLETED: December 18, 2008 . FOREWORD (PLEASE READ)·: JURISDICTION: Carlsbad USE:· ACTUAL AREA: STORIES: HEIGHT: OCCUPANT LOAD: DATE PLANS RECEIVED BY esGIL, CORPORATION: 12/11/08 PLAN REVIEWER: Bert Domingo This plan review is limited to the technical requirements contained in the International Building Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, Uniform Mechanical Code, National Electrical Code and state laws regulating energy conservation, noise attenuation and access for the disabled. This plan review is based on regulations enforced by the Building Department. You may have other corrections based on laws and ordinances enforced by the Planning Department, Engineering Department, Fire Department or other departments. Clearance from those departments may be . required prior to the issuance of a building permit. Ccide sections cited are based on the 2007 CBC, which adopts the 2006 I.BC. The following items listed need clarification, modification or change. All items must be satisfied before the plans will be in conformance with the cited codes and regulations. Per Sec. 105.4 of the 2006 International Bl:lilding Code, the approval of the plans does not permit the violation of any state, county or city law. To speed up the recheck process, please note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet number, specification section, etc. Be sure to enclose. the marked up list when you submit the revised plans. Carlsbad 082220 December 18, 2008 .• GENERAL 1. Please make all corrections, as requested in the correction list. Submit three new complete sets of plans for commercial/industrial projects (two sets of plans for residential projects). For expeditious processing, corrected sets can be submitted in one of two ways: · 1. Deliver all corrected sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department, 1635 Faraday Ave., Carlsbad, CA 92008, (760) 602-2700. The City will route the plans to EsGil Corporation and the Carlsbad Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. 2. Bring one corrected set of plans and calculations/reports to Es<;3il Corporation, 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, CA 92123, (858) 560-1468. Deliver all remaining sets of plans and calculations/reports directly to the City of Carlsbad Building Department for routing to their Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments. NOTE:: Plans that are submitted directly to EsGil Corporation only will not be _reviewed by the City Planning, Engineering and Fire Departments until review by EsGil Corporation is complete. • PLANS 2. All sheets of the plans and the first sheet of the calculations are required to be signed by the licensed architect or engineer responsible for the plan preparation. 3. THE GENERAL NOTES SHOWN ON SHEET S1 .0 INDICATED CONP'ORMANCE TO THE AMENDMENTS OF THE CITY OF IRVINE. 4. • FOUNDATION THE SLOPING DIRT BEHIND THE RETAINING WALL MAY HAVE A HIGHER ACTIVE PRESSURE THAN WHAT IS SHOWN IN THE CALCULATIONS. PLEASE SUBMIT A SOILS REPORT. 5. A foundation/soils investigation is required for all projects in Seismic Design C~tegories ¢., D; E,or P. Section 1802.2_.. 6. Provide a copy of the project soil report prepared by a licensed civil engineer. The report shall include foundation design recommendations based on the engineer's findings. 7. In Seismic Design Categories.[),;.~ or F, the soils investigation must address liquefaction, and, if retaining walls are proposed, the soils investigation must address increased loading on the walls due to earthquake motions. Section 1802.2.7. . Carlsbad 082220 December 18, 2008 8. Provide a letter from the soils engineer confirming that the foundation plan, grading plan and specifications have been reviewed and that it has been determined that the recommendations in the soil report are properly incorporated into the plans (when required by the soil report). 9. 'Specify on the foundation plan or structural specifications sheet the soil . classification, the soils expansion index and the design bearing capacity of the foundation. Section A 106.1.1. 10. Provide notes on the foundation plan listing the soils report recommendations for foundation slab and building pad preparation. 11. The soils engineer recommended that he/she review the foundation excavations. Note on the foundation plan that "Prior to the contractor-r-equesting a Building Department foundation inspection, the soils engineer shall advise the building official in writing that: a) The building pad was prepared in accordance with the soils report, b) The utility trenches have been properly backfilled and compacted, and c) The foundation excavations comply with the intent of the soils report." • STRUCTURAL 12. THE SCREEN WALL S.HOU!,.D INCLUDE IN THE CALCULATIONS TO CARRY AN OUT OF PLANE LOADING. • Construction documents 13. The following design loads shall be clearly indicated on the-construction documents. (Section 1603.1) • -~ind load. The following information should be provided, (Section 1603.1.4) o Basic Wind speed (3-second gust), mph o Wind importance factor, I, and building category o Wind exposure o Applicable internal pressure coefficient o Components and cl9dding {the design wind pressure in terms of psf to be used for the desigh of exterior component and cladding materials not specifically designed by'the registered design professional Carlsbad 082220 December 18, 2008 · • Seismic design data. The following information should be provided. (Section . 1603.1.5) o Seismic importance factor, IE and occupancy category o Mapped spectral response accelerations Ss and S1 o Site class o Spectral response coefficients Sos and So1 o Seismic design category o Basic seismic-force-resisting system(s) o Design base shear o Seismic response coefficient(s}, Cs o Respon_se modification factor(s), R o Analysis procedure used. 14. · A Statement of Special Inspections, prepared by the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall be submitted. This statement shall include a complete l,ist of materials and work requiring special inspection, the inspections to be performed and an indication whether the special inspection will be continuous or periodic. Section 1705.2. ADDITIONAL STRUCTURAL 15. PLEASE SHOW THE RECOMMENDED OF THE REBAR OF THE RET/WALL FROM THE DIRT SIDE. 16. IT SEEMS THAT THE RECOMMENDATION FOR THE SCREEN WALL IS NOT COMPATIBLE WITH THE DETAIL C/E:2.0. 1·7_ THE FOUNDATION RECOMMENDED 3000PSI STRENGTH BUT THE PLANS SHOW DIFFER.ENTL Y. 18. THE TRANSMITTAL INDICATED THAT THIS PERMIT INCLUDES ALSO THE GENERATOR AND THE 500 GALLON DIESEL TANK. PLEASE SUBMIT COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF THE SUPPORTING SYSTEM TO INCLUDE THE ANCHORAGE OF THE; SAME EQUIPMENT. , Carlsbad 082220 December 18, 2008 + ELECTRICAL & ENERGY PLAN REVIEW + 2005 NEC t JURISDICTION: Carlsbad DATE: 12/18/08 + PLAN REVIEW NUMBER: 08-2220 + PLAN REVIEWER: Morteza Beheshti 1. Please provide a single line diagram and show the existing service, new generqtor and other new equipment. 2. Show or note on the plans the method used to limit fault currents to 10,000 amps or lower on branch circuits. 3. All service disconnect devices shall be marked as "Service Disconnecting Means". Please detail or clearly specify on the single line diagram labeling of all service disconnecting means. NEC 230.?0(b) 4. Include the following specifications on the single line diagram when utilizing an ATS that switches the neutral conductor: The grounding electrode, conductor ~ize, and the neutral bond at the generator (NEC 250-26), and_ both required · signs installed at the service. NEC 700.8 (a & b) 5. Provide the required working space about electrical equipment. NEC 110.26. 6. Show on the plan the location of the service(s) and the new generator. NEC 110.26, 230.2. Note: If you have any questions regarding this Electrical plan review list please contact Morteza Beheshti. at (858} 560-1468. To speed the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where the corrected items have been addressed on the plans. . .. ' , Carlsbad 082220 December 18, 2008 To speed up the review process, note on this list (or a copy) where each correction item has been addressed, i.e., plan sheet, note or detail number, calcu'!ation page, etc. Please indicate here if any changes have been made to the plans that are not a result of corrections from this li$t. If there are other changes, please briefly describe them c;1nd where they are located in the plans. Have changes been m~de to the plans not resulting from this correction list? Please indicate: D Yes D No The jurisdiction has contracted with Esgil Corporation located at 9320 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 208, San Diego, California 92123; telephone number of 858/560-1468, to perform the plan review·for your project. If you have any questions regarding these plan review items, please contact Bert Domingo at Esgil Corporation. Thank you. pi;lrlSbad 082220 December 18, 2008 [DO NOT PAY -THIS JS NOT AN INVOICE] VALUATION AND PLAN CHECK FEE JURISDICTION: Carlsbad PREPARED BY: Bert Domingo PLAN CHECK NO.: 082220 DATE: December 18, 2008 BUILDING ADDRESS: 1890 Rutherford Road BUILDING OCCUPANCY: TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: BUILDING AREA Valuation Reg. VALUE PORTION ( Sq. Ft.) Multiplier Mod . . . . Air Conditioning . Fire Sprinklers TOTAL VALUE Jurisdiction Code cb By Ordinanc.e Bldg. Permit Fee by Ordinance J ..-1 Plan Check Fee by Ordinance I• I Type of Review: D Complete Review D Structural Only · D Repetitive Fee · =8· Repeats * Based on hourly rate Comments: D Other 0 Hourly 4j Hours * Esgil Plan Review Fee ($) $4ao.ool $384.ooj Sheet 1 of 1 macvalue.doc ·~ !' BUILDING PLANCHECK CHECKLIST OATE: lJ-/ (ti i[f} PLANCHECK NO.: CB 06'o?,Z.,1o su1LDINGADDREs; · tB<zo K~,Q BJ:. PROJECT DESCRIPTION: ~re Akt\IDUM. r J<J~ ~e f ~~ ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NUMBER: ~· -15 --EST. VALUE: ___ ~ J ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT APPROVAL The item you have submitted for review has been approved. The approval is based on plans, information and/or specifications provided in your submittal; therefor~ any changes to these items after this dat!;!, including field modifications, must be reviewed by this office to insure continued conformance with applicable codes._ Please review carefully all comments attached, as failure to comply with instructions in this report can result in suspension of permit to build. D A Right-of-Way permit-is required prior to construction of the following improvements: DENIAL Please se~th attached report of deficiencies marked with _ · . Make necessary corrections to plans or specifi ati s for compliance with applicable codes and standards. Submit corrected plans and/or specifications to this office for.review. FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY .GINEERING AUTHORIZATION TO ISSUE BUILDING PERM· ATTACHMENTS D Dedication Application D Dedication Checklist D Improvement Application D Improvement Checklist D Neighborhood Improvement Agreement D -Grading Permit Application D Grading Submittal Checklist G Right-of-Way Permit Application 0 Right-of-Way Permit Submittal Checklist and Information Sheet D Storm water Applicability Checklist Date: ENGINEERING DEPT. C Name: JOANNE JUCHNIEWICZ City of Carlsbad Address: _ 16.35 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008 Phone: {760) 602-2775 CFD INFORMATION Parcel Map No: Recordation: Carlsbad Tract: F:1Bu1Lo1Nt1~qr,:-gm_~0¢..ven ue • Carlsbad, CA 9200f3-7314 • (760) 602-2720 • FAX (760) GO~~'ff5'612 @ ,l . . BUILDING PLANCHECK CHECKLIST SliE PLAN 2ND 3RD D D 1. Provide a fully dimensioned site plan drawn to scale. Show: D D A North Arrow B. Existing & Proposed Structures C. Existing Street Improvements D.-Property Lines · E. Easements 2. Show on site plan: ... A. Drainage Patterns F. Right-of .,Way Width & Adjacent Streets G. Driveway widths H. Existing or proposed sewer lateral I. Existing or propos·ed water service J. Existing or proposed irrigation service 1. Building pad surface drainage must maintain a minimum slope of one percent towards an adjoining street or an approved drainage course. 2. ADD THE FOLLOWING NOTE: "Finish grade will provide a minimum positive drainage of 2% to swale 5' away from ·building." B. · Existing & Proposed Slopes and Topography C. Size, type, location, alignment of existing or proposed sewer and water service (s) that serves the project. Each unit require~. a separate service,_ tJqwever, second elling units and apartment complexes are an exception. Sewer and water laterals should not be located within proposed driveways, per standards. 3. Include on title sheet: A: Site address · 3 5 ~ Assessor's Parcel Number U /l. l J ... I c5l O -__ C. Legal Description For commercial/industrial buildings and tenant improvement projects, include: total building square footage with the square footage for each different use, existing sewer permits showing square· footage of different uses (manufacturing, warehouse, office, etc.) previously approved. EXISTING PERMIT NUMBER DESCRIPTION • • F:IBUILDING P.LANCHEC~ CKLST FORM.doc Rev. 7/14/00 , ·I ... BUILDING PJ.,.ANCHECK CHECKLIST 1 ST 2ND 3RD DISCRETIONARY APPROVAL COMPLIANCE 0 D D D D. D. ·o D F:\BUILDING PLANCHECK C~LST FORM.doc 4a. Project does not comply with the following Engineering Conditions of approval for Project No·-------------------------- 4b. All conditions are in compliance. Date: ____________ _ DEDICATION REQUIREMENTS . . 5. -Dedication for all street Rights-of-Way adjacent to the building site and any storm drain or utility easements on the building site is required for all new buildings and for remodE;lls with a valu~ at or exceeding $ 17,000 , pursuant to C!=)rlsbad Municipal Code Section 18.40.030. · · Dedication required as follows: ________________ _ Dedication required. Please have a registered Civil Engineer or Land Surveyor prepare the appropriate legal description together with an 8 ½" x 11" plat map and submit with a title report. All easement documents must be approved and signed by -owner(s) prior to issuance of Building Permit. Attached please find an application form and submittal checklist for the dedication process. Submit the completed application form with the required checklist items and fees to the Engineering Department in person. Applications will not be accept by mail or fax. Dedication ·completed by:____________ Date: ___ _ IMPROVEMENT REQUIREMENTS 6a. All needed public improvements upon and adjacent to the building site m1,.1st be constructed at time of building construction whenever the value · of the construction exceeds $ 82,000 , pursuant to Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 18.40.040. Public .improvements required as follows: ____________ ____ Attached please find an application form and su.bmittal · checklist for the public improvement requirements. A registered Civil Engineer must prepare the appropriate improvement phims and submit them together with the requirements on the attached checklist to the Engineering Department through a separate plan check process. The completed application form and the requirements on the . ··3 ..... Rev. 7/14/00 ... \.j D-D ·D D D D D D D D D D BUILDING PLANCHECK CHECKLIST checklist must be submitted in person. Applications by mail or fax · are not accepted. Improvement plans must be approved, appropriate securities posted and fees paid prior to issuance of building permit. Improvement Plans signed by: ______________ _ Date: ___ _ 6b. Construction of the public improvements may be deferred pursuant to Carlsbad Mµnicipal Code Section 18.40. Please submit a recent property title report or current grant deed on the property and processing fee of $430 so we may prepare the necessary Neighborhood Improvement Agreement. . This agreement must be signed, notarized and approved by the City prior to issuance of a Building permit. Future public improvements required as follows: 6c. Enclosed please find your Neighborhood Improvement Agreement. Please return agreement signed and notarized to the Engineering Department. Neighborhood Improvement Agreement completed by: Date: D 6d. No Public Improvements required. SPECIAL NOTE: Damaged or defective improvements found adjacent to.building site must be repaired to the satisfaction. of the City Inspector prior to· occupancy. D GRADING PERMIT REQUIREMENTS The conditions that invoke the need for a grading permit are found in Section 15.16.010 of the Municipal Code. .. ?a. Inadequate information available on Site Plan to make a determination on grading requirements. Include accurate grading quantities in cu.bic yards (cut, fill, import, export and remedial). This information must be included on the plans. 7b. Grading Perm'it required. A separate grading plan prepared by a registered Civil Engineer must be submitted together with the completed application form attached. NOTE: The Grading Permit must be issued arid rough grading approval obtained prior to issuance of a Buildirig Permit. Grading Inspector-sign off by: Date: ---------- D . 7c. Graded Pad Certification required. (Note: Pad certification may be required even if a grading permit is not required.) . . F:IBUILDING PLANCHECK Cl(LST FORM.doc 4 Rev. 7/14/00 · BUILDING PLANCHECK CHECKLIST. 7d .No Grading Permit required. . . 7e. If grading is not required, write "No Grading" on·plot plan. · MISCELLANEOUS PERMITS , m--·a. A RIGHT-OF-WAY PERMIT is required to do work in City Right-of-Way and/or ·w-v -~ , . private work adjacent ~o the public Right-of-Way. Types of work include, but aJe <;; ..-into public storm drain, sewer and water utilities. ~l>l~~e).<S . \d{ ~ , ,./\ V""" ~: (_,Pv ~'NW-60 , 0 D 1< Right-of-Way permit required for: ~\A,, C ~~ °'"-:C-£Dl .ss (~~('>~~~ 9. INDUSTRIAL WASTE PERMIT If your facility is located in the City of Carlsbad sewer service area, you need to contact the Carlsbad MuniGipal Water District, located at 5950 El Camino Real, Carlsbad, CA 92008. District personnel can provide forms and assistance, and will check to see if your business enterprise is on the EWA Exempt List. You may telephone (760) 438-2722, extension 7138, for assistance .. . Industrial Waste permit accepted by: bate: 10. NPDES PERMIT Complies with the City's requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System .(NPDES) permit. The applicant · shall provide best .. management practices to reduce surface pollutants to·an acceptable level prior to discharge to sensitive areas. Plans for such improvements shall_ be approved by the City Engineer prior to issuance of grading or building permit, whichever occurs first. 1 a.a.STORM WATER COMPLIANCE FORM -~~ires PSW.P (project storm water permit):#-~ o~X,) . . ~~ier .I/Tier I.I ~Requires SW PPP) -Please complete attached forms ~ r-e.du,rn · 0 Exempt'-P!ease complete attached exemption form orrq ~ "'° b ~ . 11. FEES ~ v~ ~1"-;~ " i'.3e D· · ~uired fees are attached_ ;a No ·tees required · l':IBUILDING PLANCHECK CKLST FORM.doc 5 .·. Sure-~ eo~ ~e. +t-e . ~ ~--~11"~ ~-ti ~ V\ &-~ fvv~ . .. Rev. 7/14/00 ' '!!' , \.) ~ D D .f:\BUILDING Pl,ANCHECK CKLST FORM.doc BUILDING PLANCHECK CHECKLIST WATER METER REVIEW 12a. Domestic (potable) Use l;nsure that. the meter proposed by the owner/developer is not oversized. Oversized meters are inaccurate during low-flow conditions. If it is oversized, for the life of the meter, the City will not accurately bill the owner for the water used. • All single family dw~lling units received "standard" 1" service with 5/8" service. • ·If owner/developer proposes a size· other than the "standard", then owner/developer must provide potable water demand calculations, which include total fixture counts and maximum wate( demand in gallons per minute (gpm). A typical fixture count and water demand worksheet is attached. Once the gpm is provided, check against the "meter sizing schedule" to verify the anticipated meter size, for the unit. . - • Maximum service and meter size is a 2" service with a 2" meter. • If a developer is proposing a meter greater than 2", suggest the installation of multiple 2" services as· needed to provide the anticipated demand. (manifolds are considered on case by case basis to limit multiple trenching into the street). ·12b. Irrigation Use (where recycled water is not available) All irrigation meters must be sized via irrigation calculations (in gpm) prior to approval. The developer must provide these calculations. Please follow these guidelines: 1. If the project is a newer development (newer than 1998), check the recent improvement plans and observe if the new irrigation service is reflected on the improvement sheets. If so, at the water meter station, the demand in gpm may be listed there. Irrigation services are listed with a circled "I", and potable water is typically a circled "W". The irrigation service should look like: STA 1+00 lristall 2" service and 1.5: meter (estimated 1oo·gpm) · 2. If the improvement plans do not list the irrigation meter and the service/meter will be installed: via another instrument such as the building plans or grading plans (Wl a right of way permit of course), then the applicant must provide irrigation calculations for estimated worst-case _irrigation demand .(largest zone with the farthest reach).. Typically, Larry Black has already reviewed this if landscape plans have been prepared, but-the applicant must provide the calculations to you for your use. Once you have received a good example of irrigation calculations, keep a set for your reference. In general the calculations will include: • Hydraulic grade line • Elevation at point of connection (POC) • Pressure at POC ir\ pounds per square inch (PSI) • Worse case zone (largest, farthest away from valve • Total Sprinkler heads listed (with gpm use per head) • Include a 10% residual pressure at point of connection . ·a Rev. 7/14/00 D D F:IBUILDING PLANCHECK CKLST FORM.doc BUILDING PLANCHECK CHECKLIST 3. In general, all major sloped areas of a subdivision/project are to be irrigated yia separate irrigation meters (unless the project is only SFD with no HOA) .. As long as the project is located within the City recycled water service boundary, the City intends on switching these irrigation services/meters to a new recycled water line in the future. 12c. Irrigation Use (where recycled water is available) 1. 1 Recycled water me_ters are sized the same as the irrigation meter above. 2. _ If a project fronts -a street with recycled water, then they should -be connecting to this line to irrigate slopes within the development. For subdivisions, this should have been identified, and implemented on the improvement plans.' Installing recycled water meters is a benefit for the applicant since they are exempt from paying the San Diego County Water Capacity fees. However, if they front a street which the recycled water is there, but is _not live (sometimes they are charged with potable water until recycled water is available), then 'the applicant must pay the San Diego Water Capacity _Charge. If within three years, the recycled water line is charged with recycled water by CMWD, then the applicant can apply for a refund to the San Diego County Water Authority (SDCWA) for a refund._ However, let the applicant know that we cannot guarantee the refund, and they must deal with the SDCWA _for this. ¼~g!sbe .1·yt>~S5 AZ, 08-15 c_rze(9iv@ f of/6i) . Rev, 7/14/00 109.18 42.00 . I r-...... r-...... I ' I 30.00 I I I \ I tt-=- I 491'" \ ' ' --: -0 I 30.00 ; I / I L.-.,, L.-/ -: 275.48 153.48 ' \ I / 1.00 -------11----78.00----i1i-','I-- .,, -, / I I I II J1;, ®@00£ \ ' ...... ._J JOP VIEW Doy Tonk =o : :-a: ,:: 0 • ,o· .... 0 .... SIDE VIEW GENERATOR LAYOUT NOTE: 1. All dimension in inches unless otherwise noted. 2. Generator shown 275REOZJD 3. Day Tank shown 500g Pryco. 4. Do not scale. BR~IT'r' EPEIUS BIOTECHNOLOGIES ELE WORKS GENERATOR LAYOUT DRAWN BY: DEO SIZE I OWGNO. 10722-A1 B SCALE NONE I DAlc 11 /20/08 REV ( SHEET A-1 PLANNING/ENGINEERING APPROVALS PERMIT NUMBER CB 08-2220 DATE 12/17/8 ADDRESS 1890 Rutherford Road RESIDENTIAL ADDITION• MINOR (<17,000.00) RETAINING WALL VILLAGE FAIRE OTHER -- PLANNER CS POOL/SPA TENANT IMPROVEMENT COMPLETE OFFICE BUILDING DATE 12/17/8 ENGINEER1.....-,;, _______ _ DATE. _____ _ 11:\ADhllN\COUNTER/PLANNING/EN~INEERING APPROVAI.S Pl~Review Requirements Category: TI , INDUST Dat_e of Report: 02-19-2009 Name: Address: J,lermit #: CB082220 PRilvlE ELECTRIC 480 ENTERPRISE ST SAN MARCOS CA 92078 Job Name: EPEIDS-ADD GENERATOR'WITH Job Address: 1890 RUTHERFORD RD CBAD BUILDING DEPT" COPY Reviewedby: __ 4_.~_ INCOMPLETE The item you have submitted for review is incomplete. At this time, this office cannot Conditions: Cond: CON0003310 [MET] THIS PROJECT HAS BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED FOR THE PURPOSES OF ISSUANCE OF BUILDING PERMIT. THIS APPROVAL IS SUBJECT TO FIELD INSPECTION AND REQUIRED TEST, NOTATIONS HEREON, CONDITIONS IN CORRESPONDENCE AND CONFORMANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REGULATIONS. THIS '.APPROVAL SHALL NOT BE HELD .TO PERMIT OR APPROVE THE VIOLATION OF ANY LAW. Entry: 02/19/2009 By: gr Action: AP . . m . Carlsbad Fire Department Plan Review Requirements Category: TI , INDUST Date of Report: 12-18-2008 Name: Address: Permit #: CB082220 PRIME ELECTRIC 480 ENTERPRISE ST SAN MARCOS CA 92078 Job Name: EPEIUS-ADD GENERATOR WITH Job Address: 1890 RUTHERFORD RD CBAD BUALDING DEPT,, COPY Reviewed by: I/~ INCOMPLETE The item you have submitted for review is incomplete. At this time, this office cannot adequately conduct a review to determine compliance with the applicable codes and/or standards. Please review carefully all comments attached. Please resubmit the necessary plans and/or specifications, with changes "clouded", to this office for review and approval. Conditions: Cond: CON0003199 [NOT MET] Provide a 'Knox' key-box for this p:r:oject. The location for the key box is red-lined on the plans submitted. An authorization to order :form is attached to this correspondence. Cond: CON0003200 [NOT MET] Provide a 20BC portable fire extinguisher as indicated in red on the plans submitted. Entry: 12/18/2008 By: GR Action: CO Cond: CON0003201 [NOT MET] Article 1 of the-Carlsbad (California) Fire Code shall require that the owner/operator of this generator with fuel cell obtain a "Special Use" permit. Information regarding the application and fees for.this permit can be obtained by contacting our office at 760-602-4665. Corid: CON0003202 [NOT MET] An ''Emergency" stop button or switch shall be provided on the exterior of the generator, and shall be identified as being for "Emergency Stop". · Provide an Professional registered Engineers calculations for the concrete pad and the proposed anchoring of this generator. And to what standard or code is the support, foundation and anchorage constructed to? Provide the following information on the plans: What standard is tht;: fuel tank for this generator constructed to? and is it listed/ and with whom? What kind of secondary containinent is being proposed? , ,., . i . \ ; j What kind of seismic protection for piping and connections is being provided? Warning and identification signs shall be posted to clearly identify hazards. A sign shall be placed at the. main electrical ~hut-off box identifying type and location of all normal_ and emergency power sources connected at that location. The owner or operator of any facility that stores an aggregate quantify of more than 1,320 gallons of petroleum (including used oil) aboveground in containers or tanks 55 gallons or larger must prepare an SPCC Plan in accordance with guidelines contained in Part 112 of Title 40 of the_ Code of Federal Regulations. Contact San Diego County Environmental Health Department for additional information. r 8.00005in Mas wt #5 @ 16.in o/c Solid Grout, Spc lnsp 1'-0"C #O@O.in @Toe Designer select #O@O.in all horiz. reinf. @ Heel See Appendix A ••• ":-"'.t~ 3'-0" 8'-9" 5'-9" 3" ._ --->,' • -1'-3" 3" 1'-4" 1'-10" 2'-6" CANFIELD CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Title: Dsgnr: Description : Scope: Rev: 510300 User. KW-0003761, Ver 5.1.3, 22.Jun-1999, Win32 (c) 1983-99 ENERCA!.C . Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Description Retaining Wall I Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments .Item Heel Active Pressure = Toe Active Pressure = Surcharge Over Toe = Adjacent Footing Lo;id = Added Lateral Load = Load @ Stem Above Soil = SeismicLoad = Total· = Resisting/Overturning Ratio ....• OVERTURNING ..... Force · Distance Moment lbs ft ft-# 2,028.1 2.74 5,558.6 -151.9 0.75 -113.9 54.0 · 8.50" 1·,930,3· O.T.M. = = 459.0 5;903,7- 2.12 Vertical Loads used for Soll Pr~sure = 4,365.2 lbs Vertical component of active pressure used for soil pressure Soil Over Heel = Sloped Soil Over Heel = Surcharge Over Heel = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem= Soil Over Toe = Surcharge Over Toe = Stem Weight(s) = Earth @" Stem Transitions= Footing Weight · = Key Weight = Vert ·Component = Total= Job# Date: Page 2 c:\ccse\2008\08-038 kieth retainin wall\e iu . ••.. RESISTING ..... Force Distance Moment lbs ft ft-# 1,159.6 3.08 ·3.975.4 123.2 3.39 417.6 0.00 :165.0 .0.75 123.8 682.5 1.83 1,251.3 750.0 2.00 1,500.0 133.3 1.83 244.4 1,351.6 4.00 5,406.4 4,365.2 lbs R.M.= 12,518.9 • CANFIELD CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Title: Dsgnr: Description : Scope: Job# Date: Rev: 510300 User. KW-0603781, Ver 5.1.3, 22.Jun-111119, Win32 (c) 1983-99 ENERCALC Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Page 1 c:\ccse\2008\08-038 kleth retainin wall\e iu Description Retaining Wall j Criteria -----------•· jSoil Data • I Footing Strengths & Dimensions I Retained Height = Wall height above soil = Slope Behind Wal = Height of Soll over Toe = Soil Density = Wind on Stem = I Design Summary Total Bearing Load = ... resultant ~c, = 5.75ft 3.00ft 1.50: 1 12.00in 110.00 pcf 18.0 psf 4,365 lbs 5.82 in • Soil Pressure @Toe = 1,885 psf OK Soil Pressure @ Heel = 298 psf OK Allowable = 2,000 psf Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable ACI Factored @Toe = 1,821 psf ACI Factored @ Heel = · 288 psf Footing Shear@ Toe 12. 1, psi OK Footing Shear@ Heel = 33;2 psi OK Allowable = 85.0 psi Wall Stability Ratios Overtµming = 2.12 OK Sliding = 1.55 OK Sliding Cales (Vertical Component Used) lateral Sliding Force = 1 ;930;3 lbs less 100% Passive Force= -1,926.0 lbs less 100% Friction Force= -1,309.6 lbs Added Force Req'd = o.o lbs OK .... for 1.5 : 1 ·stability = o.·o lbs ·oK I F~oting Design Results I Factored Pressure Mu': Upward Mu' : Downward Mu: Design Actual 1-Way Shear Allow 1-Way Shear Toe Reinforcing Heel Reinforcing Key Reinforcing '--I2.!L.-1w!L = 1,821 288 psf = 2,234 0 ft4# = 578 0 ft-# = 1,656 . '3,880 ft-# = 12.15 33.15 psi = 85.00 85.00 psi = None Spec'd "" None Spec'd =, ,None Spec'd Allow Soil Beaiir\g = 2,000.0 psf Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Heel Active Pressure = 60.0 Toe Active Pressure = 60.0 Passive Pressure = 300.0 Water height over heel = 0.0 ft FootlngUSoil Frictior = 0.300 Soil height to ignore for passive pressure = 0.00in I Stem Construction • Top Stem .._ _________ _._ Stem OK Design height ft= o.oo Wall Material Above, "Htn = Masonry Thickness = 8.00 Rebar Size = # 5 Rebar Spacing = 16.00 Rebar Placed at = Edge fc = 2,500 psi Fy = 60,000 psi Min. As% = 0.0012 T9e Width = 1.50 ft Heel Width = 2.50 Total Footing Widfr = 4.00 Footing Thickness = 15.00 In Key Width = 8.00 in Key Depth = 16.00 in Key Distance from Toe = 1.50 ft Cover@ Top = 3.00 in @ Btm.= 3.00 in Design-Data ------------------------ fb/FB + fa/Fa = Total Force @ Section lbs= Moment .... Actual ft-#= Moment ... .Allowable = Shear ..... Actual psi= Shear ..... Allowable psi= Bar Develop ABOVE Ht. in= Bar Lap/Hook BELOW Ht. in= Wall Weight = Rebar Depth 'd' In=' 0.811 1,015.9 2,282.6 2,814.2 18.1 51.5 30.00 11.12 78.0 5.25 Masonry Data ------------------------ fm psi= 1,500 Fs psi= 24,000 Solid Grouting = Yes Special Inspection = Yes Modular Ratio 'n' = 25.78 Short Term Factor = 1.330 Equiv. Solid Thick. in= 7.60 Masonry Block Type = Medium Weight Concrete Data ----------~------------fc psi= Fy psi= other Acc:eptable Sizes & Spacings Toe: Not req'd, Mu < S *'Fr Heel: Not req'd, Mu < S * Fr Key: #4@-33.50 ,Jn,.#5@48.25 in, #6@48. 8.00005in Mas w/ #4 @ 24.in o/c Solid Grout, Spc lnsp #O@O.in @Toe #O@O.in @Heel Designer select :·,, . ... 1'-51/2" all horiz. reinf. 14,_.~----~ See Appendix A 2'-3" 7'-6" 8'-6" 3" 1'--0" 1'-0" 3" r ! CANFIELD CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Title: Dsgnr: Description : ·Scope·: Rev: 510300 Use~ KW-0603761, VerS.1,3, 22.Jun-1999, Win32 (c) 19a3-IXI ENERCALC. Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Description SoreenWall I Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments . • .... OVERTURNING ..... Force Dls~nce Moment Item lbs ft ft-# Heel Active Pressure Toe Active Pressure Surcharge Over Toe Adjacent Footing Load Added· Lateral· Load· = = = = = Load@ Stem Above Soil= Seismicload = total · = Reslstlng/Overtumlng RaUo 76;0 0.67 -19.0 0.33 135.0 5.75 192.0 O.T.M. = = 1.62' Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure = 1,107.3 lbs Vertical component of active pressure osed:fonroil pressure 50.7 -6.3 776.3 820.6 SoH Over Heel = Sloped Soil Over Heel = surcharge Over Heel = Adjacent Footing Load = AxiatDead Load·on·Stem= Soil Over Toe = Surcharge OverToe = Stem Weight(s} = Earth @ Stem Transitions= Footing-Weight· = Key Weight = Vert.Component = Total= Job# Date: Page 2 c:\ccse\2008\08-038 kle!h retalnln wall\e lu • .... RESISTING ..... Force Distance Moment lbs ft ft-# 87.1 1.85 161.5 o.oo· 663.0 1.13 745.9 337.5 1.13 379.7 19.7 2.25 44.4 1,107.3 lbs R.M.= 1,331.4 • - i ! l I r· ... ·: CANFIELD CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Title: Dsgnr: Description ~ Scope: Job# Date: Rev: 510300 · User. KW--Oe03781, Ver5.1.3, 22.Jun-19~, Win32 (c) 1VB3-9Q l:NERCALC Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Page 1 c:\ccse\2008\08-038 kieth retainin wall\e iu . . Description Screen Wall I Criteria ___________ ... /Soil Data • I Footing Strengths & Dimensions I Retained Height Wall height above soil Slope Behind Wal Height of Soil over Toe Soil Density Windon Stem I Design Summary TotalBearing Load ••• resultant ecc. .. = = = = = = = 1.00ft 7.50ft 0.00: 1 O.OOin 110.00 pcf 18.0 psf 1,107 lbs 7.96 in • Soil Pressure@Toe = 1,600 psf OK Soil Pressure @Heel = O psf OK Allowable = 2,000 psf Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable ACI Factored @Toe = 2,200 psf ACI Factored @ Heel = O psf Footing Shear@ Toe = 10.6 psi OK Footing Shear @ Heel = 3.2 psi OK Allowable = 93.1 psi Wall Stablllty Ratios Overturning = 1.62 OK Sliding = 2.29 OK Sliding Cales (Vertical Component Used) Lateral Sliding Force = 192.0 lbs less 100% Passive Force= -150.0 lbs less 100% Friction Force= # 332.2 lbs Added Force Req'd · = O;O lbs OK ... .for 1.5 : 1 Stability = 0.0 lbs OK / Footing Design Results I ~ Heel Factored Pressure = 2,200 --0-psf Mu' : Upward -= 777 o ft-# Mu' : Downward = 96 194 ft-# Mu: Design = 681 194 ft-# Actual 1-Way Shear = 10.56 3.15 psi Allow1-WayShear = 93.11 93.11 psi 1'oe-Rei{lforcing = None Spec'd Heel Reinforcing = None Spec'd Key Reinforcing = None Spec'd A!fow Soil Bearing = 2,000.0 psf Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Heel Active Pressure = 38.0 Toe Active Pressure = 38.0 Passive Pressure = 300.0 Water height over heel = 0.0 ft Footlngl!Solf Frlctior = 0.300 Soil height to ignore for .passive .pressure = 0.00.in. I Stem Construction • Top Stem ...__ll!ll!IMl_lllli ____ _._ Stem OK Design height Waif Material Above "Ht" Thickness Rebar Size Rebar Spacing Rebar Placed at ft= 0.00 = Masonry = 8.00 = # 4 = 24.00 = Center fc = 3,000 psi Fy = 60,000 psi Min. As% = 0.0012 Toe Width = 0.79 ft Heel Width = 1.46 Total Footing Widt~ = 2.25 Footing Thickness = 12.00 in Key Width = o.oo in Key Depth = 0.00 in Key Distance from Toe = o.o·o ·tt Cover@ Top = 3.00 in @ Btm.= 3.00 in Design Data ------------------------ fb/FB + fa/Fa = Total Force @ Section lbs= Monient .... Actual ft-#= Moment .... AHowabJe = Shear ..... Actual psi= Shear .•.•. Allowable psi=· Bar Develop AB.OVE Ht. in= Bar Lap/Hook BELOW Hl in= Wall Weight = Rebar Depth 'd' in = 0.705 154.0 647.6 917.5 3.7 5t5 24.00 7.20 78.0 3.81 MasonryData ------------------------ fm psi= 1,500 Fs psi= 24,000 Solid Grouting = Yes Special Inspection = Yes Modular Ratio 'n' = 25.78 Short:i·-erm -Factor --1.330 Equiv. Solid Thick. in= 7.60 Masonry Block Type= Medium Weight ConcreteData -----------------------fc Fy psi= psi= Other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings 'foe: Notreq'd, 'Mu :c:·s"' Fr Heel: Not req'd, Mu < s * Fr Key: No key defined Structural Calculations for Epeius Retaining Wall Rutherford Road Carlsbad, California 92804 Job# 08-038 December 3, 2008 20222 Orchid Street Newport Beach, CA 92660 Phone (714) 319-4876 Fax (949) 809-3590 8.00005in Mas w/#5@16.in o/c Solid Grout, #O@O.in @Toe Designer select • 3" 3" #O@O.in @Heel all horiz. reinf. ----------11.i See Appendix A w4-LL. 3'-0" 8'-9" 5'-9" 1'-0" 3" CANFIELD CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Title: Dsgnr: Description : Scope: Job# Date: Rev: 510300 User. KW-0603761, VerM.3,22-Jun-1999, Win32 (c) 1983'99 ENERCALC Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Description . Retaining Wall I Criteria-z=m--------···· jSoil Data tj .. 1¥ g j 1Footing Strengths & ~imension~ Retained Height Wall height above soil Slope Behind Wal Height of Soil over Toe Soil Density Windon Stem I Design Summary Total Bearing Load ... resultant ecc. = = = = = = = = 5.75ft 3.00ft 1.50: 1 12.00 in 110.00 pcf o.o psf 3,084 lbs 3.74 in • Soil Pressure@Toe = 1,494 psf OK Soil Pressure @ Heel = 403 psf OK Allowable = 1,500 psf Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable ACI Factored@Toe = 1,610 psf ACI Factored @ Heel = 435 psf Footing Shear@ Toe = 10.4 psi OK Footing Shear @ Heel = 30.1 psi OK Allowable = 85.0 psi Wall Stability Ratios Overturning = 2.49 OK Allow Soil Bearing = 1,500.0 psf Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Heel Active Pressure = 35.0 Toe Active Pressure = 35.0 Passive Pressure = 100.0 Water height over heel = 0.0 ft FootingUSoil Frictior = 0.300 Soil height to ignore for passive pressure = 0.00in 7j .s.te•m-C.o11n111s111tmrml!wm~t5!0;..---.:;:~:.:.-,=::::::Jg To~=~~K Design height Wall Material Above "Ht" Thickness Rebar Size Rebar Spacing Rebar Placed at . Design Data fb/FB + fa/Fa Tptal Force @ Section Moment....Actual Moment. .... Allowable Shear ... _ . .Actual ft= 0.00 = Masonry = = = = lbs= ft-#= = psi= 8.00 # 5 16.00 Edge Shear ..... Allowable psi= 0.784 561.1 1,103.1 1,407.1 10.0 25.8 Sliding 1.06 Ratio< 1.5! Bar Develop ABOVE Ht. in= Bar Lap/Hook BELOW Ht. in= 30.00 6.00 78.0 5.25 Sliding Cales (Vertical Component Used) Lateral Sliding Force = 996.2 lbs Wall Weight = less 100% Passive Force= -200.0 lbs Rebar Depth 'd' in = re = 2,500 psi Min.As% Toe Width Heel Width Total Footing Widtt Fy = = = = = 60,000psi 0.0012 1.00ft 2.25 3.25 Footing Thickness = 12.00 in Key Width = 0.00 in Key Depth = 0.00 in Key Distance from Toe = 0.00 ft Cover@ Top = 3.00 in @ Btm.= 3.00 in less 100% Friction Force=.. 925.1 lbs Masonry Data ------------------------- Added Force Req'd = 0.0 lbs OK .... for 1.5: 1 Stability -474.2 lbs NG I Footing Design Results I Factored Pressure = Mµ': Upward = Mu' : Downward = Mu: Design = Actual 1-Way Shear = Allow 1-Way Shear = Toe 'Reinforcing = Heel Reinforcing = Key Reinforcing = Toe 1,610 1,000 248 752 10.44 85.00 None Spec'd None Spec'd None Spec'd Heel 435 psf 0 ft-# 0 ft-# 1,875 ft-# 30.11 psi 85.00 psi rm psi= 1,500 Fs psi= 24,000 Solid Grouting = Yes Special Inspection = No Modular Ratio 'n' = 25. 78 Short T.erm .Factor = t.330 Equiv. Solid Thick. in= 7.60 Masonry Block Type = Medium Weight Concrete Data fc psi= Fy psi= other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings Toe: Not req'd, Mu < S * Fr Heel: Not req'd, Mu < S * Fr Key: No key defined CANFIELD CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Title: Dsgnr: Description : Scope: Rev: 510300 User. KW-0603761, Ver5.1.3, 22-Jun-1999, Win32 (c) 1983-99 ENERCALC Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Description . Retaining Wall I Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments Item Heel Active Pressure Toe Active Pressure Surcharge Over Toe Adjacent Footing Load Added Lateral Load = =· = = = Load @ Stem Above Soil = SeismicLoad - Total = Resisting/Overturning Ratio ..... OVERTURNING ..... Force Distance-Moment lbs ft ft-# 1,066.2 2.60 2,174.1 -70.0 0.67 -46.7 996.2 O.T.M. = = 2,727.5 2.49 Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure = 3,083.8 lbs Vertical comp_onent of active pressure used for soil pressure Soil Over Heel = Sloped Soil Over Heel = Surcharge Over Heel = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem= Soil Over Toe = Surcharge Over Toe = Stem Weight(s) = Earth @ Stem Transitions= Footing Weigh! = Key Weight = Vert. Component = Total= Job# Date: n ..... RESISTING ..... Force Distance Moment lbs ft ft-# 1,001.5 2.46 2,461.9 91.9 2.72 250.2 0.00 110.0 0.50 55.0 682.5 1.33 910.0 487.5 1.63 792.2 710.4 3.25 2,308.9 3,083.8 lbs R.M.= 6,778.2 8.00005in Mas w/ #5@ 16.in o/c · Solid Grout, Spc lnsp #O@O.in @Toe Designer select .. 1'_;2" 1'-10" #O@O.in @Heel all horiz. reinf. 141---1~ .... ----11...i See Appendix A 3'-0" 7'-6" 8'-6" 3" 1'-0" 1'-0" 3" . CANFIELD CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS· Title: Dsgnr: Description : Scope: Job#. Date: Rev: 510300 User. KW-lJ603761, Ver5.1.3, 22-Jun-1999, Win32 (c), 1983-99 ENERCALC Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Page 1 c:\ccse\2008\08-038 kielh retainin wall\e iu Description Screen Wall I Criteria i • '-JI s_o_n_D_a.ta ____ mi:izmJ:::, ===::Jg I !_ooting Strengths & Dimensions Retained Height = 1.00ft Wall height above soil = 7.50ft Slope Behind Wal :::: 0.00: 1 Height of Soil over Toe = 0.00in Soil Density = 110.00 pcf Windon Stem = 0.0 psf I Resi9n Summary I Total Bearing Load = 1,261 lbs ... resultant ecc. = 1.01 in Soil Pressure @ Toe = 350 psf OK Soil Pressure @ Heel = 491 psf OK Allowable = 1,500 psf Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable ACI Factored @ Toe = 482 psf ACI Factored @ Heel 677 psf Footing Shear@ Toe = 3.5 psi OK Footing Shear@ Heel = 4.5 psi OK Allowable = 93.1 psi Wall Stability Ratios Overtumin_g = 49 .. 91 OK. Sliding = 6.12 OK Sliding·Cafcs (Vertical Component Used) Lateral Sliding Force = 52.5 lbs less 100% Passive ForCEF -50.0 lbs Allow Soil Bearing = 1,500.0 psf · fc = 3,000 psi Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Min. As % Heei Active Pressure = 35.0 Toe Width Toe Active Pressure = 35.0 Heel Width Passive Pressure = 100.0 Total Footing Widtt Water height over heel = 0.0 ft Footing Thickness Footingl!Soil Frictior = 0.300 Soil height to ignore Key Width for passive pressure = 0.00 in Key Depth I Stem Construction g Top Stem '--a------Bi',':1;3Ci ;:;::;;:;;;;;;;;:::]_ StemOK Design height ft= 0.00 Wall Material Above "Ht" = Masonry Thickness = 8.00 Rebar Size = # 5 Rebar Spacing = 16.00 Rebar Placed at Design Data fb/FB + fa/Fa Total Force @ Section Moment. ... Actual Moment. .... Allowable = lbs= ft-#= = Shear ..... Actual psi = Shear ..... Allowable psi= Bar Develop ABOVE Ht. in= Bar Lap/Hook BELOW Ht. in= Wall Weight = Rebar Depth 'd' in= Center 0.004 17.5 5.8 1,647.6 0.4 51.5 30.00 6.00 78.0 3.81 Key Distance from Toe Cover@ Top = 3.00 in Fy = 60,000psi = 0.0012 = 1.17ft = 1.83 = 3.00 = 12.00in = 0.00in = 0.00in = 0.00ft @Btm.= 3.00 in less 100% Friction Force= • 378.3 lbs Masonry Data ------------------------- Added Force Req'd = 0.0 lbs OK -.ofor 1.5: 1 Stability = 0.0 lbs OK Footing Design Results • Toe Heel Factored Pressure = ~ 677 psf Mu': Upward = 0 0 ft-# Mu' : Downward = 0 0 ft-# Mu: Design :::: 10 · 10 ft-# Actual 1-Way Shear = 3.54 4.49 psi Allow 1-Way Shear = 93.11 93.11 psi Toe Reinforcing = None Spec'd Heel Reinforcing = None Spec'd Key Reinforcing = None Spec'd fm psi = 1,500 Fs psi= 24,000 Solid Grouting = Yes Special Inspection = Yes Modular Ratio 'n' = 25. 78 Short Term Factor = 1.330 Equiv. Solid Thick. . in= 7.60 Masonry Block Type = Medium Weight Concrete Data fc psi= Fy psi= Other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings To~: Not req'd, Mu < S * Fr Heel: Not req'd, Mu < S * Fr Key: No key defined , CANFIELD CONSULTING- STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Title·: Dsgnr: Description : Scope: Rev: 510300 User. KW--0603761, Ver 5.1.3, 22-Jun-1999, Win32 (c)_1983-99 ENERCALC Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Description Screen Wall I Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments Item Heel Acti'le pressure Toe Active Pressure Surcharge Over Toe Adjacent Footing Load Added Lateral Load = = = = = Load @ Stem Above Soil = Sei~micLoad = Total = Resisting/Overturning Ratio ..... OVERTURNING ..... Force Distance Moment lbs ft ft4f. 70.0 0.67 -17.5 0.33 52.5 O.T.M. = = 49.91 46.7 -5.8 40.8 Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure = 1_,260.8 lbs Vertical component of active pressure used for soil pressure Soil Over Heel = Sloped Soil Over Heel = Surcharge Over Heel = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem= Soil Over Toe = S1,1rcharge Over Toe = Stem Weight(s) = Earth @ Stem Transitions= i=ooting Weight = Key Weight = Vert. Component = Total= Job# Date: Page 2 c:\ccse\2008\08-038 kieth retainin wall\e iu ..... RESISTING ..... Force Distance Moment lbs ft ft4f. 128.3 2.42 310.1 0.00 663.0 1.50 994.5 450.0 1.50 675.0 19.5 3.00 58.5 1,260.8 lbs R.M.= 2,038.2 h . Plan Check Corrections for Epeius Retaining Wall 1890 Rutherford Road . Carlsbad, California 92804 Job#0S-038 March 16, 2009. 20222 Orchid Street Newport Beach, CA 92660 Phone (714) 319-4876 Fax (949) 809-3590 MEMO DATE: March 17, 2009 TO: City of Carlsbad Building Department 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008 FROM: Jeff Canfield, Canfield Consulting [CCSE] SUBJECT: Epeius Retaining Wall Carlsbad, California CCSE Job# 08-038 Plan Check #082220 The following are responses to the p)an check correction list. The correction section and number are listed, followed by the response to the comment. 4. The sloping dirt behind the retaining wall may have a higher active pressure than what is shown in the calculations. Please submit a soils report. See the attached soils report for the required active pressures. The calculations and drawings have both been modified to match the requirements of the soils report. 5. A foundation/soils investigation is required for all projects in Seismic Design Categories C, D, E or F. Section 1802.2. See the attached soils report that complies with the requirements of code section 1802.2. 6. Provide a copy of the project soil report prepared by a licensed civil engineer. The report shall include foundation design recommendations based on the engineer's findings. See the attached soils report that was prepared by a licensed engineer. The soils report includes the foundation design recommendations. 7. In Seismic Design Categories D, E or F, the soils investigation must address liquefaction, and, if retaining walls are proposed, the soils investigation must address increased loading on the walls due to earthquake motions. Section 1802.2.7. The Seismic Design Category D will be used based on the code minimum. 8. Provide a letter from the soils engineer confirming that the foundation plan, grading plan and specifications have been reviewed and that it has been determined that the recommendations in the soil report are properly incorporated into the plans (when required by the soils report). 20222 Orchid Street Newport Beach, CA 92660 Phone (714) 623-6962 Fax (949) 809-3590 See the attached review letter provided by Construction Testing & Engineering, report #10-9915G, dated March 16, 2009. 9. Specify on the foundation plan or structural specifications sheet the soil classification, the soils expansion index and the design bearing capacity of the foundation. Section A106.l.l. See the General Notes sheet Sl.O for the soil classification, soils expansion index and the design bearing capacity. 10. Provide notes on the foundation plan listing the soils report recommendations for foundation slab and building pad preparation. See the notes added to the sections shown on sheet Sl.O for the pad preparation and detail C/Sl.O for the slab on grade callout. 12. The screen wall should include in the calculations to carry an out of plane loading. See the revised calculations for the out-of-plane load applied to the screen wall. 15. Please show the recommended clearance of the rebar of the retaining wall from the dirt side. The clearance of the rebar from the dirt side has been added to the retaining wall detail shown on sheet S1.0. 16. It seems that the recommendation for the screen wall is not compatible with the detail C/E2.0. The calculations and the detail shown on sheet Sl.O have been changed to match detail C/E2.0 and match the calculations attached. 18. The transmittal indicated that this permit includes also the generator and the 500 gallon diesel tank. Please submit complete analysis of the supporting system to include the anchorage of the same equipment. See the structural analysis of the diesel tank attached. Should you have any questions, please feel free to contact our office. 20222 Orchid Street Newport Beach, CA 92660 _ Phone (714) 623-6962 Fax (949) 809-3590 . II CCSE · By: Jeff Canfield Job No . . Date:~'1 efe)-o~ {( -~ -2$'' i----------' _____.. ~q.l'b" W-=-CA$p}-U-t) C ""hHz-lt>J "' -z.'811,,, 6 lb· Mor--:. (Z..0\~,'b\\,')C ~~'V$--,ct-t ·2-olb· 11\ ~ ~~ C. C\) (. 7 o-l 'V\:>J C 49., €,ii) /2,) :: / ~s-; <2fi 1.RS/6·,·11 ' tAwr ... ~-1---\12---=--70 L\ -zo -\ c::;S"'ot..\ '-S-= -es;-'f z,e,,.? ' _0,,.yg~;_ ~ iD ~ w/ ['-\) ~~ . <t1=-~ -~ 'Tto eo <o~ ~--z-( \l21''l<-te) 8.00005in Mas w/ #5@ 16.in o/c Solid Grout, Spc lnsp ,·-O"C #O@O.in @Toe Designer select #O@O.in all horiz. reinf. @ Heel See Appendix A 1'-6" 1'-6" 4'-0" 3'-0" 8'-9" 5'-9" 3" 1'-3" 3" 1'-4" 1'-10" 2'-6" CANFIELD CONSULTING 'STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Title: Dsgnr: Description : Scope: Job# Date: Rev: 510300 User: KW-0603761, Ver 5,1,3, 22.Jun-1999, Win32 (c) 1983-99 ENERCALC Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Page 1 c:\ccse\2008\08-038 kieth retainin wall\e iu Description Retaining Wall I Criteria ____________ ... I Soil Data @iii 111 I I !~:?tin~6 ~tr~ng~~!:~p~mensi~,!1s ,: I Retained Height = Wall height above.soil = Slope Behind Wal = Height of Soil over Toe = Soil Density = Windon Stem = I Design Summa7 Total Bearing Load = ... resultant ecc. = 5.75ft 3.00ft 1.50: 1 12.00in 110.00 pcf 18.0 psf 4,365 lbs 5.82 in • Soil Pressure @ Toe = 1,885 psf OK Soil Pressure @ Heel = 298 psf OK Allowable = 2,000 psf Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable ACI Factored @ Toe = 1 ;821 psf ACI Factored @ Heel = 288 psf Footing Shear@ Toe = 12.1 psi OK Footing Shear@ Heel = 33.2 psi OK Allowable = 85.0 psi Wall Stability Ratios Overturning = 2.12 OK Sliding = 1.55 OK Sliding Cales (Vertical Component Used) Lateral Sliding Force = 1,930.3 lbs less 100% Passive Force=-• 1,926.0 lbs less 100% Friction Force= -1,309.6 lbs Added Force Req'd = 0.0 lbs OK ... .for 1 .5 : 1 Stability = 0.0 lbs OK Footing Design Results • _.I2!L. Heel Factored Pressure = 1,821 288 psf Allow Soil Bearing = 2,000.0 psf fc = 2,500 psi Fy = 60,000 psi Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Min. As% = 0.0012 Heel Active Pressure = 60.0 Toe Width = 1.50 ft Toe Active Pressure = 60.0 Heel Width = 2.50 Passive Pressure = 300.0 Total Footing Widtt = 4.00 Water height over heel = 0.0 ft FootingUSoil Frictior = 0.300 Footing Thickness = 15.00 in Key Width = 8.00 in Soil height to ignore Key Depth = 16.00 in for passive-pressure = 0.00 in I Stem Construction Design height Wall Material Above "Ht" Thickness Rebar Size Rebar Spacing Rebar Placed at • ft= = = = = = Key Distance from Toe = 1.50 ft Cover@ Top = 3.00 in @ Btm.= 3.00 in Top Stem Stern OK 0.00 Masonry 8.00 # 5 16.00 Edge Design Data ------------------------- fb/FB + fa/Fa Total Force @ Section Moment....Actual Moment. .... Allowable Shear ..... Actual Shear ..... Allowable lbs= ft-#= = psi= psi= Bar Develop ABOVE Ht. in = Bar Lap/Hook BELOW Ht. in = Wall Weight = Rebar Depth 'd' in = 0.811 1,015.9 2,282.6 2,814.2 18.1 51.5 30.00 11.12 78.0 5.25 Masonry Data ------------------------- fm psi = 1,500 Fs psi= 24,000 Solid Grouting = Yes Special Inspection = Yes Modular Ratio 'n' = 25. 78 Short ierm Factor -1.330 Equiv. Solid Thick. in= 7.60 Mu': Upward = 2,234 0 ft-# Masonry Block Type = Medium Weight Mu' : Downw~rd = Mu: Design = Actual 1-Way Shear = Allow 1-Way Shear = Toe Reinforcing = Heel Reinforqing = Key Reinforcing = 578 Oft-# 1,656 3,880ft-# 12.15 33.15 psi 85.00 85.QO psi None Spec'd None Spec'd None Spec'd Concrete Data ------------------------ fc Fy psi= psi= other Acceptable Sizes & $pacings Toe: Not req'd, Mu < S "Fr Heel: Not req'd, Mu < S * Fr Key: #4@ 33.50 in, #5@ 48.25 in, #6@ 48. CANFIELD CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Title: Dsgnr: Description : Scope: Rev: 510300 ~j';'ii~~:3eOJ~~Xt'.'6 5.1.3, 22.Jun-1999, Wln32 Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Description Retaining Wall I Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments Item Heel Active Pressure Toe Active Pressure Surcharge Over Toe Adjacent Footing Load Added Lateral Load = = = = = Load @ Stem Above Soil = SeismicLoad = Total = ..... OVERTURNING ..... Force Distance Moment lbs ft ft-# 2,028.1 2.74 5,558'.6 -151.9 0.75 -113.9 54.0 8.50 459.0 1,930.3 O.T.M. = 5,903.7 Resisting/Overturning Ratio = 2.12 Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure = 4,365.2 lbs Vertical component of active pressure used for soil pressure Soil Over Heel = Sloped Soil Over Heel = Surcharge Over Heel = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem = Soil Over Toe = Surcharge Over Toe = Stem Weight(s) = Earth @ Stem Transitions= Footing Weight = Key Weight = Vert. Component = Total= Job# Date: Page 2 c:\ccse\2008\08-038 kieth retainin wall\e iu . .... RESISTING ..... Force Distance Moment lbs ft ft-# 1,159.6 3.08 3,575.4 123.2 3.39 417.6 0.00 165.0 0.75 123.8 682.5 1.83 1,251.3 750.0 2.00 1,500.0 133.3 1.83 244.4 1,351.6 4.00 5,406.4 4,365.2 lbs R.M.= 12,518.9 • 8.00005in Mas w/ #4 @ 24.in o/c Solid Grout, Spc lnsp #O@O.in @Toe #O@O.in @Heel Designer select all horiz. reinf. See Appendix A • • • . ' --. 9 1/2" 1'-51/2" 2'-3" 7'-6" 8'-6" 3" 1'-0" 1'-0" 3" CANFIELD CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Title: Dsgnr: Description: Scope: Job# Date: Rev: 510300 User: KW-0603761, Ver5.1.3, 22.Jun-1999, Win32 (c) 1983-99 ENERCALC Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Page 1 c:\ccse\2008108-038 kieth retainin wallle iu Description Screen Wall I Criteria I !soil Data te :::::-::;; R I Footing Strengths & Dimensions v--" : ,;; Retained Height = 1.00ft Wall height above soil = 7.50ft Slope Behind Wal = 0.00: 1 Height of Soil over Toe = 0.00in Soil Density = 110.00 pcf Windon Stem = 18.0 psf Allow Soil Bearing = 2,000.0 psf Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Heel Active Pressure = 38.0 Toe Active Pressure = 38.0 Passive Pressure = 300.0 Water height over heel = 0.0 ft Footingl!Soil Frictior = 0.300 Soil .height to ignore for passive pressure fc = 3,000 psi Fy = 60,000psi Min.As% = 0.0012 Toe Width = 0.79 ft Heel Width = 1.46 Total Footing Widtt = 2.25 Footing Thickness = 12.00 in Key Width = 0.00 in Key Depth = 0.00 in Key Distance from Toe = 0.00ft 0.00in ,:g Cover@ Top = 3.00 in @ Btm.= 3.00 in I !?!sign Summa~ I Total Bearing Load = 1,107 lbs ... resultant.ecc. = 7.96 in Soil Pressure @ Toe = 1,600 psf OK Soil Pressure @ Heel = 0 psf OK Allowable = 2,000 psf Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable ACI Factored @ Toe = 2,200 psf ACI Factored @ Heel = 0 psf Footing Shear@T6e = 10.6 psi OK Footing Shear@ Heel = 3.2 psi OK Allowable = 93.1 psi Wall Stability Ratios Overturning = 1.62 OK Sliding = 2.29 OK Sliding Cales (Vertical Component Used) Lateral Sliding Force = 192.0Jbs less 100%Passive Force= -150.0 lbs less 100% Friction Force= -332.2 lbs Added Force Req'd = 0.0 lbs OK ... .for 1.5: 1 Stability = 0.0 lbs OK I FoQting Design Results I Factored Pressure = Mu' : Upward = Mu' : Downward = Mu: Design = Actual 1-Way Shear = Allow 1-Way Shear = Tqe Reinforcing = Heel Reinforcing = Key Reinforcing = Toe 2,200 777 96 681 10.56 93.11 None Spec'd None Spec'd None Spec'd Heel 0 psf 0 ft-# 194 ft-# 194 ft-# 3.15 psi 93.11 psi I Stem Construction A·¥ n Design height ft= Wall Material Above "Ht" = Thickness = Rebar Size = Rebar Spacing = Rebar Placed at = Design Data fb/FB + fa/Fa = Total Force@ Section lbs= Moment....Actual ft-#= Moment ..... Allowable = Shear ..... Actual psi = Shear ..... Allowable psi= Bar Develop ABOVE Ht. in= Bar Lap/Hook BELOW Ht. in = Wall Weight = Rebar Depth 'd' in = Top Stem Stem OK 0.00 Masonry 8.00 # 4 24.00 Center 0.706 154.0 647.6 917.5 3.7 51.5 24.00 7.20 78.0 3.81 Masonry Data ------------------------- fm psi= 1,500 Fs psi= 24,000 Solid Grouting = Yes Special Inspection = Yes Modular Ratio 'n' = 25. 78 Short Term Factor = 1:330 Equiv. Solid Thick. in= 7.60 Masonry .Block Type = Medium Weight Concrete Data . fc psi= Fy psi= other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings Toe: Not req'd, ·Mu < S"' Fr Heel: Not req'd, Mu < S * Fr Key: No key defined ,., CANFIELD CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS Title: Dsgnr: Description :. Scope: Rev: 510300 User. KW-0603761, VerS.1.3, 22-Jun-1999, Wln32 (c) 1983-99 ENE!lCALC Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design Description Screen Wall I Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments Item Heel Active Pressure Toe Active Pressure Surcharge Over Toe Adjacent Footing Load Added Lateral Load = = = = = Load @ Stem Above Soil = SeismicLoad = Total = Resisting/Overturning Ratio ..... OVERTURNING ..... Force Distance Moment lbs ft ft-# 76.0 0.67 50.7 -19.0 0.33 -6.3 135.0 5.75 776.3 192.0 O.T.M .. = 820.6 Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure = = t.62 1,107.3 lbs Vertical-component-of active·pressure·used ·for-soil-pressure Soil Over Heel = Sloped Soil Over Heel = Surcharge Over Heel = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem = Soil Over Toe = Surcharge Over Toe = Stem Weight(s) = Earth @ Stem Transitions= Footing Weigh! = Key Weight = Vert. Component = Total= Job# Date: Page 2 c:\ccse\2008\08-038 kieth retainin wall\e iu . .... RESISTING ..... Force Distance Moment lbs ft ft-# 87.1 1.85 161.5 0.00 663.0 1.13 745.9 337.5 1.13 379.7 19.7 2.25 44.4 1,107.3 lbs R.M.= 1,331.4 I 275.48 GENERATOR LAYOUT 42.00 153.48 1.00 r-..... r-..... ,,.,. ... I "'\, I ' / 30.00 I I I \ I \ I ti== II 109.18 ·~I 0 I 30.00 ; I I \ / I / ' I NOTE: 1. All dimension in inches unless otherwise noted. 2. Generator shown 275REOZJD 3. Day Tank shown 500g Pryco. 4. Do not scale. L-,,.,. L-,,.,. ..... ..J TOP VIEW :o ::-c5. ,::o :o=··O BR'~l11/1 ELE~dFikS . EPEIUS BIOTECHNOLOGIES SIDE VIEW GENERATOR LAYOUT SIZE I DWG NO. 8 I 10722-A1 REV DRAWN BY: DEO SCALE NONE I DATE 11 /20/08 SHEET A-1 :!'> • .. , ' '' CONSTRUCTION TESTING & ENGINEERING, INC. 1441 MONTIEL ROAD, SUITE 115 I ESCONDIDO, CA 92026 I 760.746.4955 I FAX 760.746.9806 March 16, 2009 Kruse & Associates Attention: Mr. Keith Kruse 12245 World Trade Drive, Suite E San Diego California 92128 Telephone: (858) 676-9776 CTE Project No. 10-9915G Facsimile: (858) 676-9744 Email: keith@kruseassoc.net Subject: Review of Site Plan and Retaining Wall Calculations Epeius Biotechnologies Rutherford Road Carlsbad, California References: At end of document Mr. Kruse: In accordance with your request, Construction Testing & Engineering, Inc. (CTE) has reviewed the referenced documents and performed a visit to the referenced site. The following is provided. Based on ourreview, it appears that the plans and structural calculations adequately implement the recommendations of the approved project geotechnical recommendations. In addition, the seismic analysis on Sheet Sl.0, number 3 under "General", should be updated in accordance with the 2006 International Building Code and/or the 2007 California Building Code, as follows: The referenced site conforms to a Site Class D. In accordance with Figures 1613.5 (3 and 4) and 1613A.5 (3 and 4) the subject site has mapped spectral response acceleration coefficients of Ss=l.160 and Si=0.439 (site coordinates 33.1356 and -117.2829, not adjusted for site class). Therefore, in accordance with Tables 1613.5.3(1 and 2) and 1613A.5.3 (1 and 2), seismic _S'AN·,oJE.G.0:.LESCONDl:DO,.l -RIYERSl:O.E.J _V.ENT.~_8A:J ME·RCE.o:l: T8ACY:.1 ~-A_CRAMENTO I ~ALN!_SPRI_NG_S I PH_O_ENIX · GEOTECHNl:CAl ,I· .ENV-IRONMENJAL ,1 CONSt~UClLO"N-1.NSP.E"CT:ION: A'ND TESTING I CIVIL ENGINEERING I SURVEYING Review of Site Plan and Retaining Wall Calculations Epeius Biotechnologies Page2 Rutherford Road, Carlsbad, California March 16, 2009 CTE Job No. 10-99150 coefficients Fa= 1.036 and Fv = 1.561 (adjusted for site class) appear appropriate for the subject site. Please refer to the referenced preliminary geotechnical report for additional information. The opportunity to be of service is appreciated. If you have any questions regarding our recommendations, please do not hesitate to contact this office. Respectfully submitted, Dan . Math, GE# 2665 Principal Engineer MJB:DTM References: Site Electrical Plan and Details (Sheets El.0 and Sl.0) Epeius Biotechnologies Rutherford Road, Carlsbad, California Kruse & Associates, No Project No. Given, dated January 2008 Structural Calculations Epeius Retaining Wall Rutherford Road, Carlsbad, California Canfield Consulting, Job No.: 08-038, March 16, 2009 Report of Testing of Compacted Fill for Lots 47 & 48 Carlsbad Research Center Carlsbad, California CTE, Job No.: 10-1874, April 29, 1998 \\Esc _ server\projects\l 0-9915G\Ltr _ Plan Review.doc ENGINEERING, INC. CoNSTRUCTION TESTING & ENGINEERING, INC. SAN DlliGO, f.A -, RIVERSIOI!, CA • VENTURA, CA • 2414 Vineyard Ave. 490 I!. Prlncrland Ct. Suite G Suite 7 ~condldo, CA 92029 Corona, CA 91719 (619) 746-4955 (909) 371-1890 (619) 746-9806 FAX (909) 371-2168 FAX I 645 Pacific Ave. Suite 105 Oxn2rd, CA 93033 (805) 486-6475 (805) 486-9016 FAX MODESTO, CA • LANCASTER, CA • LAS VEGAS, NV • SEATTLE, WA 3540 Oakdale Rd. 42156 10th St W. 4560 S. Valley View 235 S.W. 41st St. Suite A2 Unit K Suite A-3 Renton, WA 98055 Modesto, CA 95357 Lancaster, CA 93534 Las Vegas, NV 89!03 (206) 656-1266 (209) 551-2271 (805) 726-9676 (702) 795-2278 (2o6) 656-1265 FAX (209) 551-3593 FAX (805) 726-9676 FAX (702) 726-4485 FAX UPDATED GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PROPOSED CONCRETE TI.LT-UP STRUCTURES LOTS 47 AND 48, CARLSBAD RESEARCH CENTER CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA Prepared for: MR. NED BANNING DIVERSIFIED PROPERTIES 1770 GILLESPIE WAY, SUITE 101 EL CAJON, CA 92020 Prepared by: CONSTRUCTION TESTING & ENGINEERING, INC. 2414 VINEYARD AVENUE, SUITE G ESCONDIDO, CA 92029 CTE Project No. 10-1874 September 26, 1996 GEOTECHNICAL AND CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING TESTING AND INSPECTION TAJ3LE OF CONTENTS SEC:TION PAGE EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ....... · ................................... 1 1.0 INTRODUCTION AND SCOPE OF SERVICES ......................... 2 1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1. 2 Scope of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 .0 SITE DESCRIPTION ........................................... 3 3.0 FIELD AND LABORATORY INVESTIGATIONS .................. : .... 3 3. 1 Field Investigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3.1.1 "Undisturbed" Soil Samples . : .......................... 4 3.1.2 Disturbed Soil Sampling .............................. 4 3 .2 Laboratory lnve$tigation ..................................... 5 4.0·GE.OLOGY ........ · ............ •............................. 5 4.1 General Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ·. . . . . . . . 5 4.2 Gec;>logic Conditions ....................................... 6 4.2.1 Engineered Fill Materials .............................. 6 4.2.2 Cretaceous Point Loma Formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4.3 Groundwater Conditfons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4.4 Geologic Hazards ......................................... 7 4.4.1 General Geologic Hazards Observation ..................... 7 4.4.2 Local and Regional Fau~ting ........ : .................. ·. 7 4 .4. 3 Earthquake Accelerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 4.4.4 Liquefaction and Seismic Settlement Evaluation ............... 9 4.4.5 Tsunamis and Seiche Ev:;1luation ........................ 10 4 .4. 6 Landsliding or Rocksliding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 4.4. 7 Compressible and Expansive Soils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 5.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ......................... 11 5 .1 General . . . , . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ·. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . 11 5.2 Grading and Earthwork .................................... 11 5.3 Site Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 5.4 Site Excavation ......................................... 12 5.5 Fill Placement and Compaction ............................... 13 5.6 Fill Materials .... · ... : ................................... 13 5.7 Temporary Construction Slopes ........................... : ... 14 5.8 Foundations and Slab Recommendations· ......................... 14 _TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) SECTION . PAGE ·5.8.1 Foundations .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5.8.2 Foundation Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5.8.3 Foundation Setback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5.8.4 Concrete Slab-On-Grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5.9 Lateral Resistance and Earth Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 5.10 Exterior Flatwork .. : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 5 .11 Drainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 5.12 Vehicular Pavements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 5.12.1 Asphalt Pavement , ............................ : . . 20 5.12.2 Portland Cement Concrete ,Pavements ...... ·. . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 5.13 Slopes ............... _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 5.14. Construction Observation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 I 5. l5 Plan Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 6.0 LIMITATIONS OF INVESTIGATION FIGUIIBS Index Map Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Boring Location Map Retaining Wall Drainage Detail APPENDICES Appendix A References Cited Appendix B Exploration Logs Appendix C Laboratory Methods and Results ii 23 Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, Ca1ifornia September 26, 1996 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Page 1 CTE Project No. 10-1874 Our investigation was performed, to provide site-specific geotechnical information for the concrete tilt-up structure and associated improvements proposed for Lots .47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California. Our investigation found that the proposed building pad area of the site is underlain by engineered. fills and units of the Cretaceous Point Loma Formation to the maximum explored depth of approximately 33.5 feet below grade {fbg). Groundwater was not encountered in our excavations. Although groundwater levels will likely fluctuate during periods of precipitation, groundwater is not expected to affect the proposed development. With respect to geologic and seismic hazards, the site. is considered as safe as any within coastal San Diego County (an area of moderate to high seismic risk). Based on the geologic findings and reference review no active surface faults are known to exist at the site. In general, the results of our investigations indicate that the proposed project can be constructed as planned provided the recommendations presented in this report are followed. Existing fill soils were found to be medium to highly expansive and some special consideration will need to be used _during construction of the proposed structure to mitigate this potential problem. Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Stru~ture Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 Page2 CTE Pr9ject No. 10-1874 1.0 INTRODUCTiON AND SCOPE OF SERVICES 1 .1 Introduction This . report presents the results of our updated geotechnical investigation and provides conclusions and geotechnical engineering criteria for the proposed development. It is our understanding that the site is to be developed by constructing a concrete tilt-up structure and associated improvements (e.g., landscaping, utilities~ and parking areas). Our investigation included field exploration, laboratory testing, geologic hazard evaluation, and engineering analysis. Specific recommendations for excavations, fill placement, and foundation design for the proposed structure are presented in this report. Cited references ar.e presented in Appendix A. 1. 2 Scope of Services The scope of services provided included: • A review of readily available geologic and soils reports pertinent to the site and adjacent areas: • An exploration of subsurface conditions to the depths influenced by the proposed construction. • Laboratory testing of representative soil samples to provide data to evaluate the geotechnical design characteristics of the soils. • Definition of the general geology and evaluation of potential geologic hazards at the site. • Soil engineering design criteria_for the proposed improvements. • Preparation of this summary report of the investigations performed including geotechnical construction recommendations. Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Page 3 Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 CTE Project No. 10-1874 2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION The site is at the end of Rutherford Court, Carlsbad, California. Figure 1 is an index map showing the location of the site. Land use near the site is dominantly commercial, although portions of the area are undeveloped . . Currently unimproved, the site was apparently mass graded in the late 1980s (San Diego Geotechnical Consultants, 1988). The site elevation varies from approximately 260 to 270 feet above mean sea level. The site is bounded to the west by College Boulevard, to the north by unimproved mass graded lots,. to the east by a conc_rete tilt-up building, and to the south by Lot 46 (currently being developed). Engineered slopes, at inclinations of generally 2: 1 (horizontal:vertical) or flatter, descend from the site to the north and west and ascend from the site to the east. Figure 2 is a map showing the proposed building area. 3.0 FIELD AND LABORATORY INVESTIGATIONS 3. 1 Field Investiiation Field exploration, conducted August 28. 1996, included site reconnaissance and the excavation of seven soil borings to assess the condition of shallow soil materials. The soil borings were excavated using a Spiradrill T2000, truck-mou11:ted drill rig. Soils were logged in the field by a geologist and were visually classified using the Unified Soil Classification system. The field descriptions have been modified, wbere appropriate, to reflect laboratory test results. Exploration .Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed _Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 Page4 CTE Project No. 10-1874 logs including descriptions of the soil and field-testing and supplementary laboratory data are included in Appendix B. Approximate exploration locations are shown on Figure 2. 3, 1, 1 11 Undisturbed II Soil Samples "Undisturbed" soil samples were collected using a modified California-drive sampler (2.4- inch inside diameter, 3-inch outside diameter) lined with sample rings. Drive sampling was co~ducted in overall accordance with ASTM D-3550. The steel sampler was driven into the bottom of the borehole with successive drops of a 140-pound weight falling 30 inches. Blow counts required for sampler penetration are shown on the boring logs in the column "Blows." The soil was retained in brass rings (2.4-inches in diameter, 1.0-inch in height) and carefully sealed in '1/aterproof plastic containers for shipment to the laboratory. Samples collected in this manner were analyzed for in-place moisture and dry density, direct shear characteristics, Atterbetg limits, and particle-size distribution. 3, I . 2 Disturbed S_oil Sampling· Bulk soil samples were colJected for laboratory analysis using two methods. Standard Penetration Tests (SPT) were performed (per ASTM D-1586) at selected depths in the borings using a standard (1 .4-inch inside diameter, 2-inch outside diameter) split barrel sampler. The driving hammer for the SPT samples was a 140-pound weight falling 30 inches.. The recorded blow count (N) for sampler penetration is shown on the boring logs Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, Californi~ September 26, 1996 PageS CTE Project No. 10-1874 in the column "Blows." Samples collected in this manner were placed in sealed "Zip- Lock" or equivalent plastic bags. Bulk soil samples of the drill cuttings were also collected in large plastic bags. These samples were analyzed for expansivity, maximum dry density and optimum moisture ' relationship (Modified Proctor), and Resistance 'R'-Value. 3 ,2.Laboratory Investi&ation · Laboratory tests were conducted on representative soil samples for classification purposes and to evaluate soil physical properties and engineering characteristics. As indicated above, soil samples were analyzed for maximum dry density and optim_um moisture relationship (Modified Proctor), expansivity, Resistance "R" value, direct shear characteristics, Atterberg limits, and particle-size distribution. Test method descriptions and laboratory testing res_ults are included in Appendix C. 4.0GEOLOGY 4, 1 General Settini The site lies within the coastal mesa portion of the.San Diego area. Land forms in the vicinity of the site consist generally of uplifted, generally flat marine terraces dissected by gullies and ravines. Locally, the topography slopes down to the west. Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 4.2 Geoloaic Conditions Page6 CTE Project No. 10-1874 }3ased on geologic observation and mapping and compaction testing by San Diego Geotechnical Consultants (1988), surface soils at the site consist of engineered fills and units of the Cretaceous Point Loma Formation. 4.2, 1 En~ineered Fill Materials Engineered fill materials were observed in each of our explorations to a maximum depth of approximately 8 and 32 fbg irt the northwestern and _northeastern corners of the site. Engineered fills generally consist of medium to very dense,_ dry to moist, silty fine sands and sandy silts with rock fragments. 4.2.2 Cretaceous Point Loma Formation Cretaceous Point Loma Formation m;;tterfals were encountered underlying the engineered fill materials and/or disturbed surface soils in each boring. These materials consist generally of dry to moist, gray and orangish brown, sandy siltstone or siltstone. Occasional fossils· (clams, etc.) were observed in some borings. Based on boring observation_s and work on the adjacent Lot 46 these soils are expected to be very dense. Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 !4,,3 Groundwater Conditions Page7 CTE Project No. 10-1874 No groundwater was encountered to -the maximum explored depth of approximately 33.5 fbg. Groundwater is not expected to affect the proposed improvements if proper site drainage is maintained. 4: .4 Geolo1:ic Hazards 4.4. l General Geoloaic Hazards Observation From our investigation it appears that geologic hazards at the site are primarily limited to those caused by violent shaking from earthquake generated ground motion waves. The potential for damage from displacement or fault movement beneath the proposed structure should be considered low. 4.4.2 Local and Reaional Fau1tin2 Based on our site reconnaissance, evidence from our explorations, and a review of appropriate geologic literature, it is our opinion that the site is not on known fault traces. The Rose Canyon Fault, approximately 7.5 miles to the southwest, is the closest known active fault' (Jennings, 1987). According to the California Division of Mines and Geology, a fault is active if it displays evidence of activity in the last 11,000 years (Hart, 1994). Other principal ac;tive regional faults include: the Coronado Banks and San Clemente Fault Zones, (about 2i and 59 miles southwest of the site); and, the Elsinore, San Jacinto, and Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Page8 Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California Septe111ber 26, 1996 CTE Project No. 10-1874 San Andreas faults (about 22, 45, and 65 miles northeast of the site). Table 1 is a summary, including the seismic characteristics, of the principal regional faults considered most likely to rupture and possibly induce strong ground shaking at the site during the useful life of the proposed construction. Estimated probable earthquake magnitudes are derived from Greensfeld~r (1974) except where indicated. .. .. · .. ,:-.:-·_ ..... ..· .::.:f ·:-:=-· .. . . ·.·,: TABLE 1 ·. ,' SEISMICITY FOR MAiOR FAULTS .. .. ·" FAULT or ESTIMATED ESTIMATED PEAK BEDROCK REPEATABLE FAULT DISTANCE PROBABLE ACCELERATION HIGH GROUND ZONE (miles) AND EARTHQUAKE (in G-forces) ACCELERATION DIRECTION MAGNITUDE (in G-forces) FROM.SITE Rose Canyon 7.5SW 7.0 0.43g 0.28g Coronado 22SW 6.7* 0.23g 0.23g Banks San Clemente · 59SW 7.5 0.09g 0.09g Elsinore .22NE 7.5 0.27g 0.27g San Jacinto 45 NE 7.5 0.13g 0.13g ' San Andreas 65 NE 8.3 0.10g 0.10g * Est'imated Probable Earthquake Magnitude from Ariim et al, 1989 4.4.3 Earthqua~ Accelerations We have analyzed the possible bedrock accelerations at the site using procedures outlined in Ploessel and Slosson (1974). For the intended use, it is our opinion that the most Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 Page 9 CTE Project No. 10-1874 significant seismic event would be a 7 . .0 moment magnitude earthquake on the Rose Canyon Fault. This event could produce tstimated peak bedrock accelerations of 0.43 g and repeatable high ground accelerations of 0.28 g. 4.4.4 Liquefaction and Seismic Settlement Evaluation Liquefaction occurs when saturated fine-grained sands or silts lose their physical strengths during earthquake induced shaking and behave as a liquid. This is due to loss of point-to-point grain contact and transfer of normal stress tq the pore water. Liquefaction potential varies with water level, soil type, material gradation, relative density, and prob~ble intensity a:nd duration of ground shaking. Because of the generally dense nature of onsite materials and the absence of a permanent groundwater condition it is our opinion that the potential for liquefaction should be considered low in all areas of the project. Seismic settlement occurs when loose to medium dense granular soils densify during seismic events. The on-site materials were generally found to be medium dense to dense. Therefore, in our opinion, the potential for .seismic settlement resulting in damage to site improvements should be considere~ low. Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 4.4.5 Tsunamis and Seiche Evaluation Page 10 CTE Project No. 10-1874 The site is not near any significant bodies of water that could induce seiche damage. The potential for tsunami damage at the site is nonexistent due to the site's distance from the ocean (approximately 3 miles) and elevation (approximately 265 feet above mean sea level). 4.4,6 Landslidin1i or Rockslidini Active landslides were not encountered and have not been mapped near the site. In addition, the slopes forming the western, northern and eastern borders of the site were apparently properly engineered to preclude landsliding hazards. Landsliding is therefore not considered a significant hazard within or immediately adjacent to the proposed structures. 4.4.7 Compressible and Expansive Soils B~sed on geologic observation the on-site materials exhibit very low to low compressibility . characteristics and are considered Suitable for the proposed structure. The expansion index of the tested fill materials was 86. This value is indicative of soil with a medium expan$ion potential (per UBC Table 18.-1-B). Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 Page 11 CTE Project No. 10-1874 5.Q CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 5.1 General We conclude that the proposed construction on the site is feasible from a geotechnical standpoint, provided the r~commendations in this report are incorporated into the design of the project. .Recommendations for the design and construction of the proposed structure are included below. 5,2 Gradimi and Earthwork CTE should continuously observe the grading and earthwork operations for this project. Such observations are essential to identify field conditions that differ from those predicted by ·this investigation, to adjust designs to actual field conditions, and to detect that the grading is in overall accordance with the recommendations of this report. Our personnel should perform adequate observation and sufficient testing of fills during grading to supp_ort the Geotechnical Consultant's professional Qpinion regarding compliance with the noted compaction requirements and specifications. 5, J sire Preparation Before grading, the site should be cleared of any topsoil, existing debris, and any other deleterious materials. _Expansive. surficial eroded, desiccated, burrowed, or otherwise disturbed soils shoul(l be reinoved to the depth of the competent undisturbed native formational materials or competently engineered fill. Based on our explorations this depth is ~xpected to be 1 to 2 feet. Organic Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 Page 12 CTE Project No. 10-1874 materials not suitable for structural backfill should be disposed of off.:site or placed in non- structural planter or landscape areas. All organic materials excavated and removed should be disposed of at a legal disposal site. 5 .. 4 Site.Excavation Excavations in site materials should generally be accomplished with heavy-duty construction equipment under normal conditions. Irreducible materials greater than 3 inches encountered during excavations should not be used in fills on the site. Based on the reviewed mass grading plans, recent site investigation activities, and the preliminary ' sUe plan provided, it appears that the proposed structures will be founded across a cut:fill transition. To mitigate this transition, we recommend the entire building pad area on Lot 47 be overexcavated to provide a minimum of two feet of compacted fill beneath all footings. For the structure on Lot 48, we recommend the building pad be overexcavated to provide a minimum of one foot of compacted fill beneath alI footings. Additionally, we recommend that the bottom of · all excavations be scarifi~d to a depth of 12 inches and properly moisture conditioned and recompacted. Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 5.5 Fill Placement and Compaction Page 13 CTE Project No. 10-1874 The geoteclutlcal consultant should verify that the proper site preparation has occurred before fill placement occurs. As indicated above, areas to receive fill or improvements should be scarified to a depth of 12 inches, properly moisture conditioned and recompacted. Fill and backfill should be compacted to a minimum relative compaction of 90 percent of the laboratory maximum density percent as evaluated by ASTM D 1557 at a moisture content between optimum and 4 percent above optimum. The optimum lift ·thickness for backfill soil will be dependent on the type of compaction equipment used. Generally, backfill shquld be placed in uniform lifts not exceeding 8-inches in loose thickness. Backfill placement and compaction should be done in overall conformance with geotechnical recommendations and local ordinances. 5.6 Fill Mate(ials Existing fill soils derived are considered suitable for reuse on the site as· compacted fill, provided they are screened of organic materials and materials greater than 3 inches in a maximum dimension. Imported fiH beneath structures, pavements and walks should have an expansion index less than or equal to 30 (per UBC Table 18-I-B) with less than 35 percent passing the no. 200 sieve. Imported fill soils for use in structural or slope areas should be evaluated by the soils engineer to determine strength characteristics before placement on the site. Updated Ge.otechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 5.7 Temporary Construction Slopes Page 14 GTE Project No. 10-1874 Provided below are sloping recommendations for unshored temporary excavations. The recommended slopes should be telatively stable against deep-seated failure, but may experience localized sloughing. The. recommended slopes are based on the assumption that excavation side walls will consist of.non-cemented silty sands and silt. Onsite soils are considered Types A and. B soils with recommended slope ratios as set forth Table 2 below. TABLE2 RECOMMENDED TEMPORARY SLOPE RATIOR ·. . . ·. : . . : . · ... ::":.: ·.·: SOILS TYPE SLOPE RATIO MAXIMUM HEIGHT (Horizontal: Vertical) A (Point Loma Formation) 3/4: 1 (Maximum) 20 Feet B (Engineered Fill Soils) 1 : 1 (Ma~imu.m) . 20 Feet Actual field conditions and soil type designations must be verified by a "competent person" while excavations exist according to Cal-OSHA regulations. Also, the above sloping recommendations do not allow for surcharge loading at the top of slopes by vehicular traffic, equipment or materials. Appropriate surcharge setbacks must be maintained from the top of unshored slopes. I • ,.s Foundations and Slab Recommendations The recommendations pro~ided below should be considered preliminary and may require revision pending laboratory results or field conditions exposed during construction. Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 4 7 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 19,96 5.8.1 Foundations Page 15 CTE Project No. 10-1874 Continuous and isolated spread footings are suitable for support of the proposed structures. Foundation dimensions and reinforcement should be designed based on allowable bearing values of 2000 psf for footings founded entirely on compacted fill materials. This value may be increased by one-third for snort term wind and/or seismic loading. On Lot 47, \ footings should be at least 12 inches wide and have a minimum embedment of 24 inches below the lowest adjacent subgrade. On Lot 48, footings should be at least 12 inches wide and have a minimum embedment of 18 inches below the lowest adjacent subgrade. Minimum footing reinforcement for continuous footings should consist of four #5 reinforcing bars; two placed near the top and two near the bottom of the footing. Isolated footing _reinforcement should be designed by the structural engineer. 5, 8, 2 Foundation Settlement The potential for foundation settlement should be analyzed once actual foundation loads are kno~n. In general, for the anticipated loads and bearing pressure the following settlement values can be expect~d_under each of the two grading options presented: Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 Page 16 CTE Project No. 10-1874 The maximum total settlement is expected to be on the order of 1.0 inch. The maximum differential settlement of continuous footings across the building is expected to be on the order of 0.5 inch. 5.8.3 Foµndation Setback In all cases, footings for structures should be designed such that the horizontal distance from the top of the adjacent slope to the outer edge of the footing is a minimum of 10 feet. 5. 8 .4 Concrete Slab-On-Grade Concrete slabs-on-grade should be at ,feast four inches thick for light industrial loads. As a minimum, concrete slabs should be reinforced with #3 reinforcing bars on 18-inch or #4 reinforcing bars on 24-inch centers. All slab reinforcement should be properly supported to ensure placement near mid-height of the concrete. Special design consideration should be given to the type of bu~iness and the building's intended use. Heavy machinery or vehicular loads may require ~ggregate base, thicker slab and increased reinforcement. ' This office should be contacted provide additional recommendations if conditions differ from those assumed above. In moisture sensitive floor areas, slabs should be underlain by a vapor barrier consisting of a minimum of six mil polyethylene sheeting or equivalent membrane with all laps Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 Page 17 CTE Project No. 10-1874 sealed. This-membrane should be placed over two inches of clean sand (Sand Equivalent > 30) and covered with a minimum of two inches of sand to protect the sheeting during concrete placement operations. 5.9 Lateral Resistance and Earth Pressures Lateral loads acting against structures may be resisted by friction between the footings and the supporting soil or passive pressure actin~ against structure. If frictional resistaµce is used, we recommend allow~ble coefficients of friction of 0.35 (total frictional resistance equals coefficient of friction times the dead load) for concrete cast directly against compacted fill. A design passive resistance value of 300 pounds per square foot per foot of depth (with a maximum value of 1200 pounds per square foot) may be used. This value assumes a horizontal soil extending at least 10 feet. The allowable lateral resistance can be taken as the sum of the frictional resistance and the passive resistance, provided the passive resistance does not exceed two-thirds of the total allowable resistance. Retaining walls up to ten feet .high and backfilled using granular import soils may be designed using the equivalent fluid weights given in Table 3 below. Updated Geotechnical Inyestigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 TABLE3 Page 18 CTE Project No. 10-1874 EQUIVALENT FLUID UNIT WEIGHTS (pounds per cubic foot) WALLTYPE LEVEL BACKFILL SLOPED BACKFILL 2:1 (HORIZONTAL: VERTICAL) CANTILEVER WALL 38 60 (YIELDINO) RESTRAINED WALL 58 90 The above values assuin~ non-expansive backfill -and free draining conditions. Soils with an expansion index greater than 30 should not be used as retaining wall backfill material. Measures shouid be taken to prevent a moisture buildup behind all retaining walls. Drainage measures should include free draining backfill materials and perforated drains. Figure 3 provides a recommended gravel and perforated pipe drainage system. These drains should discharge to an appropriate offsite location. Additionally, we r<!commend that onJy light, hand-operated equipment be used to compact backfill behind retaining walls. the backfill should not be over-compacted, as excessive compaction loads will increase earth pressures above the values give above. · Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 5, 10 Exterior Flatwork Page 19 CTE Project No. 10-1874 To reduce the potential for distress to exterior flatwork caused by minor settlement of foundation soils, we recommend that such fla.twork be installed with crack-control joints at appropriate ' ' spacings as designed by the project architect. Flatwork, which should be installed with crack control joints, includes driveways, sidewalks, and architectural features. All subgrades should be prepared according to the ~arthwork recommendations previously given before placing concrete. Positive drainage should be established and maintained adjacent to all flatwork. Additionally, we recommend that the flatwork be reinforced with #3 reinforcing bars on 18-inch or #4 reinforcing bars on 24-inch centers. 5. 11 Drainaae Surface runoff should. be collected apd directed away from improvements by means of appropriate erosion reducing devices and positive drainage should be established around the proposed improvements. Positive drainage means drainage away from improvements at a gradient of at least 2 percent for~ distance of at least five feet. The project civil engineers should thoroughly evaluate the on-site drainage and make provisions as necessary to keep surface water from affecting the site. Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Cen.ter, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 5.12 Vehicular Pavements Page 20 CTE Project No. 10-1874 All aggregate base materials and the upper 12 inches of subgrade materials to receive pavements should be compacted to a minimum relative compaction of 95 percent of the laboratory maximum density (as determined by ASTMD 1557). 5.12.1 Asphalt Pavement Preliminary pavement sections presented below are based on a Resistance "R" Value of surficial site materials. The asphalt pavement design is based on California Department of Transportation Highway Manual and on traffic indexes as indicated in Table 4 below. Upon completion of finish grading, "R" Value sampling and testing of subgrade soils should be conducted and pavement section modified if necessary. traffic Area Truck Drive/ Loading Areas Auto Parking Areas TABLE4 -_ ASPHALT PA VEi'1IJ.J;r4t ··_ Assumed Traffic Index 6.0 4.5 Subgrade - "R" Value 5 5 AC Thickness (inches) 3.5 2.5 Class II Aggregate Base Thickness (inches) 14 10 Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California Septembe_r 26, 1996 5, 12,2 Portland Cement Concrete Pavements Page 21 CTE Project No. 10-1874 We understand that parking and drive areas may be paved with concrete pavements. The recommended concrete pavement section for drive areas has been designed assuming single axle loads of 15 kips, 10 repetitions per day. The above assumed values reflect light industrial traffic loads. Corresponding pavement designs presented in Table 5 below may not be adequate for larger axle loads and traffic volume. Concrete used for pavement areas should possess a minimum 600 psi modulus of rupture. Pavements should be constru_cted according to industry standards. Traffic Area Truck Drive/ Loading Areas Auto Parking Areas TA8LES CONCRETE PA VEI\1EN'.f l)ESIGN Subgrade, R-Value 5 5, PCC Thickness (inches) 7.0 6.0 Concrete pavements placed directly on the expansive on-site mat~rials should be reinforced with a minimum of #3 reinforcing bars on 18-inch or #4 reinforcing bars on 24-inch centers each way at mid-slab height. Control joints constructed in concrete pavements should be in filled with suitable filler compound to minimize moisture infiltration into subgrade soils. Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September_26, 1996 5.13 Slopes Page 22 CTE Project No. 10-1874 Existing site slopes were examined and evaluated based on observed soil conditions and recent investigations. Existing site slopes are generally 2: 1 (horizontal:vertical) or flatter. Based on anticipated soil strength characteristics, fill slopes should be constructed at slope ratios of 2: 1 (horizontal:vertical) or flatter. These fill slope inclinations should exhibit factors of safety greater than 1.5. Although graded and existing slopes on ~his site should be grossly stable, the soils will be somewhat erodible. Therefore, runoff water should not be permitted to drain over the edges of slopes unless that ~ater is confined to properly designed and constructed drainage facilities. ! Erosion resistant vegetation should be maintained on the face of all slopes. Typically soils along the top portion of a fill slope face will tend to creep laterally. We do not recommend distress sensitive hard scape improvements be constructed within five feet of slope crests in fill areas. 5. 14 Construction Observation The recommendations prov,ided in this report are based on preliminary design information for the proposed construction and the subsurface conditions found in the exploratory boring locations. Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Copcrete Tilt-up Structure Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 Page 23 CTE Project No. 10-1874 The interpolated subsurface conditions should be checked in the field during construction to verify that conditions are as anticipated .. Recommendations providecf in this report are based on the understanding and assumption that CTE will. provide the observation and testing services for the project. All earthwork should be observed and tested to verify that grading activity has been performed according to the recommendations contained within this report. All footing trenches should be evaluated by the project engineer before reinforcing steel placement. 5, 15 Plan Review CTE should review the project foundation plans and grading plans before commencement of earthwork to identify potential conflicts with the recommendations contained in this report. 6.0 LIMITATIONS OF INVESTIGATION The field evaluation, laboratory testing and geotechnical analysis presented in this report have been conducted according to current engineering practice and the standard of care exercised by reputable geotechnical consultants performing similar tasks in this area. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made regarding the conclusions, recommendations and opinions expressed in this report. Variations may exist and conditions not observed or described in this report may be encountered during construction. Updated Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Concrete Tilt-up Structure · Lots 47 and 48, Carlsbad Research Center, Carlsbad, California September 26, 1996 Page 24 CTE Project No. 10-1874 Our conclusions and recommendations are based on an analysis of the observed conditions. If conditions different from those described in this report are encountered, our office should be notified and additional recommendations, if required, will be provided upon request. We appreciate this opportunity to be of service on this project. If you have any questions regarding this report, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned. Respectfully .submitted, ·CONSTRUCTION TESTING & ENGINEElllNG, INC . . '} /I/{( /t / 4-r-r ()/C,,~ J?{ )t~dney D. Ballard, GE #2173 Geotechnical Engineering Mana (JJ}. 4- 1iiLynch, CEG #1890 Senior Engineering Geologist RDB:JG:d . file: 101874/glrpOl.wpd I) ' --------..... _.,, \ I I I I:! I! I 7'---... I -..._ I -..._ , __ .,,,..,. --.. ...... .......... I _., I ., ,, I _, .,.., .,. .. ---r·: 1/.t 1/2 I \111.1:S •iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 0 iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii~ 1320 2640 SOURCE: THOMAS BROTHERS MAPS 1996 SAN DIEGO EDITION C:IPROJECTS\10-187'4\IN0EXMAP CVS / I ' "· ~\, CONSTRUCTlON TESTING & ENGINEERING, INC. ',,.,.-..,..,._,, •r GEOTECIINICAI. AND CONSTlll'CflON ENGINEERING TESTING AND INSPECTION 2•114 VINEY.\RD .-\ \"E:>il"E. STE O ESCONOfl)O CA. 92029 (619) 746-49SS INDEX MAP COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS LOTS 47 & 48, CARLSBAD RESEARCH CENTER CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA LOT48 LEGEND B-1.cp-APPROXIMATE BORING LOCATIONS -< EXISTING SLOPE COURT \ B-6-$- \ " LOT47' " ~i \ _,,,. - 8-7 --CUT/FILL TRANSITION ~ CONSTRUCTION TESTING & ENGINEERJNG, INC. ·r _..--._,.~ ~, GEOTECHNICAL AND CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING TESTING AND INSPECTION C:\PllOJECTSII0•l 174\BORLOC.CVS 2414 VINEY,\RD AVENUE, STE G ESCONDIDO CA. 92029 (619) 746-4955 BORING LOCATION MAP COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS LOTS 47 AND 48, CARLSBAD RESEARCH CENTER CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA RETAINING WALL FINISH GRADE • WALL FOOTING C·\Pll01ECTS\ I 0-1174\RETW ALL.CVS • 'v • < ,. . () ~ . .. ... ' () 0 • 6 0 I:) 4 ,-0 • • • o 0 c:,~ • av > • 0 0 () ' 3/4" ORA VEL SURROUNDED BY FILTER FABRIC (MIRAFI 140 N, OR EQUIVALENT) ~ • "--l'MIN >• ';,o II • l1 • • A • • o .,, • :, 0 d 0~ 4" DIA. PERFORATED PVC PIPE (SCHEDULE 40 OR MINIMUM 6" LA YER OF FILTER ROCK UNDERLYING PIPE t- ; ~1~. CONSTRUCTION TESTING & ENGINEERING, INC . .. l°'•,-.,-,,..,,r.; GEOTECHNICAL AND CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING TESTING AND INSPECTION 2414 VINEYARD A VENUE, STE G ESCONDIDO CA. 92029 (619) 746,4955 RETAINING WALL DRAINAGE DETAIL COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS LOTS 47 & 48, CARLSBAD RESEARCH CENTER CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA CTE 10~1874 A ; NO SCALE DATE: : 9/96 3 APPENDIX A REFERENCES CITED REFERENCES CITED I. . Artlm, E.R, Estrella, H .. Koehmstedt; M., Ferman, J.L.A., and Ledesma, J., 1989, The Coronado Bank Fault: A Real Threat to San Diego, in Roquemore, G.,. and Tanges, S., eds., Proceedings of Workshop on "The Seismic Risk in th('.! San Diego Region: Special Focus on the Rose Canyon Fault System," The Southern California Earthquake Preparedness Project, State of California Office of Emergency Services. 2. , Greensfelder, R., 1974, "Maximum Credible Rock Acceleration from Earthquakes in Califo~nia", California Division of Mines and Geo.logy, Map Sheet 23. 3. Hart, Earl W., revised 1994, "Fault-RQptilre Hazard Zones in California, Alquist Priolo, Special Studies Zones Act of 1972", California Division of Mines and Geology, Special Publication 42. 4. Jennings, Charles W., revised 1987, "Fault Map of California with Locations of Volcanoes, Thermal Springs and Thermal Wells". 5. Ploessel, M.R. and Slosson, J.E., 1974, "Repeatable High Ground Accelerations from Earthquakes-Important Design Criteria," California Geology, p. 195-199. 6. San Diego Geotechnical Consultants, Inc., April 1, 1988, "As-Graded Geotechnical Report, Carlsbad Research Center, Phase JII, IV and V, (Lots 76 through 91, 108 and 109)", Carlsbad, California [consultant report]. APPENDIX B EXPLORATION LOGS PROJECT: CTB JOB NO: LOGOEDBY: ,-Q ... - ... - ... - t-- i:..s- ... -.. - ... - ... - -10- ... -' -- t-- ·-- I-IS- I-·- I-- -- t20- .... - ... - t-- -- -- ~ - - i-I - [ 2 .... 17 19 23 17 28 JO 28 38 5014" 19 40 5014" ~ P~?. co~~:!Yi~:1!?~2l~Jl~~IN~R~9s~~~~~t!~o!NC c~ 2414 VINEYARD AVENUE, SUITE G ESCONDIDO CA. 92029 (619) 146·49SS ENOll,'EDIIIOJIIC . LOTS 47 & 48, C. R. CENTER I0-1874 DRILLER: BARGE'S DRILLING SHEET: 1 of · l DRILL METHOD: 8-INCH HSA DRILLING DATE: 8/28/96 J. DEWHURST SAMPLE METHOD: DRIVE SAMPLING ELEVATION: -265 · C ~ ~ -~ --:g e ~ a .!a e-0 0 ::E 97.7 20.9 j e ;:; r,j c.i c,; ::i SM j ~ ' C. I.'! t:, ' BORING: B-1 DESCRIPTION n1s111oi:i.1,.m1tm r Dry, light brown, silty, fine SAND, with rock fragments. Moist, dense, light brown, silty SAND and gray, silty fine SAND, with clay. As above, with light tan, silty SAND As above ...__? ··--? -··---? --·-? ·-? ·--? --?- MH POINT LOMA FORMATION Moist, very dense, gray SILTSTONE with orange oxidized fractures, visibJe fossils and fissile be<iding · As above As above Refusal to contmued drillmg Total depth 19' · Boring backfilled with soil cuttings and tamped down Laboratory Tests MAX MD FIGURE:I B-1 PROJECT: CTE JOB NO: LO0OEDBY: ~ J'~. co~~J!Ys~!!£>~~!;¥u~~g.N~R~9s~~~~~~~o!NC ~ 2414 VINEYARD AVENUE, SUITE G ESCONDIDO CA. 92029 (619) 746-4955 EIIOll,'EBIIIOJIIC LOTS 47 & 48, C. R. CENTER 10-1874 J. oaWHURST DRILLER: BARGE'S DRJLqNG SHEET:· 1 of 2 DRILL METHOD: 8-INCH HSA DRILLING DATE: 8/28/96 SAMPLE METHOD: DRJVE SAMPLING ELEVATION: -265 BORING: B-2 Laboratory Tests DESCRIPTION -0-h-t--t----t----t---.-t-~S~M:-t--t----~.)~,,s~~llMJ~R'=HH~l)~/=F11~,~D~ry-.~It~g~hltrbr_o_w_n_,-s~il~ty-:,,o-ne~·~snA~N~D~,-w~1trh-t---------1 -- ,:.. - -- -- -S- -- ... - -- -- LIO- -- -,. --.,.5_ .. - -- -· - ... .. 4 7 9 ... /. 13 27 - 10 1.s 15 ---. l.20- -- -- .... - -- ... - z .. 13 17 10 16 19 92.4 24.1 SM rock fragments Moist, medium dense, gray brown and tan brown; silty fine SAND Encountered rocks and gravels Dense, no sample (rock in tip) No sample, bouncing on rock No sample, bouncing on rock Moist, medium dense to dense, tan, light and dark gray and red brown, silty fine SAND with some rock fragments As above with dark olive gray, silty SAND As above, dense, With very dark brown silty fine SAND with organic material (roots, plant debris) MD, DS FIGURE:I B-2a PROJECT: CTEJOBN0: LO0OEDDY: u 'a g_ f. l :;., ] '"' 1 ~ ! l d .5! ~ :::i ~7- .... - -- ~0-I 40 SOIS" --rr NR ... -.... 27 --I 43 '"' - -35- -- '"' - -- '"' - -40-. '"' - -- -- -- :45- '"' - -- ~ "!"' --, ~0- -- I-- -- §~~ co~~J!Yr~!!£>!'!N!fu~~2N~R~9s!~~~tr~~o!NC <~ 2414 VINEYARD AVENUE, SUITE O ESCONDIDO CA. 92029 (619) 746-4955 ENOl!,'El!RINO~ . LOTS 47 & 48, C. R. CENTER l0-1874 DRILLER: DRILL Ml;THOD: BARGE'S DRILLING SHEET: 2 of 2 8-INCH HSA DRILLING DATE: 8/28/96 i. DEWHURST SAM!'LE METHOD: DRlVE SAMPLING ELEVATION: -265 C' u ,e ~ f --!! ~ i:· '.i5 0 ::E :g. e >. :n :,; ~ ~ tlD .3 :a Q. !! C, BORING: B-2(cont) DESCRJPTION No Scimple, discount blows, bouncing on rock No sample, bouncing on rqck .. -? --. ? ----? --? ·····--? -·-? --?- MH POINT LOMA FORMATION Moist, very dense, medium to dark gray SILTSTONE with oxidized fractures and fossils Total depth .. u.-.5 Boring backfilled with soil cuttings and tamped down Laboratory Tests FIGURE:I B-2b ;{I\~-~ CONSTRUCTION TESTING & ENGINEERING, INC ff~t,. OEOTECHNICAL ANO CONSTRUCTION ENOINEBRINO TESTING AND INSPECTION ,i-J"( ' 2414 VINEYARD AVENUE, SUITE O ESCONDIDO CA. 92029 (619) 746-4955 a«ll).'mJIIO.JIIC PRO-JECT: "LOTS 47 & 48, C.R. CENTER DRILLER: BARGE'S DRILLING SHEET: 1 of 1 CTR JQBNO: 10-1874 DRILL METHOD: 8-INCH HSA DRILLING DATE: 8/28/96 LOCJOED BY: J. DEWHURST SAMPLE METIIOD: DRIVE SAMPLING ELEVATION: -265 .. C :s '§. 8.. !, . e I ~ -~ ii >, l>O ~ l -"' j l f c,; .S¾ 1 ,: .;i s! u a ~ ;,: :!! ..5! ~ ·5 c,; I! ~ Cl a:i Cl ~ ::i c:, BORING: B-3 Laboratory Tests i DESCRIPTION -O-l--+-+---t--+---it-::s~~,:-t--+--rn1~,-~~,~lT,JIR~'R~.~~,1~11~~~,,~1.lr-~D~ry~ .• ,~,g~h~trbr_o_w~n-.~sTTilty~f~in~e~s":ArN=o~w~i~th;:---t-------~ ... - -- ... - -- :_5_ ... - •.• -.. ~ ~· -- f.lO-z -- -- -- -- -15- "" - -- -, ·- -- -20-: -- "" - -- ... - -25- ... - 1 9 13 32 50/4" 105.1 MH 20.5 I small ( < 3 ") rock fragments Moist, medium dense, light brown, tan, orange and gray, silty fine SAND ·---·----? ----? .. ··--? --? -----? --? --?- POINT LOMA FORMATION Drilling becomes very difficult Moist, d~nse, olive gray SILTSTONE with orange oxidation and CaC03/CaS04 fracture fills, some fossils Refusal to contmued drillmg . Total depth 18' Boring backfilled with soil cuttings and tamped down FIGURE:I B-3 ~ ;-A~ co~~J!Yr~!!!?~t~~!W9,N~R~9s~~~~~~o!NC (~ 2414 VINEY,\RO AVENUE, SUITE O ESCONDIDO CA. 92029 (619) 746.4955 E!IOll,'El!IIHO .IIIC PROIECT: LOTS 47 & 48, C.R. CENTER CTR.JOB NO: 10-1874 L00OEDBY: J. DEWHURST DRiLLER: DRII,L METHOD: SAMPLE METHOD: BARGE'S DRILLING SHEET: 1 of l 8-INCH HSA DRILLING DATE: 8/28/96 DRIVE SAMPLING ELBVATJ0N: -265 u i :S -a ~ 8. ~ e =--i ~ tlll ~-~ I -,3 .. ui ~ .. .!:! t C oil a u -a. ...w ~ ~ ·S ui i! J ~ _g ~ ::i I'! = 0 '1 r::, BORING: B-4 DESCRIPTION Laboratory Tests ~o-1--+--+---+---+-_,.......,,.,..........,._-"--+---==-==,,...,.,......,==..,...,.,..,...----=--.-------....---......-.....,..., .......... ,,__..,....-~-------1 SM DISTURBED/ FILL -Dry, hght brown silty fine SAND w1ih '"' - -- I-- 12 . 50/6" -- [ 50/2" -.. 10% tock fragments ·-·--·----? ----? ··----? ---? --? ..... -? ---·? · MH POINT LOMA FORMATION -Moist, very dense, olive brown, SILTSTONE with fractures filled with oxidation, some fossils, very hard drilling No recovery, very dense. · 1-----..... -----····-· ·---------· -·-·· Refusaltoborfng _ -' Total depth 7.0' Boring backfiUe·d with soil cuttings and tamped down i-- ~o- ,_ - I-- ,_ - i-- ~s- ... - :.--.. - -.- ~0- i.. - i-- ._ - ._ - -.. FIGURE:I GS B-4 PROJECT: CTB JOB Nb: LQ(JOEDBY: .l! C. i li t ~-l C ill ! I.>,& V i > ~ C q a5 :..o -- '--· ---I ... '-- -5 T '-- -- ~ - ·-- klo-- -- ... -· -- '-- -is.: ... - :.. - -- ... - ~0- .... - -- '-,.. ....... CONSTRUCTION 1ESTING & ENGINEERING, INC ~ OEOTECHNICAL AND CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING T,ESTINO AND INSPECTION t'W 2414 VINEY,\RD AVENUE, SUITE G ESCONDIDO CA. 92029 (619) 746-49SS ENGl!,mlHCJ.lllC LOTS 47 & 48, C. R. CENTER 10-1874 PRILLER: DRILL METHOD: BARGE'S DRILLING SHEET: 1 of 1 8-INCH HSA DRILLING DATE: 8/28/96 DRIVE SAMPLING ELEVATION: -265 J. DEWHURST SAMPLE METJI0D: C ! .~ !:• ·a I:! ~ a .!!I ~ 0 0 ~ ] e ,., Cl) ell ~ :,, ::i SM 3 .Sit -a. f!· c.::, BORING: B-5 DESCRIPTION DISTURHED/FILL • Dry, light brown silty fme SANIJ with -IO% rock fragments -----?----·? ----? ---? ···-? ·---? ---?- MH POINT LOMA FORMATION -Moist, dense, olive brown, SILTSTONE with fractures filled with oxidation, some fossils Very difficult drilling - No recoverv Refusal to bormg Total depth 5.0' Boring backfilled with soil cuttings and tamped down I • Laboratory Tests AL FIGURE:I B-5 PROJECT: CTE JOB NO: LOG<;;ED BY: ..!! g, 8. I ~~ I = -;;; i. j ~ it -~ C .E Cl, = -0 ..... - -- 2 9/6" ... -14/6" -- -5-z 8/6" 10/6" ... - -- -- -- f-10-~ 16/6" 32/6" ·-- ... - -- ... --~-14/6" -15 30/6" 5014" ... -· -- ... - I-- ~0- -- --· .... - ... - ~5- ... - . . CONS1RUCTION TESTING & ENGINEER1NG, INC GEOTECHNICAL AND CONSTR.UC1'10N ENGINEER.ING TESTING AND INSPECTION r:f-2414 VINEY-ARD AVENUE, SUITE O ESCONDIDO CA. 92029 (619) 746-4955 El«ll!."El!ltlllG.INC LOTS 47 & 48, C.R. CENTER DRILLER: BARGE'S DRILLING SHEET: 1 of 1 8-INCH HSA DRILLING DATE: 8/28/96 J0-1874 J. DEWHURST C :s & -~ e -i ~ -f! c,; ~ a r.J ~ .:a vi ~ Q :::> SM 98.1 21.3 97.3 24.3 99.8 20.8 MH ' DI! j l 0 DRILL METHOD: SAMPLE METHOD: DRIVE SAMPLING ELEVATION: -265 BORING: B-6 DESCRIPTION DISTUR.13ED/FILI:' -Dry, light brown silty fine SAND witfi -l O % rock fragments Moist olive brown, light tan, and dark brown, silty SAND with some rock fragments as.above Moist, dense to very dense, olive brown and dark tan, silty SAND, with gray rock fragments Laboratory Tests R , El MD MD MD -----·-· ? ----·-? . ·----? --? . -·--? -----? ---?- POINT LOMA FORMATION -Moist, very dense, olive brown SILTSTONE with oxidation in fractures and fossils throm!hout Total depth l5' Boring backfilled and tamped down FIGURE:I B-6 -~j ~ CONSTRUCTlON TESTING & ENGINEERING, INC f. ~1' OEOTECHNJCAL AND CONSTllUCTION ENOINEElllNG TESTINO AND INSPECTION ol~~..,~'\. 2414 VINEYARD AVENUE, SUITE G ESCONDIDO CA. 92029 (619) 746-4955 EIICll,'El!ltDIO,IIIC PROJECT: LOTS 47 & 48, C. R. CENTER CTEJOB NO: 10-1874 , LOOGEDBY: J. DEWHURST DRILLER: DRILL METitOD: SAMPLE METHOD: BARGE'S DRILLING SHEET: 1 of 1 8-INCH HSA DRILLING DATE: 8/28/96 DRIVE SAMPLING ELEVATION: -265 c!! C' :g ! ! ! ...... e ·l ! l ~ ~ . DO -j l:! r,; .Y ! C "iii ~ a cj -8. ,! i ~ "' ,:,; ~ ~ ·s I! a 0 ~ ::i c., BORING: B-7 DESCRIPTION Laboratory Tests -0-f--+-+--+----+----lr--,,,,:-:-,,+--~--=====.,..,...T"T'"---~-.-.,...,..,~--r,.,--=--,,...,...-:-::,,--..,..--~------SM DISTURBED/FILL -Dry, light brown silty fine SAND with -- --MH 7 .50/6" - -- -5- -- -- -- -- I-lo- -- -- -..., -- -ts- ... - -- -- -- ~0- -- -,. -- --: -25- i.. - -IO% rock fragments ,, ____ ·--·· ? --. -? ..... _-? ____ ,,, ? ·---? ····---? ---?- POINT LOMA FORMATION -Moist, very dense, olive brown SILTSTONE with fractures filled with oxidation, ',. some fossils '\_ ... --------------------~ Refusal to boring Total depth ~.0' Boring backfilled .with soil cuttings and tamped down FIGURE:I DS B-7 APPENDIXC LABORATORY METHODS AND RESULTS APPENDIX C LABORATORY METHODS AND RESULTS Laboratory Iestina Proaram Laboratory tests were perfonned on representative soil samples to detect their relative engineering properties. Tests were performed following test methods of the American Society for Testing Materials or other accepted standards. The following presents a brief description of the various test methods used. Classification Soils were classified visually according to the Unified Soil Classification System. Visual classifications were supplemented by laboratory testing of selected samples according to ASTM D2487. the soil classifications are shown on the Exploration Logs in Appendix B. Particle-Size Analysis Particle-size analyses were performed on selected representative samples according to ASTM D422. The particle-size distributioII curves are in Appendix C. Expansion Index Expansion testing was performed on selected samples of the matrix of the onsite soils according to Building Code Standard No. 18-2. Expansion Index results are reported in Appendix C. Modified Prpctor Laboratory compaction tests were perfonned according to ASTM D1557, Method A. A mechanically operated rammer was used during the compaction process. Modified Proctor analysis curve is presented in Appendix C. In-Place Moisture/Density The in-place moi~ture content and dry unit .weight of selected samples were determined using relatively undisturbed soil samples per ASTM D2216. The dry unit weight and moisture content are sh_own on the attached ~xploration logs and are shown in Appendix C. Direct Shear Tests Direct shear tests were performed on samples recompacted to 90 % of the laboratory maximum value or on samples collected in the field in overall accordance with ASTM D3080-72 to evaluate the shear strength characteristics of selected materials. The samples were inundated during shearing to represent adverse field conditions. Consolidation To assess their compressibility .and volume change behavior when loaded and wetted, relatively undisturbed samples of representative samples from the boreholes were subject to consolidation tests (ASTM D2435). The results of tbis analysis are presented graphically in Appendix C. U. S. SfANDARD SIEVE SIZE . . . . z"'! •~ £:!!:!! \C 0 Q 8 8 N --C"I -"'l ... QO -ff\ ·11'1 -N 100 ..---IC-X-%--%-X~ . i*i , ~ ---~ . ~· ~:i-:-,---~----------------, i.. . 1· ; · -· • i 1 • -it I l ! t j : . : i 1' I ·. . : ; . t; . : , -: -!-~ ! : i . ; . ; t ; i ; ------,.--. . --1n:-rr--r.-;-i--r--.-----,."1-t-;--;-t--t---+--t ! .. JiT l . ----·------------r- 80 : i ! -! , i --····---. -.-.. . -.-·------.--t----------·t-t-t--t--t-+--+--t-~ : . . r·f ... -1·------------.. ·-- , l • ' i • W-trtH : _ ---·_ 1 c, 60 , i ! ! : : .. : I l .. . . . _ ,_ ... -.--· ___ . z i i i;:. ' ~ ' i . ~ -~ 50 T-r,-ir-t---r--r----t:-----r----i-r-;---i--,-..,.......,.....-,..~-r-------·-i--t-t-·t-1i--i---t---t-----+-t-t-i--ir---ct-'--t-+------·--··-i-it--r·--r-t-----t---1 "'1 U · I c:i:: I . ' Qc 40 · .. ... -· ,___ r-----····-t-t--t-t--t-·;--·i---·-r·-·-.. · .. ·--· · ·t-i-·;-i--t---;-;--;-----t-1-i--r--r--r---r--t-----t-·---,-·-t-t' -,---;--;--;-----;----, ' 30 ~ -~·i-t-t------t-t---J:----ttti-t--t--t--t------i-----H--H-+-+-+--+--+-----t+t-+-+-t-t-'---t--+---·-··H-t-i--t--t--t---t----+----1 ' 20 ' : j , j t'-t-t-t-t--t---t---t---t----i lO T-r-r-1--r--r--r----t---r----i-r-;---i---,--t--t---r-·-----------i-1r-i-t-t-t---i--t---i----+-t-t--1-t--t---t----t--t----------·t-t-t--t---1i----i-----; o I 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 PARTICLE SIZE (mm) PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS ~ BORING NO. SAMPLE Df!P'lll (FJ') . SYMBOL LIQUID LIMIT(") PLASTICITY INDEX CLASSIACATION ~ CONSTRUCTION TESTING & ENGINEERING, INC. B-4 2.s • --MH GEOTECHNICAL AND CONSTRUCTION ENGINEER.ING TESTING AND INSPECTION a 2414 v1NEYARD AVENUE. sutTE G EScoND100 c,._ 92029 (619) 1.c6-4955 B-5 2.5 • 67 34 MH ENGl!.'UIIDIO,JNC CTEJOB NUMBER: 10-1874 'FIGURE: C-l 6000 5000' 4000 j. V j I ! 3000 / ' I V / 2000 V IOOO / V ' 0 0 1000 2000 300Q 4000 5000 6000 NORMAL STRESS (PSF) ,, SHEAR STRENGTH TEST Bori_ng Depth_ (ft) Coh~sion Angle of FricUon _ Sample Description 8-2 20 800 psf 39° Olive sandy silty CLAY . . A CONS1RUCTION TES'rtNG & ENGINEERING, INC. CTEJOBNO: 10-1874 di • GEOTECJfNICAI. AND CONSTRl/~TJON F.NOINEERING TESTING AND INSPECTION o 2414 VINEYARD AVENUE, SUITE G ESCONDIDO CA. 92029 (6.19) 746-49SS FIGURE: C-2 ENQ().'m!NQJIIC 6000 5000 0 4000 / --V ,,/ f t t~ I V / 2000 V IOOO 0 0 1000 2000 300Q 4000 5000 6000 NORMAL STRESS (PSF) I SHEAR STRENGTH TEST Boring Depth (ft) Cohesion Angle of Friction Sample Description B-7 2.5 1600 psf 34° ' Olive sandy SILTSTONE .t~ CONSTRUCTION TESTING & ENGINEERING, INC. CTEJOBNO: 10-1874 ;,V If:~ GEOTECHNICAL AND CONSTRUCTION ENGINEER_INO TESTING AND INSPECTION t?7( 2414 VINEYARD AVENUE, SUITE O ESCONDIDO CA. 92029 (619) 746-4955 FIGURE: C-3 EHOfl,'EERIII0.11«: . 1-4 5 .. • \ \ . 140 \ \ . \ . \ . \ I 3 S \ .. . \ \ \ ,, I\ \ I 3 0 \ \ \ \ '\ ' ' I 2 S . \ \ 1, \. ' \ I 2 0 \ \ " \ \ --'-!\ t.J \ \ ~ 115 . ' ""' \ I\ \ = \ ' ~ \ \' I\ ~ 110 1 ~ .. \, . ,, I\ \ ' _i.,, • \ f:: , I\ ·' ' \ ;z \ ~ ., () 5 \ 1,1 ' " ' ·---I'\ a: \ \ . \,. Q ' \ \ I\ 100 \ '\ ' I\ ,, \ \ ' ' ~ ' ' ' 9 5 I\ \ I\ ' ' I\ \ \. I'\ \ ''\ 9 0 r-' '\ \ 'I, -'\ .I I'\ . ' "'' 8 5 I\. \.I 1.. I:-,. 0 5 I 0 IS 2 0 2 5 3 0 3 s· PERCENT MOISTURE(%) ASTM D1557 METHOD [i] A D B D C . MODIFIED PROCTOR RESULTS LAB SAMPLE DEPTH MAXIMUM OPTIMUM SOIL DESCRIPTION DRY DENSITY MOISTURE NUMBER NUMBER (FEET) lPCF\ rnNTF.NT 1%\ 6252 B-1 0-2 OLIVE SANDY SIL TY CLAY 111.0 16.0 & CTEJOB NO: CONSTRUCTION TESTING & ENGINEERING, INC. DATE:·· 9/96 ~ GEOTECHNICAL AND CONSTRUCTION .ENGINEERING l'ES l'ING AND INSPECTION 10-1874 c 2414 VINEYARD AVENUE, STE G ESCONDIDO CA. 92029(619) 746-49SS FIGURE: C-4 !NOINEEIUNO INC C:IPllOJECTS\10-1171\l'ROCTOR.CVS ' & CONS1RUCilON TESTING & ENGINEERING, INC B.. ,S"\,f' OEOTECHNICAL AND CONSTRUCTiON ENGINEER.ING TESTING AND INSPECTION r!f/. 2414 VINEYARD AVENUE, SUITE O ESCONDIDO CA 92029 {619) 746-4955 QIOINEDD«)JNC. LOCATION B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-7 LOCATION B-6 LOCATION B-6 CTEJOB NO: 10-1874 MOiSTURE AND DENSITY TEST ASTMD-1557 DEPTH MOISTURE CONTENT (feet) (%) 5 20.9 20 24.1 10 20.5 2.5 19.0 2.5 21.3 5 24.3 i() 20.8 2.5 17.S EXP ANSI ON INDEX TEST UBC29-2 DEPTH (feet) 0-2' EXPANSION INDEX 86 RESISTANCE "R"-VALUE CAL TRANS 301 DEPTH (feet) 0-2 . DR,Y DENSITY (pct) 97.7 92.4 105.1 105.7 98.1 97.3 99.8 EXPANSION POTENTIAL MEDIUM R-VALUE 11 FIGURE: C-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B··R··. ' :ELE · Sales Representative Project Manager Start-Up Coordinator BCEW#l0722 SUBMITTAL DATA Emergency Generator System Epeius Biotechnologies Prepared for: John Levy Epeius Biotechnologies 475 Huntington Drive San Marino, CA 91108 661-803-8129 626-441-6692 I FAX Steve Agan Danny Ofria Dispatch Prepared by Bay City Electric Works, Inc. 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 619-938-8200 619-938-8217 /FAX Service Facility 766 S. Gifford Ave San Bernardino, CA. 92408 866-938-8200 Phone 619-938-8200 x319 Phone 619-938-8200 x350 Phone 619-938-8200 x325 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Attention! Contractor or End User It is imperative you submit your application to the AQMD/ APCD immediately upon app-roval of submittals to avoid any complications. Engines cannot be started or commissioned prior to the issuance of your Authority to Construct and Startup Authorization by the governing air quality district. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Emergency Generator System Index Submittal Data Bill of Material Statement of Qualifications Bay City Electric Works Line Card Kohler 275REOZJB Generator 275REOZJB Specification Sheet Alternator Data Sheet Generator Dimension Print Generator Set Controller Decision-Maker 550 Dimension Sheet Wiring Diagram Schematic Diagram Generator Accessories Circuit Breaker Battery Charger Specification Sheet Battery Charger Wiring Diagram Battery Specification Voltage Regulator Silencer Monitor Ill Software Fuel Tank Enclosure Specification Sheets Enclosure Dimension Sheet 500 Gallon double wall manual day tank Transfer Switch Model K1 Specifications Dimension Print Wiring Diagram Miscellaneous SDAPCD Registration Application SDAPCD ICE Application NFPA 11 O Prototype Testing Certification Generator Start-up Request Start-up Notification Installation Checklist Startup Checklist Load Test Report Certified Test Record Sample Kohler Generator One-Year Warranty Operating Instructions Reference# BCEW 10722 BCEW BCEW 1-4 G5-292 1-4 TIB-102 1-2 ADV-7117 1-2 G6-46 1-6 ADV-5849 6 of 6 GM51002 1-2 ADV-7304 Powerpact® D frame 20-24 G6-15 233968 G6-16 G6-58 G6-39 G6-76 1-24 G6-84 ADV-7118 PY500UL/DW/M G11-108 ADV-7193 1-2 GM46288 APCD Form 16 APCD Form 34A-J K-896 8/03a BCEW K-625 BCEW BCEW I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Attn: John Levy Epeius Biotechnologies 475 Huntington Drive San Marino, CA 91108 REFERENCE: EPEIUS BIOTECHNOLOGIES EMERGENCY GENERATOR SYSTEM BCEW # 10722, REV 10-28-08 Bill of Material Major system components include: November 11, 2008 Cell: 661.803.8129 FAX: 626.441.6692 ljlevy@epeiusbiotech.com One (1) UL2200 Listed Kohler model 275REOZJD diesel powered generator set, rated for continuous standby duty at 280 KW, 0.8 PF, 350 KVA, 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 Hertz, 1800 RPM. Standard features of this model are shown in specification sheet G5-292, outdoor in weatherproof sound attenuated enclosure. Two (2) Kohler Model KSS-DMVA-0400S Automatic Transfer Switches, rated at 400 amps, 480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, 4 pole, plus over-lapping switched neutral, in Nema I cabinets for indoor mounting. Standard features of this model are shown in specification sheet G11-80. One (1) 500 gallon Pryco stand alone tank. One (1) 1 year Preventative Maintenance contract with quarterly visits. No load bank testing included in this quote. One (1) SDAPCD permit. Health risk assessment is not included in this quotation should it be deemed necessary by the SDAPCD. Kohler limited warranty, effective from date of startup, for: 1 year or 2000 hours (whichever occurs first) as published in Kohler Brochure. KOHLER.POWER SYSTEMS 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 Phone -619.938.8200 Fax -619.938.8217 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I REFERENCE: BCEW # 10722, REV 1-0-28-08 2 of 2 Material 275REOZJD 258811 CTR GM50088 GM20599-KA38 GM39513-KA2 GM46340-GA3 GM58642-MA31 222661 GM52909-MA 1 GM46342-MA 1 326237 GM21041-KA6 GM19979-KA4 GM28625-KA5 GM19874-KA1 GM38838-KA5 324588 GM46346-MA1 PAD-292865 Description 275REOZJD Genset Power Factor Test,0.8,3Ph Only Certified Test Report Warrantv, 1 Year Standbv Enclosure, Sound Shield, Crit Sil, Cap Flexible Fuel Lines 275REOZJD, 24V, 60Hz Alternator, 4UA13 . Nameplate Ratina, Standby 130 Dearee Skid & Mta. Coolina, Unit Mounted Radiator Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator Closed Crankcase Vent Rodent Guards,Non CSA,4UA Coolant in Genset 9 aals. Decal, UL2200 Listina (Diesel) Block Heater, 2500W,90/120V, 1 Ph Battery,2/12V,950CCA,Wet Air Intake, Standard Duty Battery Charaer,Flciat w/Alarms,24V-1 OA WITH FLOAT/EQUALIZE & ALARM GM50890-KA3 -Neutral, 1313A. 4UA 333708 Voltaae,60Hz,277/480V,Wve,3Ph,4W,0.8PF GM47632-KP Lit Kit, General Maint, 275REOZJD GM41141-KP2 Windows Monitor Ill w/ Modem GM17126-MA6 Controller, DEC550, 24V GM46345-MA3 Control & Harness, JD608HF, Dec550 GM17032-KA1 Controller Connection Kit GM52327-KA 1 LCB, 400A, DGP, EL, 100% GM50883-KA2 MTG, LCB, D-Frame, 400A, 4UA GM52327-KA2 LCB, 400A, DGP, EL, 100% GM50888-KA3 Mta, D-Frame To D, LCB2, 400A, 4UA , GM51860-KA12 Covers, 4UA J-Box D-Frame W/D LCB MODELKi KSS-DMVA-0400S GM51453 Warranty, 1-Year Standard Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 Current factory lead-time for this equipment is 14-15 weeks from release for production. We appreciate this opportunity to offer our equipment for your consideration. Please call if you have any questions or if I can help in any way. Bay City Electric Works wants to be your Generator System Supplier. KOHLER.POWER SYSTEMS 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 Phone -619:938.8200 Fax -619.938.8217 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I BR STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS Dear Bay City Electric Works Prospective Customer, Bay City Electric Works has been a San Diego company since 1932 providing new emergency generator system solutions, generator parts & services, and generator rentals throughout Southern California. Our commitment to after sales support is unmatched with our factory trained field technicians' 200+ years of combined experience. All technicians operate from fully equipped/stocked service trucks that are efficiently dispatched via GPS tracking and are backed up by over $500,000 of spare parts at our service facilities. We maintain a 24-hour emergency service "hot-line" to assure a "live" response and are responsible for over 2000 installed generator systems for preventative service maintenance and trouble call support. Our customers include electrical and mechanical contractors, industrial plants, commercial facilities, data centers, hospitals, schools, city and county government facilities, military installations, the telecommunications industry, water and electrical utilities and our area's growing bio-technical industry. Major product lines represented include Kohler for standby, residential, mobile, and marine generators; Winco Corporation for portable generators; Kohler, Briggs & Stratton, Onan, and Tecumseh for industrial engines; Lincoln, Baldor, and Leeson for electric motors. Bay City Electric Works is the premier provider of standby electrical power systems solutions in Southern California and looks forward to working with you to support your power needs. Sincerely, Rodney C. Lee President & COO KOHLER.POWER SYSTEMS 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 Phone -619.938.8200 Fax -619.938.8217 Service Facility: 766 S. Gifford Ave, San Bernardino, CA 92408 KOHLER~ POWER :SYSTEMS· ~ •• --• ..,1 • ! . ~-.. ... . . ... .. - Bay City offi:ir!'i ,mainteri.ance. conm,cts tf,~t are -t~ilored t9 our clistoniers' specific requirements. . . ·: We offer Jvi~intenance· se.rvices ·in a~cordance. witfl ' .manuf~qtur:ets''·tecpmmetidatj'gns: to. heJp y9tir system oper9te '!it pea~· pet'formance•,and efflc::iency •. Teshe$tilts .. liighHgbling ,any;~~fe~ti:~i1fc9vetetj an~ fyll .fopgrts ~hc;;~irig:the-w~rk perforr'ri~d ·are· :provided. . . . . . .. . .. '; Ttiiif\elt Spit'.efaHifa ' . ·' s~y' .~ity ~:tiers ;oµ ~ti~~~ior ·ser.vii.e.an_d ~qpporf'ifpr _rputine: . , :m~intehahce· ~nd emergerrcles. our techiiicians1an~··etther I ;factory. ·t.railiecl'ancl'-auiootized;, ~rid/bi-bavi'.i:·co.mpletic;t dil.Qr:e:es: ' in die!ier-eJl3J::tric powEi.t gene):atitm. -ou·r··tilgl:ilY"traJned t~chnJcian~ 11reon gail 24-hOLtrs,a da~.$eV~h.Qi:!Y.~'.a week. · I We'·~r~'.a~·pgtf;(_)rlzec;t Kohler dis(ribt.itoi and :t:~ri ·servfce.-afl: makes, and· rnodels·'of diesel-anti· gas,poVJered.:generatc5rs; :erevenfi1rtt Maltitenti'nce Your ·g13nerat9r power $yste111_ needs. periodfo maint!30f:!.n.ce: to keep· it iii toil condition anc.l .ready, to ·operate: when th~ lights go :out: 'Batteries~ eng.ine, oif, ,anti~fre.eze and belts .ciet~riorate over t~rrie. OxjdaJj~,11,'.:i::orrdffiio(i', sepaf~tion ,lnd,f~tigue .c.,m ~.1$CNak.!3, ,their toil,. Qll_chMg_f!·~~ ,filter ch.ang~ikfl!el teplac¢t.nen~. air · ·cl~~mer i_hsp,~c;tlon_.~nd:anWfr:e~z~ ·.c~~~k~:'a,r~-vJ.ta! ;fQ,sqund o~eratJon,, · · We use. a.dvah<;ed tes.t equipmenuo ltiorougoly· tes.t your .geM,r,ati:ir''.against the arigJnal fa.ctor,r standards, Evetv .effort -Will 'P.e.Jrrf!cle,·t.o ensurEI .ftiat·it'yoµr.·eqtlipmenfhas a~e.c1k . . c.orppqi:i,e.nt, -.It .~Ul~be f i:>u~d ao_d: porreqt_ecJ.: PM servfoes··are.,availaole, on a~y tmike or h1"e5del gene'rator. 1:o1fd iliatik r~tfh:g · . En$Ure·.yQufgeoer~for:is i'.~adv.,fpt~inerg~nci~$ w.rth 011r Lead ·Eiank:Testlng.: Dµriiig a;crisi~~.,pe-6ptef s: llves .aiid 'liv.elihcrods :are ~tsfa1ke,.Y.ci.u r.ie_ed to,'know·that yo·ur· geri.E!ratot .sy.stenvwill fuo¢tfi;>n pr~p.ei'Jy-and .proviµe th.e tuli fcri:1ct cWpow:er Y.PJi ne~!'.I •. . 13e-_gu1.ar .. 1:.esi$tN~·testi'rj'g. i~ the only way yQa, C:~n-ma~e· sore· . y9.1,1r·pgwer: ·s.vs.t~mwill.:QP.erat~· when: y.9µ :r1e.e.<;I i,t.rnost,. -Fatflities·<lfoil are le'f)'ally reqdirecfto .nav'l:l· standby ,powe.r-scn.lrces hiti:lit:peiform toad banJHestlng :&Ur log i;ommfss.ion1trg.. · · {.:w-arraiiwJiivirag4 · ,M~intcifnihg~hawarraniy on·.a ·g_enerator.system·requi'r.es. ·prop'et"ittsfallatici'ifahd: mairit~tiaoce:. :count orf'.EfaY·City to ·:et1~~.rEJ: y.91.1r:W.ilrr.antY: p.r.ovisipnS, ;iret met, w~ k~ep ~ pettna·oent .r~cc:m.:f tif .~n.:-,s~.ryi¢t{~Pa'irs p~rtqrlli\~P,/as,_pr<;>p~r d9:c.umentatiqn 1s wpi~~l!y,: .requ,ired . ., I I Say, 'City 'is· ,a .premier distributor of ertrergency gener:ator ~v~t~m$J :auto,mat:ic tr~n'!iftr ·$witches an" par~Ueling sw1tC:bgear.; :m~bile 11enerdtor-sets;· p1>rtable g~11erat<Jr $.et~,, :~m~U ,erigJpe:S. :and ~gQ~prilerit,. $~rvicing $~gthern Califqrnia. I .Servi:ce.s I .: :Prp~~r-:JS¢ti~rati@ l:qU\P-Jl)ent $1;)1e$; :s~r:vitIE~J1nd_;;.--- Jbatalla~bm~·:-:Authorized Kohler Di$tr1bot?F i 11 ,. · I .. G~Ael\llllp~ ·~t,d Power t)fstPibutiao R~,R; .E'msrer~noieg., Planned: :00tat1es, and :$g~o a , ~ -~f,· · : · . I EV,e.nes':--Tutnk~vtr-i$ts11E!o· -./ --.-H:~; , • Mobile/RV Genera~or Bares and ,seli · · · . I '. .. -··. -. . , ./1 • Generator·Preventive(Maintenan~,,; · . ~ I ·E,gMncii:,g So,ut~ern q,lifur,'.ljii I I • I • :Oiffibult~tt1+fii1d' Parts :Se:arch ·. , I l<OHLE~ . POWER .SYSTEMS I ENGINE GENERATOR ------------------- I I 1 Engine Generator I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' ----~----~ ---------------------------------- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Model: 275REOZJD KOHLE~POWER SYSTEMS 208-600 V Diesel 09001 r..n -~ NATIONALLY REGISTEREP Ratings Range Standby: Prime: < I kW kVA kW kVA 60Hz 250-280 313-350 235-255 294-319 Standard Features • Kohler Co. provides one-source responsibility for the generating system and accessories. • The generator set and its components are prototype-tested, factory-built, and production-tested. • The 60 Hz generator set offers a UL 2200 listing. • The generator set accepts rated load in one step. • Jhe 60 Hz generator set meets NFPA 110, Level 1, when equipped with the necessary accessories and installed per NFPA standards. • The generator set complies with ISO 8528-5, Class G2, requirements for transient performance in all generator set configurations. Select the Decision-Maker™ 550 controller for improved voltage regulation and ISO 8528-5, Class G3, compliance. • The 60 Hz generator set engine is certified by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to conform to Tier 3 nonroad emissions regulations. • A one-year limited warranty covers all systems and components. Two-, five-, and ten-year extended warranties are also available. • Alternator features: o The unique Fast-Response"' II excitation system delivers excellent voltage response and short circuit capability using a permanent magnet (PM)-excited alternator. o The brushless, rotating-field alternator has Generator Set Ratings broadrange reconnectability. --------------------------• Otherfeatures: 1os0c Rise Alternator Voltage Ph Hz 120/208 3 60 127/220 3 60 120/240 3 60 4UA10 139/240 3 60 220/380 3 60 240/416 3 60 2nJ4BO 3 60 347/600 3 60 120/208 3 60 127/220 3 60 120/240 3 60 4UA13 139/240 3 60 220/380 3 60 240/416 3 so 2n/480 3 60 347/600 3 60 130°C Rise Standby Rating kW/k.VA Amps 265/331 919 270/338 886 265/331 797 275/344 827 250/313 475 265/331 460 275/344 413 260/325 313 280/350 972 280/350 919 280/350 842 280/350 842 280/350 532 280/350 486 280/350 421 280/350 337 Prime Rating kW/kVA Amps 245/306 850 250/313 820 245/306 737 250/313 752 235/294 446 245/306 425 250/313 376 . 235/294 283 255/319 885 255/319 837 255/319 767 255/319 767 255/319 484 255/319 442 255/319 383 255/319 307 o Controllers are available for all applications. See controller features inside. o The low coolant level shutdown prevents overheating (standard on radiator models only). o Integral vibration isolation eliminates the need for under-unit vibration spring isolators. RATINGS: Al three-phaH units an rated at 0.8 power factor. Al alngle-phase units an rated at 1.0 power factor. Standby Ratings: Standby ratings apply to Installations served by a reliable utility source. The standby rati!19 ~ appicabletovarying loads for the dulllllon of a power outage. Thwe is no overload capability for this rating. Ratings are in accordance with JS0-3046/1, BS 5514, AS 2789, and DIN 6271. Prime PowerRalini/s: Prime power ratings apply to inltalallons whwe utility power la 111avallable or unreliable. Al varying load, the number of generator set operating hours Is unlimited. A 10% overload capacity Is available for one hour i'I twelve. Ratings ere i'l accordlnce with IS0-8528/1, overloed power i'I accordance with ISCl-3046/1, BS 5514, AS 2789, and DIN 6271. For limited running time and base load ratings, consul the factory. Obtai'I the technical information buletin (TIB-101) on ratings guidelines for the complete ratings definitions. The generator set manufacturer reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR DERATION: Altitude: Derate 0.5% per 100 m (328 ft.) elevation above 1000 m (3300 ft.). Temperature: Derate 1.0% per 1o•c (18°F) temperature above 2s•c (77'FJ. GS-292 (275REOZJD) 9/08d I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' Specifications Manufacturer Type Exciter type Wound field (WF) Permanent magnet (PM) Leads: quantity, type Voltage reg1,1lator Insulation: Material Temperature rise Bearing: quantity, type Coupling Amortisseur windings Voltage regulation, no-load to full-load Wound field (WF) alternator Permanent magnet (PM) alternator 550 controller (with 0.5% drift due to temperature variation) Unbalanced load capability One-step load acceptance Peak motor starting kVA: 480 V 4UA 10 (12 lead) 480 V 4UA13 (12 lead) Engine Engine Specifications Manufacturer Engine model Engine.type Cylinder arrangement Displacement, L (cu. in.) Bore and stroke, mm (in.) Compression ratio Piston speed, m/min. (ft./min.) Main bearings: quantity, type. Rated rpm Max. power at rated rpm, kWm (BHP) Cylinder head material Crankshaft material Valve material: Intake Exhaust Governor: type, make/model Frequency regulation, no-load to full-load Frequency regulation, steady state Frequency Air cleaner type, all models Alternator Specifications Alternator Kohler 4-Pole, Rotating-Field Wound Exciter Field with Separate Excitation Power Winding Brushless, Permanent-Magnet 12, Reconnectable Solid State, Volts/Hz NEMAMG1 ClassH 1so0c, Standby 1, Sealed Flexible Disc Full ±0.25% Average :t:2%Average 3-Phase Sensing, :1:0.25% 100% of Rated Standby Current 100% of Rating (35% dip for voltages below) 785 960 • NEMA MG1., IEEE, and ANSI standards compliance for temperature rise and motor starting. • Sustained short-circuit current of up to 300% of the rated current for up to 1 O seconds. • Sustained short-circuit current enabling downstream circuit breakers to trip without collapsing the alternator field. • Self-ventilated and dripproof construction. • Vacuum-impregnated windings with fungus-resistant epoxy varnish for dependability and long life. • Superior voltage waveform from a two-thirds pitch stator and skewed rotor. • Fast-Response lN II brushless alternator with brushless exciter for excellent load response. Application Data Exhaust Jolin Deere 6090HF485 4-Cycle, Turbocharged, Charge Air-Cooled 61nline 9.0 (548) 118.4 X 136 (4.66 X 5.35) 16.0:1 457 (1500) 7, Replaceable Insert 1800 315 (422) Cast Iron Forged Steel Chromium-Silicon Steel Stainless Steel JDEC Electronic L14 DensoHP4 Isochronous ±0.25% Fixed Dry Exhaust System Exhaust manifold type Exhaust flow at rated kW, m3/min. (cfm) Exhaust temperature at rated kW, dry exhaust, ·c (0F) Maximum allowable back pressure, kPa Qn.Hg) Exhaust outlet size at engine hookup, mm Qn.) Engine Electrical Engine Electrical System Battery charging alternator: Ground (negative/positive) Volts (DC) Ampere rating Starter motor rated voltage (DC) Battery, recommended cold cranking amps (CCA): Quantity, CCA rating each Battery voltage (DC) GS-292 (275REOZJD) 9/08d Dry 53.5 (1890) 460 (860) Min.4 (1.2) Max. 10 (3.0) 98 (3.86) 24Volt Negative 24 45 24 Two,950 12 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I J Fuel Fuel Syst_em Fuel supply line, min. ID, mm (in.) Fuel return line, min. ID, mm (in.) Max. lift, fuel pump: type, m (ft.) Max. fuel flow, Lph (gph) Fuel prime pump Fuel filter Secondary Primary Water Separator Recommended.fuel Lubrication Lubricating System Type Oil pan capacity, L(qt.) Oil pan capacity with filter, L (qt.) Oil filter: quantity, type Oil cooler Cooling Radiator System Ambient temperature, •c (0 F)* Engine jacket water capacity, L (gal.) Radiator system capacity, including engine, L (gal.) Engine jacket water flow, Lpm (gpm) Heatrejected to cooling water at rated kW, dry exhaust, kW (Btu/min.) Heat rejected to air charge cooler at rated kW, dry-exhaust, kW (Btu/min.) Water pump type Fan diameter, including blades, mm (in.) Fan, kWm (HP) Max. restriction of cooling air, intake and discharge side of radiator, kPa (In. H20) Application Data 11.0 (0.44) 6.0 (0.25) Electronic, 3 (10) 240 (63.4) Electronic 2 Microns @ 98% Efficiency 10 Microns Yes #2 Diesel Full Pressure 32.5 (34.4) 33.4 (35.3) 1, Cartridge Water-Cooled 50 (122) 16 (4.25) 36 (9.5) 265 (70) 121.1 (6890) 75.9 (4320) Centrifugal 863.6 (34.0) 9 (12.1) 0.125 (0.5) Fuel Consumption Diesel, Lph (gph) at % load 100% 75% 50% 25% Diesel, Lph (gph) at % load 100% 75% 50% 25% Standby Rating 75.0 (19.8) 56.7 (15.0) 39.5 (10.4) 22.5 (5.9) Prime Rating 66.0 (17.4) 50.2 (13.3) 35.0 (9.2) 20.0 (5.3) Controllers Decision-Maker"' 550 Controller Audiovisual annunciation with NFPA 110 Level 1 capability. Programmable microprocessor logic and digital display features. Alternator safeguard circuit protection. 12-or 24-volt engine electrical system capability. Remote start, remote annunciation, and remote communication options. Refer to G6-46 for additional controller features and accessories. Decision-Maker"' 3+, 16-Light Controller * Enclosure with enclosed silencer reduces ambient temperature capability by 5°C (9°F). Audiovisual annunciation with NFPA 110 Level 1 capability. Microprocessor logic, AC meters, and engine gauge features. 12-or 24-volt engine electrical system capability. Remote start, prime power, and remote annunciation options. Refer to GS-30 for additional controller features and accessories. Operation Requirements Air Requirements Radiator-cooled cooling air, m3/min. (scfm):I: Combustion air, m3/mln. (cfm) Heat rejected-to ambient air: Engine, kW (Btu/min.) Alternator, kW (Btu/min.) :I: Air density = 1.20 kg/m3 (0.075 lbll\l'ft3) 396.4 (14000) 22.7 (800) 60.8 (3460) 23.9 (1360) G5-292 (275REOZJD) 9/08d I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I J KOHLER CO., Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 USA Phone 920-565-3381, Fax 920-459~1646 For the nearest sales and service outlet in the IJS and Canada, phone 1-800-544-2444 KohlerPower.com Additional Standard Features • Alternator Protection (standard with 550 controller) • Battery Rack and Cables • Emission Compliant Engine • Integral Vibration Isolation • Oii Drain Extension • Operation and lhstallation Literature Available Options Approvals and Listings D CSA Approval D IBC Seismic Certification 0 UL 2200 Listing Enclosed Unit es) Sound Enclosure and Subbase Fuel Tank Packages D Weather Enclosure and Subbase Fuel Tank Packages D Weather Housing (with roof-mounted critical silencer) Open Unit D Exhaust Silencer, Critical (kit: PA-354809) D Exhaust Silencer, Hospital (kit: PA-365349) D Flexible Exhaust Connector, Stainless Steel Fuel System D Auxiliary Fuel Pump !!I Flexible Fuel Lines D Fuel Pressure Gauge D Subbase Fuel Tanks 1111 Subbase Fuel Tank with Day Tank Controller D Common Failure Relay 1111 Communication Products and PC Software (550 controller only) D Customer Connection D Dry Contact (Isolated alarm) D Prime Power Switch (550 controller only) D Remote Annunciator Panel O Remote Audiovisual Alarm Panel D Remote Emergency Stop D Remote Mounting Cable D Run Relay Cooling System 1111 Block Heater (recommended for ambient temperatures below o•c [32°F)) D Radiator Duct Flange Electrical System D Alternator Strip Heater l!l Battery !!I Battery Charger, Equalize/Float Type D Battery Heater 12!1 Line Circuit Breaker (NEMA type 1 enclosure) D Line Qircuit Breaker with Shunt Trip (NEMA type 1 enclosure) D Safeguard Breaker (16-light controller) D D D D [} I!) l!l !xi I!) D ljj D D 0 tl D D D D Paralleling System Kohler Power Systems Asia Pacific Headquarters 7 Jurong Pier Road Singapore 619159 Phone(65)6264-6422,Fax(65)6264-6455 Reactive Droop Compensator Voltage Adjust Control Voltage Regulator Relocation Miscellaneous Air Cleaner, Heavy Duty Air Cleaner Restriction Indicator Crankcase Emissions Canister Engine Fluids (oil and coolant) Added Rated Power Factor Testing Rodent Guards Skid End Caps Literature General Maintenance NFPA 110 Overhaul Production Warranty 2-Year Basic 2-Year Prime 5-Year Basic 5-Year Comprehensive 10-Year Major Components Other Options D -----------------0 _______________ _ D ...;..._ _______________ _ D Dimensions and Weights Overall Size, L x W x H, mm Qn.): Weight (radiator model), wet, kg Qb.): 3100 X 1250 X 1703 (122.05 X 49.21 X 67.06) 2132-2268 (4700-5000) L-----......i NOTE: This drawing is provided for reference only and should not be used for planning Installation. Contact your local distributor for more detailed information. DISTRIBUTED BY: Bay City Electric Works 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 619-938-8200 @ 2006, 2007, 2008 by Kohler Co. All rights reserved. GS:.292 (275REOZJD) 9/08d I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I KOHLER. POWER SYSTEMS TECHNICAL INFORMATION BULLETIN Alternator Data Sheet Alternator Model: 4UA13W/4UA13 Frequency: 60 Hz Speed: 1800 RPM Leads: 12 (6 Lead, 600 Volt) kW* (kVA) Voltage Power 90°c ss0c 105°C L-N/L-L Phase Factor Connection 80°C Lloyds ABS Prime 139/240 3 0.8 Wye 275.0 285.0 290.0 300.0 ~77/480 (343.8) (356.3) (362.5) (375.0) 127/220 272:0 283.0 288.5 300.0 254/440 3 0.8 Wye (340.0) . (353.8) (360.6) (375.0) 120/208 3 0.8 Wye 272.0 240/416 (340.0) 110/190 3 0.8 Wye 245.0 220/380 (306.3) 120/240 3 0.8 Delta 264.0 (330.0) 347/600 3 0.8 Wye 275.0 (343.8) * All data tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 115. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. 283.0 288.5 300.0 (353.8) (360.6) (375.0) 259.0 266.0 280.0 (323.8) (332.5) (350.0) 278.0 285.5 300.0 (347.5) (356.9) (375.0) 285.0 290.0 300.0 (356.3) (362.5) (375.0) Submittal Data: 139/240 Volts, 0.8 PF, 1800 RPM, 60 Hz, 3-Phase, 130°C Rise Symbol Per Unit Ohms Typical Resistances Typical Time Constants Phase -Resistance 0:021 0.003 Armature Short Circuit Rotor Resistance 13.850 2.128 Transient Short Circuit Typical Reactances Transient Open Circuit Synchronous Typical Field Current Direct Xct 3.415 0.525 Full Load Quadrature Xq 1.177 0.273 No Load Transient Typical Short Circuit Ratio Unsaturated X'du 0~325· 0.050·· Harmonic Distortion Saturated x·d 0.286 0.044 RMS Total Harmonic Distortion Subtransient Max. Single Harmonic TIB-102 1/079 130°c 125°C Standby 300.0 300.0 (375.0) (375.0) 300.0 300.0 (375.0) (375.0) 300.0 300.0 (375.0) (375.0) 280.0 280.0 (350.0) (350.0) 300.0 300.0 (375.0) (375.0) 300.0 300.0 (375.0) (375.0) Symbol Value Ta 0.Q16sec. T'd 0.212sec. T'do 2.528sec. lfFL 35.07 amps lfNL 8.88amps 0.337 2.7% 7th Direct x·d 0.117 0.Q18 Deviation Factor (No Load, L-L) Quadrature x· 0.140 0.021 4.3% q Telephone Influence Factor Negative Sequence X2 0.128 0.020 Insulation Material Class Zero Sequence Xo 0:009 0.001 per NEMA MG1-1.66 <50 H Phase Rotation ABC TIB-102 1/079 81 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! I ~ C Cl) ·a !i: w '#. Q. i5 CD en ftl -~ '#. 100 98 96 94 4U13/4UA13 60 Hz TYPICAL ALTERNATOR EFFICIENCY* 139/240, 277 /480 Volts, Wye 92 ~ - 90 / 88 86 84 82 80 50 70 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 / 0 . 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 310 Output (kW) TYPICAL MOTOR STARTING CHARACTERISTICS* 139/240, 277/480 Volts, Wye ~ / / ., V / / / V / 200 400 600 800 1000 Locked Rotor kVA 1200 * All data tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 115. Kohler Co. reserves the rightto change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. 82 TIB-102 1/07g -.... --------- D C B I A .!!. I SUGGESlED 24V BATTERY HEATER/CHARGER & CDNDUIT LOCATION (OPTIOIW.) • CONDUIT ENTRY AREA FOR GENERATOR LOAD L£ADS (BOTTOM ENTRY), CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTION, REMOTE CONNECTION TO TRANSFER SWITCH AND REMOTE ANNUNCIATIDR, 'i' .; ~~ ~ ~ E. - 435 [17.13] 75 [2.95] .,. ,.. ~ ,..~ -,.. .,;. ~ ~t:., ~~ §_ ~ !763 [69.41] 998 [39,29] I ~ 75 [2.95]7 1 .. ir .... ..:--1-111-'- -----1005 [39.57]----< ~w t:::. :: .., ~ "' --0 .., SUGGESTED FUEL SUPPLY AND RETURN STUII-IJP AREA. (FLEXIBI.E FUEL LINES 1/2-14 NPT MM.E-FUEl SUPPLY 3/8-18 NPT MALE-FUEL RETURN) SUGGESTED BLOCK HEATER h CONDUIT I.OCATION (OPTIOIW.) Lil i g ~ z a: ~ ~ :::, t:; ,ri a: ,!; ~ ..J ..J iii w w .., ~ :::, ... !!! 'io' 'N' 0 ~ "! :;i "' :::!. :::!. " N " .;; 0, LU 8 • ·o FUEL RETURN 11/16-16 ORfS (MALE) : :tj". i-------151H5 [62,43] FUEL INLET-~--! 10611 [41.98] EXHAUST OUTLET 0 •O 0 565 [22.24] 4X 117,50 [t.688] (GENSET & SUBBASE TANK l---+-----1790 [70.46] OIL DRAIN:------~ MOUNTING HOLES) COB 1582 [62.30] 230-275 4UA9, 4UA10 1646 [64.8] 230-275 4UA1J 1----------------3100 [122.05)-----------------1 6 5 :1l ., ~ -:::, ,.. 0 " Iii I!!.. ..J i ~ <.> 1;S ~ i ! 0 ... ~ - i 4 ----J_ ----1 -,_,,_. fCII' -71f7J] A J..f..OI, ~2) 111 tJDJMJ -m (1LJIJ. Cl-4> 1oa1 lll.lll w 114 [JIJ'JJ, (MJ lnl (11.11) -11Dl (11.ot] (1117.J} • l2-tS-W)C,.-,.S) CCII Dall--.-(ti-') WIDNI IIDID. {117l: ~ ij ~ i. ...:. ::. :l :I ~ ... ~ EXHAUST OUTLET DETAIL ·i-1044 [41,09] 0Pf;NING-- l-s22 [20.54]- Jo " , I 195 [7.1511] i---t-FUa RETURN .___._217 [8.54] , , FUa INLET 182 [7.15] 1---1-EXHAUST OUTLET d-i-t-t-t- I• I• I !i ~ ~ MODEL ALT. GENSET WEIGHT (WETl 230 4UA9 2268 Ka f5000 LBSl 250'275 4UA10 2313 Ka 15100 LBSI . 230/250/275 4UA13 2449 Kg 15400 LBS I NOTES: & WHEN SUBBASE TANK IS USED, CONDUIT MUST BE LOCATED OUTSIDE Of I-EE§;,-~ a:i :::!. TANK AREA OR IN STUB-UP AREA FOR SUBBASE TANK, REFER TO SUBBASE ADV, lo . 13 "' ~ ~ 2) DIMENSIONS IN [ ] ARE ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS • 3) IF AN ENCLOSURE 15 USED THE FUEL LINE MUST BE STUBBED UP FROM DIRECTLY UNDER THE UNIT OR BROUGHT IN FROM THE END OF THE SKID. REFER TO ENCLOSURE ADV !METRIC CAD FILEI 625 [24,61]117D (46.06] I . ;.;.;;;;;; .. ---~ ,=.J dUJ i------1250 (49.211 F: "7.':" 23D MODEL, 6D HZ, 4UA¾4UA9W f~-~-~i=~~~~~il~!..-=~~~~~~~~;:, 25D/275 MODEL. &D HZ 4UA1D/4UA10W, 4UA13 4UA13W - RECONNECTABLE IMPROVED MOTOR STARTING (IMS) RECON, le &DOV ALTERNATORS _,.,,.,_ '"' JOHN DEERE 609DHF, TIER Ill cw ADV-7117 De 3. 2 I D C B A ---Ji D C 8 A 8 --I ----_§_ ----1077 (42,40]----I L E750 [29,53]~ I 2;6;1.~~·;;b = I 250J~-8~1 12 [.47] M&-1.0 16 Pl.ACES I -Ji_ .. ~ ! ------! J_ ---z -,.11 ............ 1111n1 A M..-(C-Jl 411 (l'tL14) W11 411 [11.41) (1'111J) • (:Z•IJ-01 Kt SClT I OF 2 (117») - ICWI ... 0 " ~ Y.. / \ 0 IC \ K:. l'O'/IER CORO I CONNECT TO ~ / 90-13~ 21 ( 7 2,0] 2 PIACES BATT£RY 2 LGTH. 1 .. L ~ ' _,__J RADIATOR DUCT FLANGE l "' ~ 127 [5.00]-+--i----946 [37,24]----! BLOCK HEATER 120 AND 2.«l VOLT 6 5 4 BATTERY CHARGER ..... ' 0 0 O• FLEXIBLE EXHAUST ax •22.2 EQUALLY SPACED i''"''= 6" ANSI FIANGE (B16,5 CLASS 150) !METRIC CAD FILE! ,., .. ,!!.H.!:!,R .. CS. ..... ---·--'!!::.!....~·..,."'''' 230 MODEL, 60 HZ, 4UA¾-4UA9W i:.-~£= ~ --•~nz_!a.;;;.~-. 250/275 MODEL, 10 HZ 4UA10/4UA10W, 4UA13 4UA13W -,_ DIMENSION PRINT I RECONNECTABLE -""' ,_, .... IMPROVED MOTOR STARTING (IMS) RECON, A IOOV ALTERNATORS -,_,.... ,,,. ""'"'a""" •-z-z JOHN DEERE 6090HF, TIER Ill ""' 1-11-11 ADV-7117 I D,I 3 I 2 ,-"' I 8 A GENERATOR CONTROLLER ------------------- I I I Generator Controller I I I I I I I I I 1- I I I I I 1- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLER.POWER SYSTEMS Generator Set Controller 09001 ~~ NATIONALLY REGISTERED CE: -----O • ~ -,C:o ,ll;o Decision-Maker ... 550 Oo -011:r, Decision-Maker ... 550 with Keyswitch Option Kohler® Decision-Maker™ 550 Controller General Description and Function The Decision-Maker™ 550 generator set controller provides advanced control, system monitoring, and system diagnostics for optimum performance and compatibility with selected engine Electronic Control Modules (ECM). ECM models only: The Decision-Maker™ 550 controller directly communicates with the ECM to monitor engine parameters and diagnose engine problems (see Controller Diagnostics for details). Models The standard Decision-Maker™ 550 interfaces the generator set to. other power system equipment and other network management systems using standard industry network communications. The 550 controller uses unique software logic to manage sophisticated functions, such as voltage regulation, normally requiring additional hardware. The Decision-Maker™ 550 interface is available with a keyswitch option to allow easy master switch function to meet appropriate local code requirements. The key is removable in the AUTO position only. Standard Features • A digital display and keypad provide access to data. The display provides complete and understandable information, and the keypad allows easy local access. • The controller can communicate directly with a personal computer via a network or via a modem configuration. See G6-50 spec sheet for more information. • The controller supports Modbus® protocol. Use with serial bus or Ethernet networks. Optional Features • Monitor 111, an optional menu-driven Windows®-based PC software, monitors engine and alternator parameters and also provides control capability. See G6-76 spec sheet for more information. • Menu 15 (Protective Relays) is required for optional protective functions and is only available with the Kohler PD-Series switchgear. Modbus® Is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric. Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. GS-46 5/0Bj Page 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I RLN OFFi R&oSET STOP P111111•11nilig Mod9 0 ............... __ Operating Guide ( J -'l" ---! ~:: .. t!L --· .. ·-·----..... _, ... ___ _ .. -............... __ ,._,.,,. ____ ...., . _._, ·--·-....... ..,...., ...... .... -..... ................ --· .. MIii>- _______ ._ .. . ---7 _.,.. ....... ..,.......__ .... ..... ..., ...... ... . ,,.. ... ,. ...................... ?::::===--.... ........ ....... : :::-::, '!:"::::. ..... __ .,.. __ .. .... --.. .. --·----:: ----·111--- 11 - ....... -...... -..... ·----,. -16 -- Decision-Maker"' 550 (available with standard selector switch or optional keyswitch) Controller Features Decision-Maker™ 550-Software Version 2.1 o or higher Specifications • Power source with circuit protection: 12-or 24-volt DC • Power drain: 700 milliamps (or 400 mifliamps without panel lamps) • Humidity range: 5% to 95% noncondensing , • Operating temperature range: -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F) • Storage temperature range: -40°C to +85°C (-40°F to +185°F) • Standards: o CE Directive o NFPA99 o NFPA 110, Level 1 o UL508 Hardware Features • Vacuum fluorescent display • Environmentally sealed 16-button membrane keypad • LED status indicating lights • Three-position (run, off/reset, auto) selector switch or keyswitch • Latch-type emergency stop switch with International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) yellow ring identification • Alarm horn • Fuse-protected battery circuits • ·Controller mounts locally or remotely up to a distance of 12 m (40 ft.) and viewed from one of four positions • Dimensions-W x H x D, 460 x 275 x 291 mm (18.15 x 10.8 x 11.47 in.) NFPA Requirements In order to meet NFPA 11 O, Level 1 requirements, the generator set controller must monitor specific engine/generator functions and faults. NFPA 110 Common Alarm • Engine functions: o Overcrank o Low coolant temperature warning o High coolant temperature warning o High coolant temperature shutdown o Lc;,w oil pressure shutdown o Low oil pressure warning o Overspeed o Low fuel (level or pressure) * o Low coolant level o EPS supplying load o High battery voltage* o Low battery voltage* o Air damper indicator • General functions: o Master switch not in auto o Battery charger fault * o Lamptest o Contacts for local and remote common alarm o Audible alarm silence switch o Remote emergency stop * Requires optional input sensors on some generator set models. G6-46 5/0Sj Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Control Functions The control functions apply to both the ECM and non-ECM equipped models unless noted otherwise. • AC Output Voltage Adjustment The voltage adjustment provides keypad adjustment in 0.1 volt increments of the average line-to-line AC output voltage with a maximum adjustment of :1: 10% of the system voltage. • Alternator Protection The controller firmware provides generator set overload and short circuit protection matched·to each alternator for the particular voltage/phase configuration. • Automatic Restart The controller automatic restart feature initiates the start routine and recrank when the generator set slows to less than 390 rpm after a failed start attempt. • Battleswltch (Fault Shutdown Override Switch) The battleswitch input provides the ability to override the fault shutdowns except emergency stop and overspeed shutdown in emergency situations and during generator set troubleshooting. • Clock and Calendar Real-time clock and calendar functions time stamp shutdowns for local display and remote monitor. Also use these functions to determine the generator set start date and days of operation. • Cooldowp Temperature override This feature provides the ability to bypass (override) the cooldown temperature shutdown and-force the generator set to run for the full engine cooldown time delay. Also see Time Delay Engine Cooldown (TOEC). • Cyclic Cranking The controller has programmable cyclic cranking. The customer selects·the number of crank cycles (1-6) and the crank time from 1 0 to 30 seconds. The crank disconnect depends upon the speed sensor input Information or the generator frequency information. The default cyclic crank setting is 15 seconds on, 15 seconds off for three cycles. • Digital Voltage Regulator The digital voltage regulator provides ±0.25% no-load to full-load regulation. • Display Power Shutdown To conserve battery power, the display turns off after 5 minutes of inactivity. Pressing any keypad button activates the display. • ECM Communication The controller monitors ECM communication links and provides fault detection for oil pressure signal loss, coolant temperature signal loss, and ECM communication loss. Each of these faults provides local display, alarm horn ON, and relay driver output (RDO) on ECM models only. See Controller Diagnostics following for additional information. • Idle Speed Function Idle speed function provides the ability to start and run the engine at idle speed for a selectable time period. The engine will go to normal speed should th~ temperature reach warm-up before the time delay is complete. • LampTest Keypad switch verifies functionality of the indicator LEDs, alarm horn, .and digital display. • LoadShed The load shed function provides a load control output (RDO) with user-selectable load shed level. • Master Switch Fault The generator set master switch has fault detection at four levels: 1) master switch to off, 2) master switch open, 3) master switch error, and 4) master switch not in auto. Each of these faults/ warnings provides local display, alarm horn on, and activates a relay driver output (RDO). By placing the master switch to the off/reset position, all generator set faults can be reset. • Modbus• Interface The Modbus® interface provides industry standard open protocol for communication between the generator set controller and other devices or for network communications. • Number of Starts Total number of generator set successful starts is recorded and displayed on the local display and remote PC monitor. This information is a resettable and total record. • Programming Access The setup access and programming information is password protected. When locally accessing programming information, the PM (programming mode) LED flashes. When remotely accessing programming information, the PM LED is steady. • Programmed Run The programmed run function provides user-selectable time for a one-time exercising of the generator set. The controller does not provide weekly scheduled exercise periods. • Remote Reset The remote reset function resets faults and allows restarting of the generator set without going to the master switch off/reset position. The remote reset function is initiated via the remote reset digital input. • Running Time Hourmeter The running time hourmeter function is available on the local display and remote monitor. The information displayed uses real time loaded and unloaded run time as an actual and resettable record. • Self-Test The controller has memory protection and a microprocessor self-test. • Starting Aid The starting aid feature provides control for an ether injection system. This setup has adjustable on time before engine crank from o to 1 0 seconds. This feature is also part of the remote communication option. • Time Delay Engine Cooldown (TDEC) The TDEC provides a user-selectable time delay before the generator set shuts down. If the engine is above the preset temperature and unit is signalled to shut down, unit will continue to run for the duration of the TDEC. If the engine is at or below the preset temperature and unit is signalled to shut down or the TDEC is running, unit will shut down without waiting for the time delay to expire. Also see Cooldown Temperature Override. • Time Delay Engine Start (TOES) The TOES provides a user-selectable time delay before the generator set starts. Modbus<> is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric. G6-46 5/0Sj Page 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Controller Diagnostics The controller features warnings and shutdowns as text messages on the vacuum fluorescent display. See the table below. Warnings show yellow LED an_d signal an impending problem. Shutdowns show red l.ED and stop the generator set. User-Defined Common Fault and Status. The user customizes outputs through a menu of warnings, shutdowns, and status conditions. User defines up to 31 relay driver outputs (RDOs) (relays not included). Standard Controller (sel! next page tor model applications and exceptions) Warning ·shutdown User-User Function Function Defined ROOS Engine Fµnctions Air damper control, X X if equipped Air damper indicator, X X X if equipped Coolant temp. signal loss X X X High battery voltage X X X High coolant temperature X X X X High oil temp. shutdown X X X Low battery voltage X X X Low coolant level X X X Low coolant temperature X X X Low fuel level X X X (diesel models) * Low fuel pressure X X X (gas models) * Low oil pressure X X X X Oil pressure signal loss X X X Overcrank X X X Overspeed X X X Speed sensorfault X X X Starting aid X X Weak battery X .X X General Functions Auxiliary inputs 0-5 voe-X X X X up to 7 analog Auxiliary inputs-X X X X up to 21 dioital Battery charger fault * X X X Defined common fault t X X EEPROM write failure X X X Emergency stop X X X Engine cooldown delay X X Engine start d_elay X X EPS supplying load X X X Internal fault X X X Load shed kW overload X X X Load shed X X X underfrequency Master switch error X X X Master switch not in auto X X X -Master switch open X X X Master switch to off X X X NFPA 110 common alarm X X SCRDO's i -4 (software X X controlled RDOs) System ready (status) X X Generator Functions AC sensing loss X X X X Alternator protection X X X Critical overvoltage X X X Generator running X X Ground fault * X X X Locked rotor X X X Note: The available-user inputs are dependent on factory reserved inputs for specific engine types, engine controls, and paralleling applications. Note: Menu 15 features are available by purchasing the paralleling switchgear option. Standard Controller Warning Shutdown User-User Function Function Defined RDOs Overcurrent X X X Overfrequency X X X Overvoltage X X X Underfrequency X X X Undervoltage X X X Menu 15 Enabled Enhancements Breaker trip * X Common protective relay X X output Loss of field X X X Overcurreht X X X Overpower X X X Reverse power X X X In synchronization * X Waukesha-Powered Engine Enhancements Air/fuel module shutdown X * X Air/fuel module engine X X start delay Air/fuel module remote X X start Detonation fault X X * Fuel valve relay X X High oil temp. warning X X X Intake air temperature X X X X Knock fault X * X No intake air temp. signal X X X No oil temp. signal X X X Prelube relay X X DDC/MTU.Powered Engine and MDEC/ADEC Enhancements Block heater control § X X ECM communications loss X X X High oil temp. warning X X X intake air temperature X X X X Load shed X X overtemperature Low coolant temperature X X X X ECM red alarm X X X ECM yellow alarm X X X 275-400REOZV Engine Enhancements ECM communications loss X X X 125/150 kW with 8.1 L GM Engine Enhancements Low fuel pressure X * X * Requires optional input sensors on some models. t Factory default settings for the defined common fault are emergency stop, high coolant temperature shutdown, low oil pressure shutdown, overcrank, and overspeed. :I: Factory set inputs that are fixed and not user changeable. § For Mure applications. G6-46 &'08f Page 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Controller Monitoring Standard Equipment and Features • Alarm horn • Indicators: o Not in auto (yellow) o Program mode (yellow) o System ready (green) o System shutdown (red) o System warning (yellow) • Switches and-standard features: o Keypad, 16-button multi-function sealed membrane o Lamptest o Switch, auto, off/reset, run (engine-start) or keyswitch o Switch, emergency stop (normally closed contacts) • Vacuum fluorescent display with two lines of 20 characters Displays Some engine displays are dependent upon enhanced electronic engine control availability. • Engine monitoring data (metric or English units): o Battery voltage o Coolant-level t o Coolant-pressure t o Coolant-temperature o Engine start countdown o Fuel-pressure t:j:§11 o Fuel-temperature t:j:§ o Fuel rate expressed as L/hr. (gal./hr.) t o Fuel-used fast run expressea as L (gal.) is the accumulated fuel qty. used since fast reset by the DOC engine DDEC reader t o Oil-level and crankcase pressure t o Oil-pressure o Oil-temperature j:j:§ o Rpm o Temperature-ambient t o Temperature-intake air :j:§ • Engine setpoints o Coolant-high temperature shutdown and warning setpoints o Oil-low pressure shutdown and warning setpoints o Temperature,-engine cooled down setpoint o Temperature-engine warmed up setpolnt • Generator monitoring data: o Current (L1, L2, L3), ±0.25% accuracy o Frequency, ±0.5% accuracy o Kilowatts, total per phase (L1, L2, L3),±0.5% accuracy o KVA, total per phase (L1, L2, L3), ±0.5% accuracy o KVAR, total absorbing/generating per phase (L1, L2, L3), ±0.5% accuracy . o Percent alternator duty level (actual load kW/standby kW rating) o Power factor per phase, leading/lagging o Voltage (line-to-line, line-to-neutral for all phases), ±0.25% accuracy • Operational records: o Event history (stores up to 100 system events) o Last start date · o Number of starts o Number of starts since last maintenance o Operating days since last maintenance o Operating mode-standby or prime power o Run time (total, loaded and unloaded hours, and total kW hours) o Run time since maintenance (total, loaded, and unloaded hours and total kW hours) o System shutdowns o System warnings o Time, date, and day of week • Time delays-general: o Crank cycles for on/pause o Crank cycles for overcrank.shutdown o Engine cooldown o Engine start o Load shed o Voltage, over-and·under- o Starting aid * Requires optional input sensors on some models. . • Time delays-paralleling relays (PR) for optional switchgear applications: o Current-over (PR) o Current-over shutdown o Frequency-over-and under-(PR and shutdown) o Loss of field (PR and shutdown) o Loss of field shutdown (PR) o Power..;...over (PR) o Power-overshutdown o Reverse power (PR) o Reverse power shutdown o Synch matching-frequency, phase, voltage o Voltage-over-and under-(PR and shutdown) • System parameters: o Alternator number o Current, rated (based on kW, voltage, connection settings) o ECM serial number t o Engine model number t o Engine serial number t o Frequency o Generator set model number o Generator set serial number o Generator set spec number o Rating,.kW o Phase, single and three (wye or delta) o Unit number :j: o Voltage, AC o Voltage configuration, wye or delta Inputs • Customer and remote inputs: o Analog inputs 0-5 voe (up to 7 user-defined analog inputs with multiple shutdown and warning levels) o Digital contact inputs (up to 21 user-defined digital inputs with shutdown or warning levels) o Ground fault detector* o Remote emergency stop o Remote reset o Remote 2-wire start • Digital inputs (standard): o Air damper fault, if equipped o Air/fuel module shutdown § o Battery charger fault * o Battleswitch o Detonation shutdown § o Detonation warning § o Emergency stop o Field overvoltage (350 kW and higher) o High oil temperature o Idle mode active (ECM models only) t:j: o Knock shutdown § o Low coolant level o Low coolant temperature o Low fuel warning * o Low fuel shutdown (standard on 125/150RZG) * • Switchgear inputs in Menu 15 (to interface with switchgear system): o Circuit breaker closed o Enable synch o Lockout.shutdown o Remote reset o Remote shutdown o VAR/PF mode selection o Voltage-raise/lower (or VAR/PF raise/lower in VAR/PF mode) Outputs See the Fault Diagnostics section for a breakdown of the available shutdown and warning functions. • Thirty-one user-defined relay driver outputs (relays not included) o Fifteen NFPA 11 O faults o Defined common faults Communication • RS-485 connector for Modbus® RTU communication port • RS-232 connector for a PC or modem (optional software required) • SAE J1939 connector for the engine ECM (engine control module) t Standard on 200-275 kW gas and 230-500 kW diesel DOC engines with DDEC only. :j: Standard on DDC/MTU engines with MDEC/ADEC only. § Standard on Waukesha engines only. II Standard on 150-200 kW with John Deere 6068HF275 engines only. G6-46 5/0Sj Page 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I KOHLER CO., Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 USA Phone 920-565-3381, Fax 920-459-1646 For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1-800-544-2444 KohlerPower.com Kohler Power Systems Asia Pacific Headquarters 7 Jurong Pier Road Singapore 619159 Phone (65) 6264-6422, Fax (65) 6264-6455 Decision-Maker™ 550 Accessories Communication and PC Sqftware Accessories Refer to spec sheets G6-76, Monitor Ill Software, and GS-50, Decision-Maker"' 550 Communications, for additional communication and PC software information including Modbus® communication. O Local Single Connection. A PC is connected directly to the device communication module with an RS-232 cable for applications where the PC is within 15 m (50 ft.) of the device or RS-485 cable for applications where the PC is up to 1220 m (4000ft.) from the device. O Local Area Network (LAN). A PC Is connected directly to the device's local area network. A LAN is a system of connecting more than one device to a single PC. O Remote Network (Ethernet): A PC with a NIC card uses an Ethernet connection to access a remotely located converter (Modbus®/Ethernet) serving a 550 controller. Refer to G6-79 for system details. O Remote Network (Modem): A PC uses a modern to connect to a remotely located device modem serving a 550 controller. Monitoring software (Monitor Ill) runs on the PC to view system operation. O Monitor Ill Software for Monitoring and Control (Wlndows•-based user Interface) O Converter, Modbus•/Ethernet. Supports a power system using 550 controllers accessed via the Ethernet. Converter is supplied with an IP address by the site administrator. Refer to G6-79 for-converter details. O RS-232 to RS-485 Port Converters D -or ~ Personal computer External PC modem Telephone Hoes RS-232to RS-485port converter Generator Sat with the Decision-Maker• 550 controler Availability is subject to change without notice. Kohler Co. reserves the rightto change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local Kohler® generator set distributor for availability; Other Accessories O Common Failure Relay remotely signals auxiliary fault, emergency stop, high engine temperature, low oil pressure, overcrank, and overspeed via one single-pole, double-throw relay with 10-amp contacts at 120 VAC or 28 voe maximum. O Run Relay provides a three-pole, double-throw relay with 10-amp contacts at 120 VAC or 28 voe maximum for indicating that the generator set is running. Q Controller Cable enables remote mounting of the controller with distances of up to 12 m (40 ft.) from the generator set. ~ Controller Connection Kit provides a cable connecting the controller output terminals to a terminal strip in the junction box. O Dry Contact Kit interfaces between the controller signals and customer-supplied accessories providing contact closure to activate warning devices such as lamps or horns. Kits are available with either one or ten single-pole, double-throw relays with 10-amp contacts at 120 VAC or 28 voe maximum. [l Float/Equalize Battery Charger with Alarm Feature signals controller of battery charger fault. O Prealarm Kit for NFPA 110 (gas fuel models only) warns the operator of low fuel pressure. Select the kit based on LP vapor or natural gas, combination dual fuel, or LP liquid withdrawal. O Prime Power Switch prevents battery drain during generator set non-operation periods and when the generator set battery cannot be maintained by an AC battery charger. O Remote Serial Annunciator Panel enables the operator to monitor the status of the generator set from a remote location, which may be required for NFPA 99 and NFPA 11 O installations. Uses Modbus® protocol, an Industry standard. • Q Remote Audiovisual Alarm Panel warns the operator of fault shutdowns and warning conditions. Kit includes common fault lamp and horn with silence switch. O Remote Emergency Stop Panel immediately shuts the generator set down from a remote station. Modbus• is a registered trademark of Schneider Bectric. Windows& Is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. DISTRIBUTED BY: Bay City Electric Works 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 619-938-8200 @ 2000, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by Kohler Co., All rights reserved. Gll-46 5/081 Page 6 - .20 [5] D C B A -;;;' ... ~ :8 c,i a 9 1111111!1 l 8 --------I §_ ,s_ ,,~ ,_, r.,. ,,, ~ ---.-(ill)~ 0 0 -=:o ,=o ffiffi~ STIX' """o ..:=:o 1 2 3 • ....-.-o ·-............ .._ (l)®(I)~ o,.oHng Gulde ••w:=-. '=it=.:--- ---,:-=--,-.. = ·----·--... ::\. .. ~ -: 5[ :r:"'la',,:O --'!'=,-=,r-,. ·-I es.. :=ts=t-.'"'::: ---~-='l:,"' .E. r.r.:: : ==--.... . .... : e.= Te=.-:. -" m,.':1---~-=: li -..-. .. ·= 4.88 [124)--------8.00 [203)------l 5/18-18 UIIC-28 (4 PIACES) 7 DECISION-MAKER 550 20-2000 KW 5 -----i 3 i--------11.47 [291)--------i 0 0 0 ,., "''£.~ "'"]----- 4 3 ----2- CONTROLLER 2 A I2-1:t-11I~1) SffUT 7 Clf' 1 Mllllf[ffiJiJ f 11•1i _____ iii:: 91([1'1 1 A: .1 CF 1 (lff27) C 7-ll-OD (D-l) 11.41 (111] W.S 10-n (2111). (uel} H .,_, ............ ""'t)IIIDMW7•7{iliJi} ., 17-tMllll!q_~ __ l_ln*) 'T~ --· ... --..... ;.:...* 7-. --• I.._ ~ ~ ..-----. ..... ., D C B A - D C a A ------- l 1. l JUNCTION BOX~------~ CONTROLLER BOX • P2& (iii j10j10j>11jra10 Iii I en en cr.1 J N01£: ~~¥81; -------------- ro I ~ Sl8 (P&) [FRI) ------------I SEE DWG. G11351iJ! ((AA} 18 (P&> cv:::l SEE DWG, GM3S TO CHO DWG ST~3~J (@ \ } 1 1 "'-;, . ..:; WA c;-• (l'GNOI "' -..,.... .. t« V"''" G\J G\Z Q.1 G\11 8 7 ---------- _5_ .i I ~.~! I ~1 ::~ ::?1 ~OILY, I I I 1 I 1 I 1 ESS ~"' P12 P13 D po+1A (l11•1A) ~1 (Tal•I) ~ ~Ii ' ri-M-, ~ PL1 5 -· I 1 ~=' I I Pl CQNNfCTKJNS -!. I I »1 INTERCONNECllON §z !..l ~ti TBJI I;;-; ~~ ti »1 z!:! ~~ Ii ll 1 P14 70 2 ~L-.J I l:j !.r'-' J !!!!] L-----T84 ' = l 111111111 . . 141' 1•1-12)~141'1 (IQO: 0CON4 MAIN l.OOIC [J . P21 • P22 rri-:O P19LJ! P20 • P180 P17 P1fi P& SWITCH 'T' P8 r MEMBRANE {) PGND SQruS - P7 ~SPLAY °b : ~---~) ' PIH fl 71 (1(20•S) 2 H/C • 3 ,. (Tall-10) • H/C • s 14N (EiC) • H/C 7 H/C • • 141' ("20) t H/C • 10 31A (CU) 11 H/C • 12 141' [QCCOM) 13 H/C , 14 H/C • 15 H/C • ! i FOR SCHEMATIC SEE NN-7304 ~ 0£CISION-IIAKER 550 CONTROLLER PL2 200-275 KW JOHN DEERE TIER Ill W/ ECM 4 I ~/ SPLIT ACTIYAT~R 1,, .1,, le I~ 11 38 l:::!l ~ 38 17 H/C 11 H/C 11 H/C • 20 58 (Pl-I) [fM) 58 (PI-S) (1lfE) 21 • (SS) 22 N7 (tlC) 23 H/C •• H/C UlDI TO SHEET 2 9CA -8AT1£111' CIWIGINO M.~TOR I -cootANT I.ML SENDER )-CUIIMHT--OCIOE EllCI -£CM -as -""" -II• I ~ K20• __ - I.CT -t.OW CCCJlNjT l£11P£11AlUIIE SWITCH ~--~PANEL Oll0UND Pl.(I). PANEL~ P.T.S · ~ SIi -ss -SSEN STAT -t:i•t m-w-T84 -1§ -Tl10 • T8l2 - lERIIINAl BUX:!( - •ll! ID C a A ---------- JI I ! ~ ENGINE D ~=-----------~ ®-••-------------©-,,------------Tel2 i' t IIIII ;i a ("27•_11) INSUl.4 'l'O. ... C TO SHEET 1 8 @-711 711(1811-711~ @-N7--------------, (Pt-22) r.\___1411--------------14N <••-•> -~ ,ti ~ P27-UI ©--... (184-J) "27-iil @--J··<··-·0)----,r T· ... _ . .t __ = UJ BCA D IDP A ©--10 70 (P2t-C)--:!: RfD (P,¥1-A) .._ ©-•----------------------P (Pl•Zl)-+---1---------, 8 7 6 5 --------- j_ DIAGNOSTIC BOX n~ ,1.!ffi ;-;;-i I ,I, I &t& ii! HI if~;-i~ f s t.!. ijffi~ij 4 l ~11~~ P2B CONNECJlONS ... ,,. .. (lllC) 9 012 (SWl•J) C 'IEL 'YEUCW(MUl.2) D aOIUN(INSIA.I) E 020 (_,,_,) F N/C (C/MIY PWG) G N/C (C/MIY PWG) H N/C .. (CIMIY PWG) J N/C (C/MIY PWG) D4 r-e&--i. ,_:(DJ ,~ l'l 'fi g _g,_ ", ! I! i ~~ I I ' - P27 CONNECJJONS .., I•• 'IEL \'W.011 ONSUl.!I) A2 N/C (C/MIY PWG) AJ N/C (C/MIY PUIG) M 115 (1812-J) Bl GIIH CIIWIOIGIJl.4) 12 012 (Kll-17) 11.J N/C (C/MIY PUIG) 84 .. , (1812-5) Cl N/C (C/MIY PUIG) C2 N/C (C/MIY PUIG) CJ ... (1112-4) C4 N/C (C/MIY PUIG) DI N/C (C/MIY PUIG) D2 N/C (C/MIY PUIG) DJ N/C (C/MIY PUIG) D4 N/C (C/MIY PUIG) El N/C (C/MIY PUIG) E2 N/C (C/MIY PUIG) EJ N/C (C/MIY PUIG) E4 N/C (C/MIY PUIG) F1 N/C (C/MIY PUIG) F2 N/C (C/MIY PUIG) FJ N/C (C/MIY PUIG) F4 N/C (CA\UY PWG) .., ,Cl N/C (C/MIY PWG) G2 111 (1812-2) CJ 714 (1812-1) C4 N/C (C/MIY PUIG) HI N/C (C/MIY PWG) H2 N/C ,(C/MIY PWG) HJ N/C (CAYll'I PWG) H4 IJ7 (1112-1) JI N/C (C/MIY PWG) J2 N/C (CAYll'I PWG) JJ N/C (CAYll'I PWG) J4 N/C (CAYll'I PWG) Kl N/C (CAYll'I PWG) H2 020 (INSIU) IQ N/C (CAYll'I PWG) K4 N/C (CAYll'I PWG) LI LI LI (INSU.7) L2 NL2 NL2 (Elle) U NU NU (lllG) L4 L4 L4 (NSULI) Ml Mt Ml (INSLU) U2 NU2 NU2(1l1G) UJ N/C (CAYll'I PWG) ...... (INSUl.7) •Ill!! D C 8 A =--=----~===--=---11 OECISION-IIAKER 550 CONTROLLER 200-27, KW JOHN DEERE TIER III W/ECM W/SPLIT ACTIVATOR 1-, 311 I: SOOY 3 1 2 _ ,,~ ---------- D C 8 A _8_ 1 _§_ ~ Hll _A_ I 1211DCIIAT1£1!'( ~·OP ·111.1----1.--....!l" II 1------,0111, 03 ~. I I II is~---~ ss 020 02 K20 s's*.li IOP1-if---10S I {ss) I I ;-=---' -905 I I I I r:,~i----+~--"1'£1.-• ~- I P -!Pl-21 O.C. YOU, SOISE +------11.,....jP1-I TO (fVS[ J) QCON4 ,.,.1~1.,....jPl-12 TO : !~ ~l ClS .rayJ1A 8 Tl2 ; SHIWICIIOUIIO ACII• ACll2 .ACM- W T8ZSHIWICIIOUIIO ,ll;Ht M:ff1 ACli• PI-IO ~~R STNIT THOI ~ OW.YEO 5 Sl:CONOS. 181 7 9ATtUV (~'1jPI-I 9Ant:IIV ~11jPI-J OIG, 11 4 PWMI+ Pl•II 04 I r-'T IISA.1 I I 1-.<IUMI ---c:J---020 I I I I OCON2 I l r--UNINSUlATEo-se--) I I I I I : 7~ 1,--1.@>-lt ..... I L-- 1 ! l t:.;.;-:-·---..- -~ PU I 101~10 ~ JI-- * USl:O WITH WO: ONl,Y. TO $1.8 (Pll [Fl!III 0 SEE OWG, Al7f-ff$7 OR ~~"m--ff51 5 --! ECM (SECONDARY NW.OG THAOTTLE) P27-cJ (SO<S0fl R£TIJIIH) P27-M P27-t.l (RJSl'.O IIATl£l!'t POW£Rr27-GJ P27-l.4 (RJSl'.O MTl£l!'t P0WER) P27-UI (RJSl'.O IIATl£l!'t POWER) P27-U4 (RJSl'.O IIATl£l!'t POWER) (GHO) P27-t.2 P27-82 (SWITCl£0 POWER TO E"CII) P27-81 (CNI LOW) P27-AI (CNI HGH) P27-K2 ,(Clfl SHIElO) CONl1IOI. J1131 1~-?(-)} P22-2 -TION CNI H (+) ;1z:l2} A.C. PIO-I YOI.TAQt: PIO-II 51:NSt: PI0-14 PIO•I~ IP10-• A.C, PIO-IJ CUIWHT Pl0•10 SOfSI: •10-1 ------1 2_ DIMS! .,_ TB12 -11-t-o1 lt0 0IWINC [7Mall U7§]1SOC.G<N 111 2 +5V 114 J NW.OG THROTII.£ 915 4 SENSOR RETURN 947 5 SPEEO SE. (ICu:) _ 714 I SPEED SE. RElUIIN (IOl.£) WlEt!Q :t P24•1 P2i•5 PZi•4 P2i•J P2~·2 PZ4-1 j10!10!1N!mo -'jffl· CT IIURO£N RESISTORIO,IIID .. YOV7VIIW I I I I ® TO STAT [Fllll] SEE OW(I, ADY•m7 OR stf~Tu~N ~'} -~.. I I I I u TO •CJ2 I LJ l,OliO •cr.t LO DECISION-MAKER 550 CONTROLLER 200-275 KW JOHN DEERE TIER Ill W /ECM W/SPUT ACTIVATOR 1-, ~-,c 600V 5--I -2 ~ ....... ,.,..."' ............ .. ·-7• - l'JJI! D C 8 A - D C B A --_!!_ INTERCONNFCT BOARD JBJ INPUT CONNECTIONS - TBl-1 REMOTE START (3l TBl-2 REMOTE START (4 TB 1-3 EMERGENCY STOP GROUND ( 1) T81 -4 EMERGENCY STOP (111) TB2 ANAioG INPUT CONNECTIONS TB2-1 ANALOG CHI TB2-2 ~OG CHI(+) TB2-3 ANALOG CH2 TB2-4 ANALOG CH2(+) TB2-5 ANALOG CH3 TB2-6 ANALOG CH3{+) TB2-7 ANALOG CH4 TB2-8 ANALOG CH4( +) TB2-9 ANALOG CHS TB2-10 ANALOG CH5(+) TB2-11 ANALOG CH6 TB2-12 ANALOG CH6(+) TB2-13 ANALOG CH7 TB2-14 ANALOG CH7(+) TB2-15 N/C TB2-16 ANALOG CHI(-) TB2-17 ANALOG CHI SHIELO GROUND TB2-18 ANALOG CH2(-) TB2-19 ANALOG CH2 SHIELD GROUND TB2-20 ANALOG CH3{-) TB2-21 ANALOG CHJ SHIELD GROUND TB2-22 ANALOG CH4(-) TB2-23 ANALOG CH4 SHIELD GROUND TB2-24 ANALOG CH5(-) TB2-25 ANALOG CHS SHIELD GROUND TB2-26 ANALOG CH6(-) TB2-27 ANALOG CH& SHIELD GROUND TB2-28 ANALOG CH7(-) TB2-29 ANALOG CH7 SHIELD GROUND TB2-30 N/C TB4 PIGJIAI INP\JI CONNECTJQN5 TB4-1 DIGITAL INPUT 1 TB4-2 DIGITAL INPUT 2 TB4-3 DIGITAL INPUT 3 TB4-4 DIGITAL INPUT 4 TB4-S DIGITAL INPUT 5 TB4-6 DIGITAL INPUT 6 TB4-7 DIGITAL INPUT 7 TB4-8 DIGITAL INPUT 8 TB4-9 DIGITAL INPUT 9 TB4-10 DIGITAL INPUT 10 TB4-11 DIGITAL INPUT 11 TB4-12 DIGITAL INPUT 12 TB4-13 DIGITAL INPUT 13 TB4-14 DIGITAL INPUT 14 TB4-15 DIGITAL INPUT 15 TB4-16 DIGITAL INPUT 16 TB4-17 DIGITAL INPUT 17 TB4-18 DIGITAL INPUT 18 TB4-19 DIGITAL INPUT 19 TB4-20 DIGITAL INPUT 20 TB4-21 DIGITAL INPUT 21 TB4-22 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-23 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-24 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-25 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-26 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-27 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-28 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-29 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-30 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-31 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-32 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-33 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-34 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-35 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-36 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-37 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-38 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-39 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-40 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-41 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN TB4-42 COMMON DIGITAL INPUT RETURN 8 ---z TBJ-::f TB3-2 TBJ-3 TBJ-4 TB3-5 TBJ-6 TBJ-7 TB3-8 TB3-9 TBJ-10 TBJ-11 TB3-12 +12~VDC tEM USE ONLYl +12 WC OEM USE ONLY tJ~~~!~lSE!4o:.~}:f!5 AMPl FUSED BATTERI' + 42" 5 AMP FUSED BATTERY + 42" 5 AMP GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUNO GROUNO PANEL I.AMP OUTPUT Pl ENGINE CONNECUQNS Pl-1 ENGINE CRANK (71) Pl-2 SHIEl.O 1 GROUND Pl -3 ENGINE RUN (70) Pl -4 ENGINE CRANK (71) Pl-5 ENGINE BLOCK GROUND (14N) Pl -6 SHl£LO 2 GROUND P1-7 ENGINE RUN (70) Pl-8 BATTERY(+) (14P) Pl-9 SHIB.O GROUND Pl-10 LOW CODI.ANT LEVEL PTC (3111) Pl-11 N/C Pl-12 BATTERY(+) (14P) Pl-13 MAGNETIC PICKUP INPUT 1 Pl-14 N/C Pl-15 N/C Pl-16 PWM1(+) Pl-17 MAGNETIC PICKUP INPUT 2 Pl-18 N/C Pl-19 N/C Pl-20 PWM1 Pl-21 BATTERI'(+) SENSE (P) P1-22 BATTERY(-) SENSE (N) Pl-23· PWM2 Pl-24 PWM2(+) P2J OllIPlIT CONNECTIONS P23-1 DIGITAL OUTPUT 29 P23-2 DIGITAL OUTPUT 28 P23-3 DIGITAL OUTPUT 30 P23-4 DIGITAL OUTPUT 31 P23-5 GROUND P23-6 DIGITAL OUTPUT 21 P23-7 DIGITAL OUTPUT 24 P23-8 DIGITAL OUTPUT 22 P23-9 FUSED BATTERY(+) (4211) (5 AMP) P23-10 DIGITAL OUTPUT 23 P23-11 DIGITAL OUTPUT 25 P23-12 DIGITAL OUTPUT 26 P23-13 DIGITAL OUTPUT 4 P23-14 DIGITAL OUTPUT 14 P23-15 DIGITAL OUTPUT 27 P23-16 DIGITAL OUTPUT 15 P23-17 DIGITAL OUTPUT 5 P23-18 N/C P23-19 DIGITAL OUTPUT 20 P23-20 DIGITAL OUTPUT 18 P23-21 DIGITAL OUTPUT 3 P23-22 DIGITAL OUTPUT 16 P23-23 DIGITAL OUTPUT 8 P23-24 DIGITAL OUTPUT 7 P23-25 DIGITAL OUPTUT 1 P23-26 N/C P23-27 DIGITAL OUTPUT 9 P23-28 DIGITAL OUTPUT 17 P23-29 DIGITAL OUTPUT 6 P23-30 N/C P23-31 DIGITAL OUTPUT 11 P23-32 DIGITAL OUTPUT 19 P23-33 DIGITAL OUTPUT 12 P23-34 DIGITAL OUTPUT 10 P23-3S DIGITAL OUTPUT 2 P23-36 DIGITAL OUTPUT 13 7 ---_5- MAIN LOGIC BOARD PJ.3 MQPEM PQWEB CONNECTIONS P13-1 GROUND P13-2 +5 VO PJD 852.32 CONNECTIONS P18-1 CO P18-2 RX P18-3 TX P18-4 DTR Pl 8-5 GROUND P18-6 DSR P18-7 RTS P18-8 CTS P18-9 RI Pl S fACTOR)'. IE5I POBI P19-1 GNO P19-2 + P19-3 - P19-4 GND P19-5 + P19-6 PZQ BS:ffl5 NON-ISOI AIEP ·CONNECTION$ P20-1 GNO ' P20-2 + P20-3 PZJ B54W 15(JLAJED CQNNECTIQNS P21-1 GNO P21-2 + P21-3 -P21-4 GND P21-5 + P21-6 p22 JJR.39 CONNECTION$ P22-1 GNO P22-2 + P22-3 5 --------- f ;m, 15'l0 ,. 2t 13 r, :~a •:,ft'' a 2.1 7 f, I 20 5 11 ; ;, ?,.1! TB2 P2 1 P3 ~"' P12 P13 D ,4 1 2_ INTERCONNECTION TB3 ,. Pl . -~ 3114P ,., . • 70 ,70 N • 1311. P au ~SI .. P14 P6 STATUS P7 , .. 71 P4 MAIN LOGIC P2111: 1J u: P22 P19fl: 1J U: P20 • P180 P17 P16 P8 DECISION-MAKER 550 CONTROLLER 200-275 KW JOHN DEERE TIER Ill W/ECM W/SPUT ACTIVATOR 1-, 31 a: 600V 3 I 2 ·1-1 --1-f-07N[W ..-C l1MIJJ - trll! D C B A D GENERATOR ACCESSORIES ------------------- I I I I I ·1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I Generator Accessories I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PowerPact® D-frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Circuit Breakers and Trip Units Section 3-Circuit Breakers and Trip Units Ratings and Interrupting Ratings Table 17: Ratings and Interrupting Ratings Circuit Breaker 20 Rated Current (A) In Number of Poles UL489 Ratings Rated Current Interrupting Ratings (kA rrns) IEC 60947-2 and EN 60947-2 Ratings Rated Insulation Voltage UI Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (kV) Uimp Rated Operational Voltage Ue Ultimate Breaking Capacity (kA rrns) le Service Breaking capacity Jes Utilization Category 1 100°/4 Rated Circuit Breaker 2 100% rated In rear-connected figuration only. 3 Oversized Neutral AC50/60Hz AC50/60 Hz AC50/60Hz DC AC50Hz DC © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved ~h#--'f·i-li·M 40°c 240V 480V 600 Y/347 V 600V 220/240V 330/415 V 445V 500V 525V 600/690V 250V 500V (%Icu) 4001 3,4,4OSN3 600Vac G J L 65 100 150 35 65 100 --- 18 25 25 750V 8kV 690V 500V N H L 85 100 150 45 70 150 42 65 130 30 50 70 22 35 50 10 20 35 -85 - -85 - 100% 100% 100% A A A j6002 13,4 600Vac G J L 65 100 150 35 65 100 --- 18 25 25 750V 8kV 690V 500V N H L 85 100 150 45 70 150 42 65 130 30 50 70 22 35 50 10 20 35 -85 - -85 - 100% -100% A -A 03/2007 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PowerPact® D-frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Circuit Breakers and Trip Units Trip Units for PowerPact® D-Frame Circuit Breakers PowerPact D-frame circuit breakers are equipped with current sensors and an STR electronic trip unit. Current sensors are available in two different sizes: • 400 A frame-150, 250 and 400 A versions • 600 A frame-600 A version STR trip units provide protection for loads, from 60 to 600 A: • STR23SP and STR53UP for standard protection can be mounted on all PowerPact D-frame circuit breaker types G, J and L • Trip unit STR53UP offers a greater number of optional indication and measurement functions, protection settings and ground-fault protection • STR23SP-OSN for oversized neutral protection (factory-installed only) • STR53UP for generator supplied network protection and long cable runs • STR23SP and STR53UP are available on f4P circuit breakers with sealable, three-position neutral protection setting:. -4P 3D + N/2 (neutral protection at 0.5 x Ir) where Ir is trip unit current setting -4P 4D (neutral protection at Ir) where Ir is trip unit current setting. Table 18: Trip Units jsTR23SP jsTR53UP Overload Protection (Long-Time) Tripping Threshold (A) I in 20-1o•c Adjustable (48 Settings) Adjustable (32 Settings) 0.4-1 x In 0.4-1 xln Fixed Adjustable Tripping Time (s) At 1.5x Ir 120-180 17-25 34-50 69-100 138-200 277-400 (Min-Max) At6x Ir 5-7.5 0.8-1 1.6-2 3.2-4 6.4-8 12.8-16 At7.2 x Ir 3.2-5.0 0.5-0.7 1.1-1.4 2.2-2.8 4.4-5.5 8.8-11 Short-Circuit Protection (Short Time) IM/ISD Adjustable (7 Settings) 2-Adjustable (7 Settings) 1.5-7 x Ir Tripping 9xlr Accuracy ±15% Max. Overcurrent Time Before FixedS40 Adjustable (4 Settings + Constant 12t Function) Time Delay Tripping SIS 1~0 jS140 1~30 I (ms) Total Breaking Time ~ ~ lst40 ,~30 lsaso I Short-Circuit Protection (Instantaneous) Tripping Threshold (A) ! Fixed ;i; 9 x In ! Adjustable (7 Settings) 1.5-7 x Ir Adjustable Neutral Protection (Three Position Switch) (STR23SP OSN1 only) Switch Settings Protection Level Position 1 4P3D No Protection - Position2 4P3D+N/2 0.Sxlr - Position 3 4P4D 1.0x ir - Other Functions Indication of Fault Type -Standard Equipment Ground-Fault Protection (T) -Standard Built-In Ammeter (I) -Standard Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) -Standard 1 Oversized Neutral 21 03/2007 ~·1=1· "·'-·i·M © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PowerPact® D-frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Circuit Breakers and Trip Units 22 7 ~;i' .63 .5 - xln Electronic Trip Unit STR23SP and SR23SP-OSN (Oversized Neutral) ... 0 Protection Ir Im ® @ ® • Long-time (LT) overioad protection, adjustable threshold, based on the actual RMS current: -Adjustable threshold (2) using six lo base settings (0.5-1) and fine adjustment Ir with eight settings (0.8-1) -Non-adjustable tripping time (2) • Short-time (ST) short-circuit protection: -Adjustable threshold Im (3) -Fixed time delay (4) • Instantaneous (I) short-circuitprotection, fixed threshold (5) • Neutral protection available on standard 4P circuit breakers; protection level controlled using three- position switch: -4P: no protection of neutral -4P: neutral protection at 0,5 Ir -4P: neutral protection at Ir • Neutral protection for STR23SP-OSN (oversized neutral)-available-on four-pole circuit breakers equipped with oversized neutral protection; protection level controlled using three-position switch: -4P: no protection of neutral -4P + N/2: neutral protection at 0.75 x Ir -4P: neutral protection at 1.5 x Ir Indications Load indication (LED) in front (6): • Lights solid at 90% of Ir threshold • Flashes at> 105% or greater of Ir threshold Test Test connector in front (7) allows connection to the test kit, to check circuit breaker operation after fitting the trip unit or other accessories. Setting Example Question: what is the overload protection threshold of a 400 A D-frame circuit breaker equipped with trip unit STR23SP where lo -0.5 and Ir -0.8? © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved o:i•I#· 1f·'ili·M 03/2007 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 03/2007 I POwerPact® D-frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Circuit Breakers and Trip Units Answer: In x lox Ir= 400 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 160 A The same trip unit with the same settings, mounted on a 600 A frame circuit breaker, will have the following tripping threshold: In x lo x Ir = 600 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 240 A. Electronic Trip Unit STR53UP CD ®~6 :0 ···-® ® 0 Ir lsd Protection • Long-time (LT) overload protection, adjustable threshold, based on.actual rms current, as defined by IEC 60947-2, appendixF: -Adjustable.threshold (1) using six to base settings (0.5-1) and fine adjustment Ir with eight settings ranging (0.8-1) -Adjustable tripping time (2) • Short-time (ST) short-circuit protection: -Adjustable threshold lsd (3) -Adjustable time delay (4), with or without constant 12.!._function_ _ • Instantaneous (Ii) short-circuit protection, adjustable threshold (5) • Neutral protection available on standard 4P circuit breakers; protection level controlled using three- position switch: -4P: no protection of neutral -4P: neutral protection at 0.5 Ir __,. 4P: neutral protection at Ir Overload Indications (%Ir) • LED (9) lights solid when current exceeds 0.9 Ir • LED (9) flashes when current exceeds long-time threshold Ir Fault Indications LEDs indicate the type of fault that caused tripping: • Overload (LT protection) or abnormal component temperature (> Ir) • Short-circuit (ST or instantaneous protection) (> lsd) • Ground-fault (if earth-fault protection option is present) > lg • Microprocessor malfunction-both (> Ir and > lsd) LEDs go on, plus the > lg LED, if the ground fault protection option is present The LEDs are battery powered with spare batteries supplied in the adapter box. When a fault occurs, the LED indicating type of fault shuts off after approximately 10 minutes to conserve battery power. 23 mJf§ .. IM-,j•• ©2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PowerPact® D-frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Circuit Breakers and Trip Units 24 The fault data is stored in memory and the LED can be re-illuminated by pressing the battery/LED test button (9). The LED automatically goes off and memory is cleared when the circuit breaker is reset. Test • Test connector in front (8) for connection to test kit (see page 23); used to check circuit breaker operation after fitting trip unit or other accessories • Test button (9) for LEDs (%Ir, > Ir, > Im and > lg) and battery Self-Monitoring The circuit breaker trips for both microprocessor faults and abnormal temperatures. Options for Electronic Trip Unit STR53UP Table 19: Equipment Ground-Fault Protection (T}-See (6) and (7), Page 23 Type Residual Current Tripping ·Threshold lg Adjustable (8 Settings) 0.2-1 x In Accuracy ±15% Tripping Time M!IJ(. Overcurrent Time Before Tripping Adjustable (4 Settings+ Constant ([2t] Function) 60, 140, 230, 350 (Tg) Total Breaking Time -140, -230, -350, -500 Ammeter(!) A digital display continuously indicates the current of the phase with the greatest load. By pressing a scroll button, it is also possible to display successively the readings of 11, 12, 13 and I neutral. LEDs indicate the phase for which the current is clisplayed. Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) A number of circuit breakers are interconnected one after another by a communications wire. In the event of a short-time or earth fault: • If a given trip unit STR53UP detects the fault, it informs the upstream circuit breaker which applies the set time delay • If the trip unit STR53UP does not detect the fault, the upstream circuit breaker trips after its shortest time delay In this way, the fault is cleared rapidly by the nearest circuit breaker. In addition, thermal stresses on the circuits are minimized and time discrimination is maintained throughout the installation. Optical Outputs The use of optical transistors ensures total isolation between the internal circuits of the trip unit and the circuits wired by the user. Possible Combination • I • T • l+T • ZSI • ZSl+I • Z$I + T • ZSI +I+ T © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved [Q•I§ .. IM-jj-· 03/2007 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PowerPact® D-frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Circuit Breakers and Trip Units Section 3-Circuit Breakers and Trip Units Ratings and Interrupting Ratings Table 17: Ratings and Interrupting Ratings Circuit Breaker 20 Rated Current (A) In Number of Poles UL489 Ratings Rated-Current Interrupting Ratings (kA rms) IEC 60947•2 and EN 60947-2 Ratings Rated Insulation Voltage . Ui Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (kV) Ulmp Rated Operational Voltage Ue Ultimate Breaking Capacity (kA rrns) le Service Breaking capacity lcs Utilization Category 1 100% Rated Circuit Breaker 2 100% rated In rear-connected figuration only. 3 oversized Neutral AC50/60Hz AC50/60Hz AC50/60Hz DC AC50Hz DC @ 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved mll=·•M-\J·N 40•c 240V 480V 600V/347V 600V 2201240V 330/415 V 445V 500V 525V 600/690V 250V 500V (%ICU) 3,4,4OSN3 600Vac G J L 65 100 150 35 65 100 --- 18 25 25 750V 8kV 690V 500V N H L 85 100 150 45 70 150 42 65 130 30 50 70 22 35 50 10 20 35 -85 - -85 - 100% 100% 100% A A A 13,4 600Vac G J L 65 100 150 35 65 100 --- 18 25 25 750V 8kV 690V 500V N H L 85 100 150 45 70 150 42 65 130 30 50 70 22 35 50 10 20 35 -85 - -85 - 100% -100% A -A 03/2007 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PowerPact® D-frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Circuit Breakers and Trip Units Trip Units for PowerPact® D-Frame Circuit Breakers PowerPact D-frame circuit breakers are equipped with current sensors and an STR electronic trip unit. Current sensors are available in two different sizes: • 400 A frame-150, 250 and 400 A versions • 600 A frame-600 A version STR trip units provide protection for loads, from 60 to 600 A: • STR23SP and STR53UP for standard protection can be mounted on all PowerPact D-frame circuit breaker types G, J and L • Trip unit STR53UP offers a greater number of optional indication and measurement functions, protection settings and ground-fault protection • STR23SP-OSN for oversized neutral protection (factory-installed only) • STR53UP for generator supplied network protection and long cable runs • STR23SP and STR53UP are available on f4P circuit breakers with sealable, three-position neutral protection setting: -4P 3D + N/2 (neutral protection at 0.5 x Ir) where Ir is trip unit current setting -4P 4D (neutral protection at Ir) where Ir is trip unit current setting. Table 18: Trip Units jsTR23SP jsTR53UP Overload Protectlon.(Long-Tlme) Tripping Threshold {A) j In 20-1o•c Adjustable (48 Settings) Adjustable (32 Settings) 0.4-1 X In 0.4-1 X In Fixed Adjustable Tripping Time {s) Al 1.5 x Ir 120-180 17-25 34-50 69-100 138-200 2TT-400 {Min-Max) At6x Ir 5-7.5 0.8-1 1.6-2 3.2-4 6.4-8 12.8-16 Al7.2x Ir 3.2-5.0 0.5-0.7 1.1-1.4 2.2-2.8 4.4-5.5 8.8-11 Short-Circuit Protection (Short Time) IMIISD Adjustable (7 Settings) 2-Adjustable (7 Settings) 1.5-7 x Ir Tripping 9xlr Accuracy :t15% Max. Overcurrent Time Before FixedS40 Adjustable (4 Settings + Constant I2t Function) Time Delay Tripping S15 · 1::60 IS14o l:s230 I {ms) Total Breaking Time :560 s60 IS14o I:s2ao ls350 I Short-Circuit Protection (Instantaneous) Tripping Threshold {A) I Fixed ;i: 9 x In I Adjustable (7 Settings) 1.5-7 x Ir Adjustable Neutral Protection (Three Position Switch) (STR23SP OSN1 ~nly) Switch Settings Prolectlon Level Position 1 4P3D No Protection - Posillon2 4P3D+W2 0.5xlr - Position 3 4P4D 1.0X·lr - Other Functions Indication of Fault Type -Standard Equipment Ground-Fault Protection (T) -Standard Built-in Ammeter (I) -Standard Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) -Standard 1 Oversized Neutral 21 03/2007 11:1•1=· .. IP.j-ij•M © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PowerPact® D-frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Circuit Breakers and Trip Units 7 ·teat 22 Electronic Trip Unit STR23SP and SR23SP-OSN (Oversized Neutral) t ::iV,:¥!. · .5 .8 1 · ® © xiii lilo 0 Ir Im Protection • Long-time (LT) overload protection, adjustable threshold, based on the actual RMS current: -Adjustable threshold (2) using six lo base settings (0.5-1) and fine adjustment Ir with eight settings (0.fH) -Non-adjustable tripping time (2) • Short-time (ST) short-circuit protection: -Adjustable threshold Im (3) -Fixed time delay (4) • Instantaneous (I) short-circuit protection, fixed threshold (5) • Neutral protection available on standard 4P circuit breakers; protection level controlled using three- position switch: --4P: no protection of neutral -4P: neutral protection at 0.5 Ir -4P: neutral protection at Ir • Neutral protection for STR23SP-OSN (oversized n~utral) available on four-pole circuit breakers equipped with oversized neutral protection; protection level controlled using three-position switch: -4P: no protection of neutral -4P + N/2: neutral protection at 0.75 x Ir -4P: neutral protection at 1.5 x Ir Indications Load indication (LED) in front (6): • Lights solid at 90% of Ir threshold • Flashes at > 105% or greater of Ir threshold Test Test connector in front (7) allows connection to the test kit, to check circuit breaker operation after fitting the trip unit or other accessories. Setting Example Question: what is the overload protection threshold of a 400 A D-frame circuit breaker equipped with trip unit STR23SP where lo -0.5 and Ir -0.8? © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DI==·· ·U-,J-M 03/2007 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 03/2007 PowerPact® D-frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Circuit Breakers and Trip Units Answer: In x lox Ir= 400 x 0.5 x·0.8 = 160 A The same trip unit with the same settings, mounted on a 600 A frame circuit breaker, will have the following tripping threshold: In x lox Ir= 600 x 0.5 x 0.8 = 240 A. Electronic Trip Unit STR53UP Protection l ' ' ' -..... *~© t\ ® ® . (j) . .... ® ® 0 Ir lsd • Long-time (LT) overload protection, adjustable threshold, based on actual rms current, as defined by IEC 60947-2, appendix F: -Adjustable threshold (-1) using six to base settings (0.5-1) and fine adjustment Ir with eight settings ranging (0.8-1) -Adjustable tripping time (2) • Short-time (ST) short-circuit protection: -Adjustable threshold lsd (3) -:-. ~djustable time delay (4), with or wit_ho~t constant 12t function • lnstant~r:!_~~u~ (li)_~_hort:_c~cu_it_p_ro~ecti~n, a9ju_!3t~~le !hr~~-~oldJ~) • Neutral protection available on standard 4P circuit breakers; protection level controlled using three- position switch: -4P: no protection of neutral -4P: neutral protection at 0.5 Ir -4P: neutral protection at Ir Ov~rload Indications (%Ir) • LED (9) lights solid when current exceeds 0.9 Ir • LED (9) flashes when current exceeds long-time threshold Ir Fault Indications LEDs indicate the type of fauit that caused trlpping: · • Overload (LT protection)or abnormal component temperature (> Ir) • Short-circuit (ST or instantaneous protection) (> lsd) • Ground-fault (if earth-fault protection option is present) > lg • Microprocessor malfunction-both (> Ir and > lsd) LEDs go on, plus the > lg LED, if the ground fault protection option is present The LEDs are battery powered with spare batteries supplied in the adapter box. When a fault occurs, the LED indicating type of fault shuts qff after approximately 1 O minutes to conserve battery power. 23 © 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PowerPact® D-frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Circuit Breakers and Trip Units 24 IOOOOIA The fault data is stored in memory and the LED can be re-illuminated by pressing the battery/LED test button (9). The LED automatically goes off and memory is cleared when the circuit breaker is reset. Test • Test connector in front (8) for connection to test kit (see page 23); used to check circuit breaker operation after fitting trip unit or other accessories • Test button (9) for LEDs (%Ir, > Ir, > Im and > lg) and battery Self-Monitoring The circuit breaker trips for both microprocessor faults and abnormal temperatures. Options for Electronic Trip Unit STR53UP Table 19: Equipment Ground-Fault Protection (T)-See (&) and (7), Page 23 Type Residual Current Tripl)ing Threshold lg Adjustable (8 Settings) 0.2-1 x rn Accuracy ±15% Tripping nme Max. OvercurrentTlme Before Tripping Adjustable (4 Settings+ Constant (l2t1 Function) 60, 140, 230, 350 (Tg) Total Breaking nine -140, -230, -350, -500 Ammeter(!) A digital display continuously indicates the current of the phase with the greatest load. By pressing a scroll button, it is also possible to display successively the readings of 11, 12, 13 and I neutral. LEDs indicate the phase for which the current is displayed. Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) A number of circuit breakers are interconnected one after another by a communications wire. In the event of a short-time or earth fault: • If a given trip unit STR53UP detects the fault; it informs the upstream circuit breaker which applies the set time delay • If the trip unit STR53UP does not detect the fault, the upstream circuit breaker trips after its shortest time delay In this way, the fault is cleared rapidly by the nearest circuit breaker. In addition, thermal stresses on the circuits are minimized and time discrimination is maintained throughout the installation. Optical Outputs The use of optical transistors ensures total isolation between the internal circuits of the trip unit and the circuits wired by the user. Possible Combination • I • T • l+T • ZSI • ZSl+I • ZSI + T • ZSI +I+ T @ 2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Dl=··•u-,J·M 03/2007 I I I I I I I I I I I I Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLERePOWER SYSTEMS Float/Equalize Battery Charger ~9001 -~SYSTEMS NATIONALLY REGISTERED 41 WARNING fft EXPLOIION.1-"'r ------..., __ D.C. A.C, OUTPUT INPUT 0 0 lYPE ABC lYPE ABC 25A 120VAC-7A 240VAC-sA POWER- ON DCAMMETER VOi.TS Standard Features • Kohler automatic battery chargers feature two charging modes to keep lead-acid and nickel- cadmium batteries fully charged without overcharging. The battery charger automatic float-to-equalize operation maintains battery voltage with no manual intervention. • Temperature compensation feature prevents overcharging or undercharging battery at high/low ambient temperatures. • Current-limiting circuitry prevents battery charger from overload at low battery voltage and during a short circuit. The ten amp DC current limit allows the battery charger to remain connected to the battery during engine cranking. • Battery charger complies with NFPA 11 o code req!,lirements when equipped with optional alarm circuit board. Alarm board features low battery voltage, high battery voltage, and battery charger malfunction alarm contacts. I Specifications I I I I I I Loose Battery Installed Battery NFPA 110 Output Number of Cells Charger Kit No. Charger Kit No~. Alarm Outputs Voltage Amps Lead Acid NI-Cd PAD-292862 -No PAD-292863 Yes 12 6 9 - PAD-292864 GM28562-KA2, -KA4 No 10 PAD-292865 GM28562-KA1, -KA3 Yes 24 12 18 AC Input Voltage, Frequency 120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz DC Voltage Regulation :1:1% Weight (battery charger without mounting brackets) 11.8 kg (26 lb.) Dimensions, L x D x H 271 x 143 x422 mm (battery charger without mounting brackets) (10.67 X 5.63 X 16.63 in.) Note: Installed battery charger kits are available-on selected generator set models. See your authorized distributor for availability. G6-15 5/0Si I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Automatic Float to Equalize When the-battery loses its charge, the battery charger operates in the High Rate Constant Current Mode until the battery voltage rises to the preset equalize level. At the preset equalize level, the battery charger switches to the constant voltage Equalize Mode until the current required to maintain this voltage drops to 50% of the battery charger's high rate current. The battery charger then switches to the lower constant voltage Float Mode when the battery nears full charge. The battery charger continues to operate in this mode until AC input power disconnects or the current required to maintain the battery at the float voltage setting exceeds 6 amps. Time- • High Rate Constant Current Mode • Equaliz_e Mode 0 FloatMode Figure 1 Float Voltage Temperature Compensation The battery charger compensates for battery temperature using a negative temperature coefficient. The battery charger provides temperature compensation of -2mv/°C per cell over the ambient temperature range of -40°C up to 60°C. The temperature compensation automatically adjusts the float and equalize voltage settings to prevent the battery from overcharging at high ambient temperatures and undercharging at low ambient temperatures. ~60 e ! 40 ~ ID g-20 {!!. ~ 0 ~ Ill Ill -20 GEi-15 5/05i ---------~ --. -. . ---------~ -----·-----. 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 % of Nominal Charging Voltage Figure2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Standard Features • Ammeter and voltmeter indicate battery charging rate with 5% full-scale accuracy. POWER ON lamp indicates battery charger is operating. • AC input and DC output fuses prevent battery charger damage from abnormal overload and short-circuit conditions. • Operational temperature range is from -40°C (-40°F) to 60°C (140°F). Battery charger float and equalize voltage automatically adjust throughout the temperature range. • Reverse polarity protection circuitry prevents battery charger from energizing if improperly connected. • Internal terminal blocks for AC input and DC output/ sensing lead connections. • DC voltage regulation of ± 1 % from no load to full load and AC input line voltage variations of ±10%. • UL listed/CSA certified. • Wall-mount, slotted enclosure with knockouts for customer conduit installation. • Reconnection blocks allow operation at 120 or 240 volts AC, single phase, 50 or 60 hertz. • Battery charger circuitry protected from AC line and DC load voltage spikes and transients. • Terminal block for remote battery sensing leads. • Automatic float-to-equalize operation with individual potentiometer adjustments. Charge up to 12 lead-acid or 18 nickel-cadmium battery cells. • No adjustments are necessary for lead-acid or nickel-cadmium batteries. • Oversized transformer and SCR heatsink allow constant current charging at 1 O amps up to the equalize voltage setting for fastest battery charging. Note: The battery charger will discharge the engine G6-15 5/0Si starting battery(ies) when the battery charger is connected to the battery(ies) and is not connected to an AC power supply. To prevent engine starting battery(ies) discharge, install battery charger relay kit GM39659. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I KOHLER CO., Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 USA Phone 920-565-3381, Fax 920-459-1646 For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1-800-544-2444 KohlerPowerSystems.com 10.67 [271) 7.00[178) --------+-----........ oJ'#ur 0 A.C. INPUT 0 1YPEABC iYPEABC 25A 120VAC-.7,t. Z40VAC-U. POWER ~~o ~-tt---tt-;,ION ;, ---7.00 [178) .25 [6) DIA. (2HOLES) CUSTOMER INPUT CONNECTIONS AC TERMINAL BLOCK 120VOLTl!!PUT 2-WVQLTl!!PUT m. ffl. fc PD fGAo Is I!! w Is j w ~ i ffi ; ffi I I I I I I NOTE: BATTERY CHARGER IS CONNECTED FOR 120VOLTJNPUT ASSTANDARO, WIAES MUST BE IIS'OSITIOHEDAS SHOWN TO CONt-ECTT0240VOLT IN'UT.M; INPUT FUSE MUST SE CHANGEOTO AGREEASSHONN BELOW. Fl/SESUPPUEO, .!!!:!!! ~ 120VAC 7A. 1YPEA8C 2-IOVAC 6A,1YPEN!JC 0 . ,. o\, ,,,111111,,,1s ,, I DCAMWil'ER A CUSTOMER OUTPUT CONNECTIONS DC TERMNAL BLOCK \r-~ ARE LONGER THAN 15 FT., DISCONNECTTEftMtw..DLOa( JUlft!IS IHJ RUN SEPNU\TE 8ENIELEAD8TOBATTERY. UR MNMUM 1I0A. VrfflE. --POS.I . Mtf.10GA. WIRE. . SENSE NOTE: f0R DCCONNEC1'10NS, U8E.-OCOl'f'ERWFIE, tt:IW, 105% 127CVM'LPLASTE JNSULATJON..ULSTVl.£1015, CSA TYPE TEW. .500 DIA. X .219 DIA. [12.7X5.6) KEYHOLE 2PLACES AC TERMJIIAL BLOCK - TER°'-fiNAL -BLOCK UT VIEW 8-B CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS DISTRIBUTED BY: Kohler Power Systems Asia Pacific Headquarters 7 Jurong Pier Road Singapore 619159 Phone (65) 6264-6422, Fax (65) 6264-6455 LS.63 [143] =1 0 L: LV -N.O. CONTACTS, CLOSE ON LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE HV -N.O. CONTACTS, CLOSE ON HIGH BATTERY VOLTAGE CM -N.O. CONTACTS, CLOSE ON LOSS OF AC INPUT OR LOSS OFDCOUTPUT VIEW A-A OPTIONALALARM BOARD ADV-5971 Availability is subject to change without notice. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local Kohler® generator set distributor for availability. Bay City Electric Works 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 619-938-8200 © 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1999, 2003, 2005 by Kohler Co. All righls reserved. G6-15 5/05i -------8 I 7 6 SCHEW.TIC DI go l(J K2 ' 111c;,11 ~ !![!] ~r1 Kl II LW Hr t:1 ~IT 11(!] §0 §O !0 i(!] ~[!] §O -,c cs ~~ C 4) -111.i.+ -~ -~,, ___ 'f-a GZ RESISTER Bl I I --. =I I\J..1-l-1-l ~ 0 . __ I I I ~ DC I OUTPUT FUSE 25A H ~ 84 ~:1: fil 11 I ~ 240 VN:.-0 o O 0 I ,._____, *l Al 120 V, INPUT 8 7 6 -------------.5. ! J. 2. ----.,-. A 2-1-tl (C-S) IC A: DC ft.: INICd 111t¥1101 ISM I 1-U--G.1 (l,t-J,2) "1Ut9 ctl0Mll0N IDIQIG fMIIII Y IIIIIE (10.JN] 1M1 ,-----------------IXIOR------------i---------------------BIICK-PANEt-----------------------,-----1 SCR I -RIGHTSIOE--------~ I .-----f MODULE I I I I I I ,--4---1-=~--nr=rir.:J:::;;;::::i__ ,f : I ---~n I 1 I I I I I I I I I DC AMPS. ,, I I I I -+H-Jii,l;T"".,JU I I I !j)t,it---U-IL-I I I ,-IHl-~~IIJi~:,,:n.;_;.'ltltllH~_:--11-JL I I ! 1·! ! I I I 240 VN:.-5A I L--.....:===::::-' ,--9~.....:===1=~==~-f-Jl I I I 120 VN:.-7A 25A I ------1 I ! A~ I I I I I I ' fl ._,._ ' ' " =<1 I ""'"' • . ' l --· I I~ I + ! c;, ll-c:, ... , l 111 101> ~ A o A1 ,,_1_,1 ,.,,,,1,1 Ci] POWER l---+-----1-1~ P N (Hp)) ,,- §0 ifel ~l.=.J I 'I ~[!] ! !IO I . I ,c I I Cl I I OPTIONAL I L ________________________________ J _______________________________ t:_::= _______ BOAR~~-~--L _________ ALARM BONID __ J 5 CUSTOMER INPUT CONNECTIONS 120 VOLT INPUT ffi N:, TERMINAL BLOCK !i ~ f\_GROUND Ill i ~ LUG I I I 4 s I i I 3 NOTE: WHEN CHANGING N:. INPUT VOLTAGE, THE N:. INPUT FUSE MUST BE CHANGED TO AGREE AS SHC7iVN BELC7iV. ~ 120 VN:. 240 VN:. AUTO-rLOAT 24 VOLT BATTERY CHARGER 2 FUSE 7A, lYPE ABC 5A, lYPE ABC T.-=---=-==-.-s: --*~ --·---:..:..::., 7-. ~ 12-~-a : 1::;: LL. D C B A I I I I I 'I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLERePOWER SYSTEMS System Batteries 09001 £!2~ NATIONALLY REGISTERED Typical Overall Dimensions D -L Battery Specifications A 4D :1 8D B G C ~ 0 l H j • Kohler Co. selects batteries to meet the engine manufacturer's specifications and to comply with NFPA requirements for engine-cranking cycles. • Heavy-duty starting batteries are the most cost-effective means of engine cranking and provide excellent reliability in generator set applications. • Batteries are rated according to SAE standard J-537. All batteries are 12-volt and have lead-calcium or lead-antimony plates with sulfuric acid electrolyte. • Most generator set battery kits offer dry-charged or wet-charged batteries. • Tough polypropylene cases protect against life-shortening vibration and impact damage. • Removable cell covers allow checking of electrolyte specific gravity. Battery Post Layouts A-C and Styles 1-2 l --In~ Poo-17.48d;a Negative, 15.88 dia 15.88 height Post 1 :9 taper 2 J_ ~ 12.7-19.1 """"' 3/8-16 UNC-2Athread Notes: Dimensions are in mm; 25.4 mm equals 1 inch. BCI group numbers shown in italics. GS-16 5/D7t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I Use the tables to find the Battery Kit Number and Charge Type for your model and then go to the System Batteries Specifications table on the last page for battery specifications. Batteries are for applications below and above 0°c (32°F). Gas/Gasoline Models with 12-Volt Engine Electrical Systems Models Charge Type . Battery Kit Number 20RZ Wet PA-256985 25RZGB Wet PA-256985 30RZG Wet PA-256985 30RZGB Wet PA-256985 35RZG Wet PA-256985 45RZG Wet PA-256985 50RZGB Wet PA-256985 60RZG Wet PA-256985 80RZG Wet PA-256985 100RZG Wet PA-256985 125RZG Wet PA-256985 150RZGB Wet PA-256985 Diesel Models with 12-Volt Engine Electrical Systems Models Charge Type Battery Kit Number 10REODt Wet PA-256985 10REOZDt Wet PA-256985 15REODt Wet PA-256985 15REOZDt. Wet PA-256985 20REODt Wet PA-256985 20REOZDt Wet PA-256985 20ROZJB Wet PA-256985 20REOZJB Wet PA-256985 30REOZJB Wet PA-256985 40REOZJB Wet f'A-256985 50REOZJB Wet PA-256985 60REOZJB Wet PA-256985 80REOZJB Wet PA-256985 80REOZJQ Wet PA-256985 80REOZJD Wet PA-256985 100REOZJB Wet PA-336692 100REOZJC Wet PA-256985 100REOZJD Wet PA-256985 125REOZJB Wet PA-336692 125REOZJD Wet PA-336692 150REOZJB Wet PA-336692 150f'IEOZJD Wet PA-336692 180REOZJB Wet PA-336692 180REOZJC Wet PA-336692 "t Service kit GM40633 may l?e required when the original battery Is replaced. See Service Bulletfn SB-658. Gas Models with 24-Volt Engine Electrical Systems ·Models Charge Type Battery Kit Number 200RZD Wet GM14225-KP3 200RZDB Wet GM14225-KP3 230RZD Wet GM14225-KP3 230RZDB Wet GM14225-KP3 250RZD Wet GM14225-KP3 250RZDB Wet GM14225-KP3 275RZD Wet GM14225-KP3 275RZDB Wet GM14225-KP3 400RZW Dry GM22297-KP1 400RZW Wet GM34404-KP1 600RZW Dry GM22297-KP1 600RZW Wet GM34404-KP1 800RZW Dry GM22297-KP1 800RZW Wet GM34404-KP1 Diesel Models with 24-Volt Engine Electrical Systems Models Charge Type Battery Kit Number Single Starter Motors 50REOZJB Wet PA-336071 60REOZJB Wet PA-336071 80REOZJB Wet PA-336071 80REOZJC Wet PA-336071 S0REOZJD Wet PA-336071 100REOZJB Wet PA-336071 100REOZJC Wet PA-336071 100REOZJD Wet PA-336071 125REOZJB Wet PA-336071 125REOZJD Wet PA-336071 135REOZJC Wet PA-336071 150REOZJB Wet PA-336071 150REOZJC Wet PA-336071 150REOZJD Wet PA-336071 180REOZJB Wet PA-336071 180REOZJC Wet PA-336071 180REOZJD Wet PA-324588 200REOZJB Wet PA-336071 200REOZJC Wet PA-324588 200REOZJD Wet PA-324588 200REOZPB Dry PA-324589 200REOZPB Wet PA-324588 230REOZDB Wet PA-324588 230REOZDD Wet PA-324588 230REOZJB Wet PA-336071 230REOZJD Wet PA-324588 250REOZDB Wet PA-324588 250REOZDD Wet PA-324588 250REOZJC Wet PA-324588 250REOZJD Wet PA-324588 275REOZDB Wet PA-324588 275REOZDD Wet PA-324588 275REOZJD Wet PA-324588 275REOZV Wet PA-324588 GS-16 5/071 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I KOHLER CO., Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 USA Phone 920-565-3381, Fax 920-459-1646 Kohler Power Systems Asia Pacific Headquarters 7 Jurong Pier Road Singapore 619159 For the nearest sales and service outlet in the us and Canada, phone 1-soo-544-2444 . KohlerPowerSystems.com. Phone (65) 6264-6422, Fax: (65} 6264-6455 System Batteries Specifications Reserve Battery Battery BCI Cold Cranking Capacity Battery Battery Battery SAE Dimensions, mm (In.) Amps at Mfnutesat Kit Charge Part Qty. Group -1a•c 27°C(80°F} Post layout Number lype* Number per Kit Size L w H (O"F)Mln. Minimum andStvle 324586 2 31 333.2 (13, 1) 173.0 (6.8) 239.8 (9.4) 950 200 B/2 GM14225-KP3:j: Wet 256984 1 24F 270.0 (10.6) 171.5 (6.8) 225.6 (8.9) 650 130 C/1 GM22297-KP1 Dry GM22349 2 8D 527.1 (20.8) 282.4 (11.1) 276.4 (10.9) 1150 400 A/1 GM28546-KP1 Dry GM22349 4 8D 527.1 (20,8) 282.4 (11.1) 276.4 (10.9) 1150 400 A/1 GM34404-KP1 Wet GM34399 2 8D 527 .1 (20.8) 282.4 (11.1) 276.4 (10.9) 1150 400 M GM34405-KP1 Wet GM34399 4 8D 527.1 (20.8) 282.4 (11.1) 276.4 (10.9) 1150 400 A/1 PA-256985 Wet 256984 1 24F 270.0 (10.6) 171.5 (6.8) 225.6 (8.9) 650 130 C/1 PA-324588 Wet 324586 2 31 333.2 (13.1) 173.0 (6.8) 239.8 (9.4) 950 200 8/2 PA-324589 Dry 324587 2 31 333.2 (13.1) 173.0 (6.8) 239.8 (9.4) 950 200 B/2 PA-336071 Wet 256984 2 24F 270.0 (10.6) 171.5 (6.8) 225.6 (8.9} 650 130 C[1 PA-336692 Wet 324586 1 31 333.2 (13.1) 173.0 (6.8) 239.8 (9.4) 950 200 B/2 PA-354065 Wet 354147 4 31 333.2 (13.1) 173.0 (6.8) 239.8 (9.4) 700 150 8/2 PA-354066 Dry 354148 4 31 333.2 (13.1) 173.0 (6.8) 239.8 (9.4) 700 150 B/2 * Charge type: Dry-ch~ged batteries do not contain electrolyte. Supply and add electrolyte per instructions enclosed with each kit. Wet-charged batteries contain electrolyte and have removable covers. :j: This battery kit contains three batteries, two batteries for the.24-volt engine starting system and one battery dedicated to the engine ECM. Availability is subjectto change without notice. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local Kohler® generator set distributor for availability. DISTRIBlITED BY: Bay City Electric Works 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 62040 (619) 938-8200 © 2000, 2001, 2002, 200a. 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by Koh£erCa. All rights reserved. G6-16 5/07t I I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLERePOWER SYSTEMS 20-2800 kW Industrial Generator Set Voltage Regulators 09001 ~~M5 NATIONALLY REGISTERED 550 Controller with Menu-Driven Integral Voltage Regulator Digital DVR• 2000E Voltage Regulator Fast-Response• IIPMG/RMS Voltage Regulator (RMS Voltage Regulator Circuit Board Shown) 0 0 Fast-Response• Ill Voltage Regulator Voltage Regulators The following information provides general features, specifications, and functions of available voltage regulators. This information generally applies to a single generator set and multiple generator sets with paralleling applications. Refer to the respective generator set specification sheet and see your authorized distributor for information regarding specific voltage regulator applications and availability. Integral Voltage Regulator with Kohler® Decision-Maker®550 Controller and Menu-Driven Selections (20-2800 kW Generator Set Models) · The voltage regulator is integral to the controller and uses microprocessor logic providing ±0.25% no-load to full-load regulation using root-mean-square (RMS) voltage sensing.-- The voltage regulator features three-phase sensing and is available for 12· or 24-volt engine electrical systems. Digital DVR® 2000E Voltage Regulator (350-2000 kW Generator Set Models) The digital voltage regulator has ±0.25% no-load to full-load regulation using RMS voltage sensing. The voltage regulator features three-phase sensing and is available for 12-or 24-volt engine electrical systems. Fast Response 1M II PMG with Average Voltage Sensing Voltage Regulator (20-300 kW Generator Set Models) The solid-state voltage regulator has ±2% no-load to full-load regulation using average voltage sensing. The voltage regulator features single-or three-phase sensing options and is available for 12-or 24-volt engine electrical systems. Available with optional ±1% no-load to full-load regulation using average single-phase voltage sensing. Fast Response 1M II PMG with RMS Sensing Voltage Regulator (20-300 kW Generator Set Models) The solid-state voltage regulator has ±0.5% no-load to full-load regulation using RMS voltage sensing. The voltage regulator features single-or three-phase sensing options and is available for 12· or 24-volt engine electrical systems. Not available on all models. Fast Response 1M Ill with Average Voltage Sensing Voltage Regulator (20-300 kW Generator Set Models) The solid-state voltage regulator has ±0.25% no-load to full-load regulation using average voltage sensing. The voltage regulator features single-phase sensing and is available for 12-or 24-volt engine electrical systems. Available with the wound-field alternator only. CVR® is a registered trademark of Marathon Electric Mfg. Corp. G6-58 12/0Sb I I Specifications and Features I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Voltage Regulator Type integral with 550 Fast Fast Response •11 Fast Specification/Feature Controller Digital DVR• 2000E Response•11 w/RMS Sensing Response•m Generator Set Availability 20-2800 kW Models 350-2000 kW Models 20-300kW Selected 20-300 kW 20-400kW Models Models Models Type Microprocessor based Analog/Discrete Status and Shutdown LEDs and Digital LEDs -De Power LED Power + Shutdown Indicators Display LEDs Operating Temperature -40°e to 10°e (-40°F to 158°F) Storage Temperature -40°e to ~5°C (-40°F to 158°F) Humidity 5-95% MIL-STD-750, Method NA 5-95% Non-Condensing 711-1e Compliant Non-Condensing Circuit Protection Solid-State, Redundant 5AmpFuse 15Amp Fuse 10AmpFuse Software and Fuses Sensing, Nominal 100-240 Volts (L-N), 95-600 Volts (L-L), 190-277 Volts, (L-L) 100-160 Volts (L-N), 190-277 Volts, (L-L) 50-60 Hz 25-420 Hz 50-60Hz 50-60Hz 50-SOHz Sensing Mode RMS, Single-or 3-Phase Average, Single-or RMS, Single-or Average, 1-Phase Three-Phase 3-Phase Input Requirements 8-36VDC 180-240 VAe, 8-32VDC 9-18 or 18-36VDe 8-36VOe 200-360 Hz (PMG) Continuous Output 100 mA at 12 voe 3 Amps at 75 voe 100 mA at 2 voe 4 Amps at 75 voe Maximum Output 100 mA at 12 voe 7.5 Amps at 150 voe 100 mA at 2 voe 7.5 Amps at 150 (1 minute) voe (1 minute) . Transition Frequency 50-70 Hz 40-70 Hz 50-70Hz Exciter Field Resistance NA 18-250hms NA 12.5 Ohms Min. No-Load to Full-Load ±0.25% ±0.25% ±2%"' ±0.5% Linear Loads ±0.25% Voltage ~egulation Linear Loads Less-than 0.5% for <1.0%40°e <1.0%40°c <0.5% 40°e (104°F) Ambient (104°F) Change <0.5% 40°e Change Change {-40°e to Thermal Drift (-40°c to 10°c range) Temperature Change (-40°Cto 10°e (-40°C to 10°c range) (-40°F to 158°FJ (15°C to 10°<; range) range) [-40°Fto 158°F] 70°Crange) [59°Fto 1sa0 F) (-40°Fto 158°F] [-40°Fto 1sa0F] Response lime Less Than 5µS Less Than 7µS Voltage Adjustment ±10% 150-300 (low volt connection) :1:10% (of system voltage) 300-600 (high volt connection) Voltage Adjustment Controller Keypad Pushbutton Switches Potentiometer Digital Input Standard/ Remote-Mounted Remote-Mounted Remote-Mounted Remote Voltage Analog 0-5 voe Input Digital or Analog Input Potentiometer Potentiometer or Remote-Mounted Adjustment Optional Optional, 46 m (150 ft.) Optional Analog Input Optional Potentiometer Max. Paralleling Capability Reactive Droop Optional Reactive Droop Optional Reactive Droop Kit Required Standard Kit Required VAR/PF Control Input Standard Optional -Optional VAR/PF Standard Control Kit Required * A :1:1 % (linear loads) voltage regulator with single-phase voltage sensing is available on selected models. OVA~ is a registered trademark of Marathon Electric Mfg. Corp. NA Data not available at time of print. Integral Voltage Regulator with 550 Controller Calibration Digital Display Range Setting Default Selection Voltage Adjustment Volt Adj. ± 1 Q% of System Voltage System Voltage Amplifier Gain Regulator Gain Adj. 1-10000 100% Underfrequency Unload or Frequency Setpoint 30to 70 Hz 1 Hz Below System Frequency (EeM) Frequency Setpoint 2 Hz Below System Frequency (non-ECM) Underfrequency Unload Slope Slope 0-10% of Rated Voltage (volts per cycle) 15 Volts per Cycle at 480 Volts (3.1 %) Reactive ·oroop Voltage Droop 0-10% of System Voltage 4% of System Voltage VAR Control kVARAdj. 0 to Rated kVAR Generating OkVAR o to 35% of Rated kVAR Absorbing PF Adjust Control PFAdj. 0. 7 to 1.0 Leading, 0.6 To 1.0 Lagging 0.8Lagging VAR/PF Gain Adjustment VAR/PF Gain Adj. 1-10000 100% G6-58 12/05b I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Integral Voltage Regulator with 550 Controller • A digital display and keypad provide access to data. A two- line vacuum fluorescent display provides complete and concise information. • The Decision-Maker™ 550 controller provides an interface between the generator set and switchgear for paralleling applications incorporating multiple generator set and/or utility feeds. • The controller can communicate with a personal computer directly or on a network. See spec sheets GB-76, Monitor Ill Software, and G6-50, Decision-Maker™ 550 Controller Communications, for more information. • Using optional menu-driven, Windows®-based PC software, an operator can monitor engine and alternator parameters and also provide control capability. • The controller supports Modbus® RTU (Remote Terminal Unit), an industry standard open communication protocol. • The Decision-Maker™ 550 controller provides ISO 8528-5, Class. G3, compliance for transient response on some 20-300 kW generator set models. See the respective generator set spec sheet for specific applications. Voltage Regulator Menu 11 Displays AVG L-LV Volt Adjustment • L 1-L2 Volts • L2-L3 Volts (3-phase) • L3-L 1 Volts (3-phase) Under Freq. Unload Enabled N/Y • Frequency Setpoint (cut-in point) • Slope Volts-Per-Cycle Reactive Droop Enabled N/Y • Voltage Droop at 0.8 PF Rated Load VAR Control Enabled N/Y (active only when the digital Input Is active) • Total kVAR (running) · kVAR Adjustment • Generating/Absorbing Y/N PF Control Enabled:Nty (droop at rated load, 0.8 PF). • Average PF (running) PF Adjustment • Lagging/Leading Y/N Regulator Gain Adjustment Utility Gain Adjustment Reset Regulator Defaults DVR" Is a registered trademark of Marathon Electric Mfg. Corp. Modbus., Is a registered trademark of Schnelder Electric. Windows" Is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Digital DVR® 2000E Voltage Regulator • The sealed electronic, solid-state microprocessor-based digital voltage regulator controls the generator set output by regulating the current flow into the exciter field. • The digital voltage regulator is equipped with single-and/or three-phase sensing. Single-phase sensing is achieved by connecting terminal E2 and E3 to the same generator set terminal. • Provisions are included in the regulator to allow the paralleling of two or more generator sets using either reactive droop or reactive differential (cross current) compensation with the addition of an external 5-amp 5VA current transformer (paralleling capability with optional DVR® 2000EC model only). • The underfrequency function allows the generator set to operate with a constant volts-per-hertz characteristic. • The over-excitation function monitors the voltage regulator output voltage and causes the voltage regulator to shut down when the output voltage exceeds the preset trip level of 80 volts for 15 seconds. • The overvoltage function monitors the voltage regulator sensed voltage and causes the voltage regulator to shut down when the sensed voltage exceeds the preset trip levels of 120% for 0.75 seconds. • The voltage regulator is equipped with a sensor that monitors the ambient temperature and will turn itself off when the temperature exceeds 70°C (158°F). • Ttie loss of the sensing function causes the voltage regulator to shut down if an open circuit occurs in one or more of the sensing leads. • The field current limit function monitors voltage regulator output current and limits current should a heavy load or short circuit occur across the field output terminals. • The manual mode of field current controls aid in setup and troubleshooting. • The alarm output contacts provide remote indication of fault condition. Status and Mode Adjustments Status and Shutdown Indicators • Field Amp Limit • Loss of Sensing • Manual Mode • Over Excitation • Over Temperature • Over Voltage • Under Frequency • VAR/PF Active Adjustments • Coarse Voltage Adjustment • Droop • Fine Voltage Adjustment • Gain • Manual Mode Adjustment • Manual Mode On/Off • Phase Sensing, 1-3 • Stability Range • Under Frequency • VAR/PF Adjustment • VAR/PF Select G6-58 12/0Sb I I I I I I I I I I 'I I 'I I I I I I I Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLERePOWER SYSTEMS Silencers and Exhaust Systems ~9001 -~ NATIONALLY REGISTERED q I D D Legend Use the information below for identifying the exhaust system components shown in the illustrations on the following pages. Side Inlet End Outlet (SIEO) ~ SIEO ~ .L.L End Inlet End Outlet (EIEO) ~ EIEO ~ Flex Exhaust Flex Exhaust (wye) I\ Kohler Co. offers silencers rated for hospital, critical, residential, and industrial applications and stainless steel flexible exhaust connectors for unhoused generator sets. The accessories described in this spec sheet apply to open units unless otherwise stated. These silencers withstand exhaust flow pressure and temperature without creating excessive engine backpressure. Silencer Noise Ambient Silencing lype Reduction dB(A) Noise level Requirement Hospital 32-42 Low Very High Critical 25-35 Low High Residential 18-25 Low-Medium Medium Industrial 12-18 Medium-High Low-Medium Silencer and Exhaust System Selection Select the silencer based on the required degree of exhaust noise reduction using the four silencer ratings in the table above. In addition, select the silencer inlet/ outlet type using the legend descriptions. Note: Some generator set models may not offer all exhaust system combinations. Use the illustrations on the following pages to select the available silencer type and exhaust system configuration best suited for your application. Refer to your authorized distributor/c;iealer for silencer and component kit numbers and for silencer dimensions. Backpressure Considerations Consult the generator set spec sheet to determine the maximum allowable exhaust backpressure. Add the b~ck_pres~u__re P!Osf_yced QY t!:Je silencer a!l<! e~haust __ _ piping together to determine the total exhaust system backpressure. Contact an authorized distributor/dealer to calculate backpressure in the exhaust piping. Do not exceed the maximum allowable backpressure. GS-39 4/08v Page 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Table of Contents Model Gas 25RZGB 30RZG 30RZGB 35RZG 45RZG 50RZGB 60RZG 80RZG 100RZG 125RZG 150RZGB 200RZDB 230RZDB 250RZDB 275RZDE:I 400RZW 600RZW 800RZW Diesel 20ROZJB 20REOZJB 20REOZJC 30REOZJB 30REOZJC 40REOZJB 40REOZJC 50REOZJB 50REOZJC 60REOZJB 60REOZJC 80REO?JB 80REOZJC 80REOZJD 100REOZJB 100REOZJC 100REOZJD 125REOZJB 125REOZJD 135REOZJC 150REOZJB 150REOZJC . 150REQZJD 180REOZJB 180REOZJC 180REOZJD 200REOZJB 200REOZJC 200REOZJD 200REOZPB 230REOZDB 230REOZDD 230REOZJB 230REOZJD 250REOZDB 250REOZDD 250REOZJC 250REOZJD 275REOZDB 275REOZDD ·page 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 8 6 6 7 8 6 6 7 8 Model I Page ·Diesel, continued 275REOZJD 6 27gREOZV 8 300REOZDB 7 300REOZDD 8 300REOZV 8 350REOZD 7 350REOZDC 8 350REOZDD 8 350REOZV 8 350REOZVC 8 400REOZD 7 400REOZDC 8 400REOZDD 8 400REOZV 8 400REOZVC 8 450REOZDD 8 450REOZVB 8 500REOZV 8 500REOZVB 8 600REOZM 12 600REOZMB 12 650REOZDB 9 650REOZDC 10 750REOZDB 9 750REOZDC 10 750REOZM 12 750REOZMB 12 800REOZDB 9 800REOZM 12 . 800REOZMB 12 900REOZDB 9 900REOZDC 10 900REOZM 12 900REOZMB 12 ·1000REOZDB 9 1000REOZDC 10 1000REOZM 12 1000REOZMB 12 1250REOZDC 11 1250REOZM 12 1250REOZMB 12 1350REOZDB 9 1500REOZDB 9 1500REOZDC 11 1600REOZM 12 1600REOZMB 12 1750REOZDC 11 1750REOZMB 12 1820REOZDB 9 1820AEOZM 12 2000AEOZDB 9 2000AEOZDC 11 2000REOZM 12 2000AEOZMB 12 2250AEOZDC 11 2500REOZD 11 2500REOZDB 11 2800REOZD 11 2800REOZDB 11 GB-39 4/0ev Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Diesel Item Exhaust System Kits 1 Flex Exhaust 6" * 2 Weld Flange 6" t Qty. in Kit 1 2 Size, In/Out - - 100/125REOZJB n 2 <::: R I 3 Critical Silencer SIEO 1 6" 3 Hospital Silencer SIEO 1 6" L _ _J * Kit includes the exhaust clamp. t One kit includes (2) exhaust flanges, (2) gaskets, and the mounting hardware. See Weld Flange Kits for additional data. 135-250REOZJC and 125-275REOZJD Item El<haust System:Klts Qty. In Kit Size, In/Out 1 Flex Exhaust 6" * 1 - 2 Weld Flange El" t 2 - 3 Critical Silencer SIEO 1 6" 3 Hospital Silencer SIEO 1 6" 3 "' ~ SIEO ..c:::c * Kit includes (1) flex tube, (1) exhaust flange, and (1) exhaust clamp. t One kirincludes (2) exhaust flanges, (2) gaskets, and the mounting hardware. See Weld Flange Kits for additional data. 2<§ '{ -=- 150-230REOZJB Item . Exhaust System Kits Qty. in Kit Size, In/Out n 1 Flex Exhaust 6" * 1 -' 2 Weld Flange 6" t 2 - 3 Critical Silencer SIEO 1 6" 3 1-lospital SUencer SIEO 1 ff' 2 ~RI L _ _J * Kit includes the exhaust Cl!lfllp. t One kit includes (2) exhaust flanges, (2) gaskets, and the mounting hardware. See Weld Flange Kits for additional data. 1--· -!~ G6-39 4/0SV Page 6 ,OEO ~ -1117411 ~ y 3 ~I~~ I V 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I KOHLER CO., Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 USA Phone 920-565-3381, Fax 920-459-1646 For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1-800-544-2444 KohlerPower.com Availability is subject to change without notice. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the d1;1sign or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local Kohler® generator set distributor for availability. DISTRIBUTED BY: Kohler Power Systems Asia Pacific Headquarters 7 Jurong Pier Road Singapore 619159 Phone(65)6264-6422,Fax(65)6264-6455 Bay City Electric Works 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 619-938-8200 © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by Kohler Co All rights reserved. G6-39 4/08v Page 14 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I POWER SYSTEM ACCESSORIES KOHLER~POWER SYSTEMS ~9001 -~ NATIONALLY REGISTERED Software for Monitoring and Control of: Decision-Maker™ 550 generator set controller Decision-Maker™ 340 generator set controller Decision-Maker™ 3+ generator set controller MPAC™ 1500 automatic transfer switch controller MPAC™ 1000 automatic transfer switch controller M340 and M340+ automatic transfer switch controllers PM340 Power Monitor New Features • Now monitor and control MPAC™ 1500 ATS controllers Standard Software Features and Functions • Monitor and control the power system generator sets and transfer switches from a personal computer using a single software package • Monitor and control systems through a Windows®-based graphical user interface • View the status of all devices on one site overview screen • Password-protected data access: Guest, User, and Supervisor • Monitor and control systems over a local area network, remotely via a modem connection, or through an Ethernet connection • Connect up to 247 controller devices on a local area network • Monitor data from multiple devices on the same local area network simultaneously • Start or stop the generator set from a PC • Read and adjust trip points, time delays, and system parameter settings • Assign inputs and outputs • View ECM data for ECM-equipped engines • View system run time history • View up to 100 recent events including engine starts, fa1.,1lts, shutdowns, and warnings • Device data windows automatically update • Software. kits include hardware for either local or remote communications Windows<!> is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. GE!-76 (Monttor Ill Software) 10/06a Page 1 Monitor Ill Software Applicable Controllers DC"\ -A·· c==i VO O t, ,.... 'C:o -.=o ::.:::::::=..o ~o..::o --1~· :_:_: ~--==- \~ =;~ Decision-Maker™ 550 Decision-Maker™ 3+ Decision-Maker™ 340 I No-:{-oE I 1~-~1 MPAC™ 1500 f -t -,i- ' _ ____, ----... ------D 3i:.. ==-111-, ... -- MPAC™ 1000 M340+ PM340 Power Monitor (not shown) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Monitoring and Control Software Use Monitor Ill software to create screens containing data windows that display system information, controller settings, and operating status for connected generator sets, transfer switches, and power monitors. For more information, see TP-6347, Monitor Ill Software Operation and Installation Manual. • Easily select, create, arrange, or delete data windows. • Create data windows for multiple devices in a network. • Create and save multiple screen configurations. • Display screens show system status and settings. • Password-protected setup windows allow remote operation and adjustment. Kohler publishes Modbus® data register maps for its products. Modbus protocol manual TP-6113 is available through Kohler distributors. Modbus® is registered trademark of Schneider Electric. '"•,,;.j;, f,.i!, Eclit t.:o_r..-1!'•:U,:n Tr,<,($ Vrn:!..:·~1 l-io3 D , --llOOIIIIIIIO~OIOOOlt , ....._. mio01ooooom000oc ! 'Malit.I ; i.oeacr, :·lo«!O."""'""' [Fn!IA.-,.Dole l F'no11--.Clod<Ho. i-Mod,llf,,. ' ~-~-=~ , 1 1 • eo·n1io1trS~•No. ' ,EngiN,Pat!'I!>, ,_PIIIN<c : so-Vl(tionNo. -C-f~. -Hr;, c..int- -Lowc.-,tT- -LOl!C..,...i...i ::oo;o):m::coc:rn ! -..1-c Vdoeot.A l00COIOOCOOCII00CCOC ~;;;cg=;;; g c';; c ;Co C; a=oc;aooduca:alo~t ::::::::~::::::::-::: .~ooooocooooc ioe10ioooooococ0ccot m,0000:::m00011oc x>« VllillloMI ,¥olotoll-lt '-.OCI! ,,_ ·-, ..... -i,,__ i Stol•\Wooo :--~ ~Ht X .. Minimum System Requirements • 133 MHz or higher Intel® Pentium®-compatible CPU • 32MBRAM • CD-ROM drive and 75 MB hard drive space available for installation • 800 x 600 or better color monitor (1024 x 768 recommended) • Windows® 2000 or Windows XP® operating system with Internet Explorer version 4.0 or higher • COM port numbered between 1 and 255, capable of baud rate 9600 or 19200 (for direct local connection) • PC network interface card (NIC) (for applications using ethernet connections only) • Adobe® Acrobat® or Adobe® Reader® (to display the Help file) Intel® and Pentium® are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. Microso~. Windows®, and Windows XP® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. · Adobe® Acrobat® and Adobe® Reader® are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated. ·-LlwOI,,._ -Nalh,"'-*i i o..r-.. I )00(.d ....... tm(V) -~--M-S-En,a -0-..d •'°"""'"" ~LOCM!I- i"'*.,.... )00(1,INooio,j ~V) !0¥1!,-)QO(lcllNooNI .tQ«HII , ... ,_..., JOOtloi-'te(Mt) :---lOIH1 .t*illl'MI :llidit..,v.111111 )00(1/,lo 'i ... -.-.. »o<.Vc ;titf0E1Wq I G6-76 {Monitor Ill Software) 10/06a Page 2 I I Decision-Maker™ 550 Generator Set Controller All of the following information is available through Decision-Maker TN 550 controller communications. Adjustments and manual I operations are password-protected. Parameter View Adjust Parameter View Adjust Date and Time Maintenance I Date • • kW hours* • Time • • Last maintenance date • Synchronize with computer • Last run start date • I Electrical Information Last run start time • % of rated kW • Loaded/unloaded run time * • Current, L 1, L2, L3 • Nurnber of starts * • Frequency • Operating days • I Voltage, line-line • Runtime* • Voltage, line-neutral • Last run time, loaded and unloaded • Total kVA, L 1, L2, and L3 • * Total and since last maintenance I Total kVAR, L 1, L2, and L3 • Mal!ltenance Operations Total kW, L 1, L2, and L3 • Reset maintenance records button • Total power factor, L 1, L2, and L3 • Reset faults button • Engine Info System Info I Battery voltage (ECM) • Alternator part number • Coolant Level • Controllerserial number • Coolant Pressure • Engine part number • I Coolant Temperature • Final assembler's clock number • Engine speed (RPM) • Final assembly date • Fuel last run consumption • Generator set serial number • Fuel pressure • Generator set model number • I Fuel burn rate, liters/hr. or gal./hr. • Genset name (optional, user-defined) • • Fuel temperature • Load description (optional, user-defined) • • Intake air filter diff. pressure • Location (optional, user-defined) • • I Intake air temperature • Device ID • Oil pressure • Specification number • Oil level • Application code version (controller) • Oil temperature • Time Delays I Oil crankcase pressure • Crank on • • Event History (100 most recent events) Crank pause • • Faults • Engine cooldown • • I Warnings • Engine start • • Shutdowns • Load shed • • Input activation • Maximum crank cycles • • Output activiation • Overvoltage • • I Save history button • • Starting aid • • Time and date of each event • Undervoltage • • Generator Info • • Trip Points I Battery voltage, nominal • • High battery voltage • • Connection, wye or delta • • load shed output • • Rating, kW • • Low battery voltage • • NFPA 11 O defaults, enabled or disabled • • Overfrequency • • I Phases, single or three • • Overspeed • • Frequency, nominal • • Overvoltage • • Voltage, nominal • • Underfrequency • • Operating mode, standby or prime power • • Undervoltage • • I I GB-76 (Monitor Ill Software) 10/06a Page 3 I I I Decision-Maker™ 550 Generator Set Controller, continued I Relay Driver Outputs (RDOs), System Events, and Common Alarms Assign up to 31 relay driver outputs (RDOs). Define any event as a common fault, except as noted. Parameter View Adjust Pal'.8m~ter View Adjust I Relay Driver Outputs (ADOs), System Events, and Loss of ECM communications • • Co.mmon Alarms Loss of field shutdown • • High shutdown enable/disable • • Low battery voltage • • High warning enable/disable • • Low coolant level • • I Low shutdown enable/disable • • Low coolant temperature shutdown • • Low warning enable/disable • • Low coolant temperature warning • • Assign/remove functions: • • Low fuel • • AC sensing loss • • Master switch error • • I Air damper control • • Master switch not in AUTO • • Air damper inqicator • • Master switch off • • Air/fuel module (AFM) remote start • • Master switch open • • I Air temperature signal loss • • Block heater control (for future MDEC • • Alternator protection shutdown • • applications) Analog inputs 1-7 • • Yellow alert (for future MDEC • • Battery charger fault • • applications) I Breaker trip • • Red alert (for future MDEC applications) • • Critical overvoltage • • NFPA 110 fault • • Defined common fault (not selectable as • • No coolant temperature signal • • common fault) No oil pressure signal • • I Delay engine cooldown • • Oil pressure shutdown • • Delay engine start • •• Oil pressure warning • • Digital inputs 1-21 • • Oil temperature signal loss • • I EEPROM write failure • • Overcrank • • Emergency power system (EPS) • • Overcurrent shutdown • • supplying load Overcurrent warning • • Emergency stop • • Overfrequency • • I Fuel valve relay • • Overpower shutdown • • Generator running • • Overspeed • • Ground fault • .. Overvoltage • • I High air temperature shutdown • • Prelube relay • • High air temperature warning • • Protective relay common (for switchgear) • • High battery voltage • • Reverse power shutdown (for • • High coolant temperature shutdown • • switchgear) I High coolant temperature warning • • Software-controlled relay driver outputs • • High oil temperature shutdown • • (SCRDOs) 1-4 (on/off) High oil temperature warning • • Speed sensor fault • • In synch • • Starting aid • • I Internal fault • • System ready • • Load shed kW over • • Underfrequency • • Load shed overtemperature • • Undervoltage • • I Load shed underfrequency • • Weak battery • • Locked rotor • • I I I G6-76 (Monitor Ill Software) 10/06a Page 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Decision-Maker™ 550 Generator Set Controller, continued Inputs Assign up to 7 analog inputs and 21 digital inputs. Parameter View Adjust Parameter View Adjust Digital Inputs (assign up to 21) Analog Inputs (assign up to 7) Delay time • • High shutdown value • • Inhibit time • • High warning value • • Enable/disable • • Inhibit time • • Assign/remove functions: • • Low shutdown value • • Warning • • Low warning value • • Shutdowns, type A and B • • Shutdown delay • • Voltage raise • • Shutdown enabled • • Voltage lower • • Warning delay • • Variable PF (power factor) mode • • Warning enabled • • Remote shutdown • • Description (optional, user-defined) • • Remote reset • • Battery voltage • Air damper • • Low fuel (level or pressure) • • Remote Operation (password-protected) Field overvoltage • • Idle mode active (ECM only) • • Manual Operation Control Battleswitch • • Ground fault Generator set run time • • • Battery charger fault • • Set runtime • High oil temperature (non-ECM) • ,. Start generator set • Low coolant level • • Stop generator set • Low coolant temperature (not user-se-• Maintenance Operations lectable) Reset maintenance records button • Enable synch (not user-selectable) • Reset faults button • AFM (air-fuel module) shutdown t • • Knock shutdown t • • Detonation warning t • • Detonation shutdown t • • Low fuel shutdown t • • Breaker closed (not user-selectable) • • t Waukesha engines-only G6-76 (Monitor Ill Software) 10/0Ga Page 5 I I MPAC '1M 1000 Automatic Transfer Switch Controller The following information is available for both the Normal and Emergency sources. Adjustment screens are password-protected. I Parameter View Adjust Parameter View Adjust Active Time Delay Exercise Calendar Mode lime delay name • Event number • • I lime remaining, seconds • Next start date • • Graphic display, time delay elapsed/remain • Enable/disable each event • • End time delay button • Start time • • I Common Alarms Run-time • • Common alarms, available and assigned • Loaded/unloaded • • Audible alarms, available and assigned • Interval • • Datemme Repeat rate (setup only) • I Date • Frequency Set Points, (Source N, E) lime • Overfrequency dropout • • Synch with system clock • Overfrequency pickup • • Automatic daylight saving time • Underfrequency pickup • • I DIP Switch Settings -Underfrequency dropout • • Transfer inhibited/permitted • Frequency dropout time, seconds • • Test loaded/unloaded • Voltage Set Points, (Source N, E) I Exercise inhibited/permitted • Overvoltage dropout • • Manual exercise 1 week/2 week • Overvoltage pickup • • Exercise loaded/unloaded • Undervoltage pickup • • Commit/no commit to transfer • Undervoltage dropout • • I Phase rotation ABC/CBA • Debounce time, seconds • • Event History Load Control Time Delays (up to 9 loads) Lost preferred source: last time, date, and • Disconnect before transfer time delay, • • I duration NtoEandEtoN Events: • Reconnect after transfer time delay, • • Contactor position changes (transfers) • Nto E and Eto N Faults • ~alntenance Records I Input activation • lime not in preferred * • Output activation • lime in standby * • DIP switch position changes • Operation time * • I Other events as described in ATS manual • Switch transfers * • Test button activation/release • Lost preferred source * • lime and date of.each event • Failures to transfer * • Save history button • System start date • • I Event History Vl_ew Last maintenance reset date • View events for a selected time period • • Transfer time, N to E, ms • Start date • • Transfer time, E to N, mS • I End date • • * Total and since reset Get events • • Source Information, Normal and Emergency Save history button • Voltage, line-to-line RO • Exerciser Voltage, line-to-neutral RO • I Mode: manuai, caiendar, or calendar w/ • • Frequency RO • manual override Phases, single or three RW • • Next exercise start date • • Selected rotation (ABC or CBA) RW • • I Next exercise start time • • Actual rotation (ABC or CBA) RO • Manual exercise period • • System voltage (nominal) RW • • Loaded/unloaded • • System frequency (nominal) RW • • Runtime • • I Manual exercise disable button (setup only) • • Manual exercise set/end button (setup only) • • Exercise time remaining • • I G6-76 (Monitor Ill Software) 10/06a Page 10 I I I MPAC ™ 1000 Automatic Transfer Switch Controller, continued Parameter View Adjust Parameter View Adjust I System Information Programmable Outputs Designation (optional, user-defined) • • Preferred source available • • Location (optional, user-defined) • • Standby source available • • I Load branch (optional, user-defined) • • Contactor in preferred poistion • • Load description (optional, user-defined) • • Contactor in standby position • • ATS serial number (factory-set) • Contactor in off position • • Contactor serial number (factory-set) • Contactor in source N position • • I Controller serial number (factory-set) • Contactor in source E position • • Software version numbers • Maintenance mode • • System Summa!Y Not in auto • • System state • Load control active • • I Contactor position • Low battery on standby source • • Preferred source, N/E • Exerciser started • • Mode of operation, • Test mode active • • I gen-utility/gen-gen/utility-utility Peak shave active • • Transition mode, open/progammed • Non-emergency transfer • • Extended engine start time delay, • Load bank bank active • • enabled/disabled Start source N generator • • I Preferred source available • Start source E generator • • Standby source available • In phase monitor waiting for synch • • Supervised transfermode • Common alarm (1-2) • • I Supervised transfer switch position • Undervoltage, N and E • • Commit to transfer, enabled/disabled • Overvoltage, N and E • • Peak shave delay bypass, enabled/disabled • Loss of phase, N and E • • In phase monitor, enabled/disabled • Phase rotation error, N and E • • I Rated current • Overfrequency, N and E • • 1/0 modules expected • Underfrequency, N and E • • Time Delays Failure to acquire standby • • Source N engine start • • Failure to transfer • • I Source E engine start • • 1/0 module lost comms • • Source N engine cooldown • • 1/0 module not found • • Source E engine cooldown • • Aux. switch fault • • I Preferred to standby • • Aux. switch open • • Standby to preferred • • Load control outputs 0-8 • • Acquire standby source • • Software-controlled RDO 1-4 • • In phase monitor synch • • 3 source system disable • • I Off-to-standby (programmed-transition) • • Off-to-preferred, (programmed-transition) • • Remote Operation (password-protected) ,Programmable Inputs Operation Control I Forced transfer to off • • Peak shave mode Peak shave start/stop • • • Inhibit transfer • • System test start/stop (Remote Start/Stop) • Remote end time delay • • Programmed transition transfer to OFF/resume • I Remote test • • normal operation Low battery voltage • • End time delay (active time delay window) • Remote common alarm • • Modbus-controlled relay outputs • I Bypass contactor disable • • a.source system disable • • I I G6-76 (Mon~or Ill Software) 10/06a Page 11 I I I I I Connection Types Local Connections A personal computer (PC) can communicate with generator set A PC connects directly to a device or network of devices with an controllers, transfer switch controllers, and power monitors using RS-232 cable or an RS-485 cable. local, remote modem, or remote network (Ethernet) connections. Connection Notes: • A device in the following diagrams is any generator set controller, transfer switch controller, or power monitor listed on page 1 of this document. All devices must be configured for Modbus communication. RS-232* Device* I • RS-232 connects up to 15.2 m (50 ft.) from PC's serial port. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • RS-485 connects upto 247 devices with a maximum total cable length of 1220 m (4000 ft.). Use a terminating resistor on the last device in the network. See EIA standards. • The 550 controller can act as an RS-232 to RS-485 port converter when the controller is located within 15 m (50 ft.) of the PC. • The Decision-Maker™ 3+ and MPAC™ 1000 controllers must use RS-485 connections for Monitor Ill communications. • The Decision-Maker™ 340, M340, M340+, and PM340 Power Monitor require Modbus/KBUS converters. • The MPAC™ 1500 ATS controller uses RS-485 and Ethernet connections. • A Modbus/Ethernet converter is required for remote network (Ethernet) connections to all devices exceptthe MPAC™ 1500 ATS controller. PC RS-232 RS-232to RS-485 port converter Device RS-485 RS-485 .r--=7 L_=:_J Terminating resistor I~ lSIL_=-_j "t I (/) a: I Additional devices * Some devices can use RS-232 connections. See Connection Types. G6-76 (Monaar Ill Software) 10/06a Page 14 I I I I I I I I I I I I I , .. I I I I I Remote Modem Connections The PC and device(s) are connected by modems. The PC communicates With the device or device network via a telephone network, and the PC can be located anywhere a telephone line can be accessed. Telephone line from modem / ,, ..... :: = = ::-----, /.,,... -...._ RS-232* ~11;;;1~\---.l-..:_ Tel:phone ~ Device modem 1-I -----'-=--'-"'=-------1 Imes . . PC w/modem PC w/modem RS-232 Device modem RS-485 RS-232 to RS-485 port converter IO I cc IO ~I ~I Device* Device Device Device * Some devices can use RS-232 connections. See Connection Types. T,m,r,oll,g ~ resistor '-· _____ _. Remote Network Connection (Ethernet) A PC with a network interface card is connected to the Ethernet network. The 1500 ATS controller has an RJ-45 connector for direct Ethernet connection. Other devices can connect together using RS-485 connections and connect to the Ethernet network through a Modbus®/Ethernet converter. The PC can be located anywhere the site's Ethernet network can be accessed. Modbus® 1/TCPnP alllili\ PC with network interface card Modbus® TCP/IP Category5 Modbus® RTU Dr== Converter, Modbus®/ Ethernet RS-485 1500ATS Controller Device Device RS-485 Additional Terminating a::: devices resistor GB-76 (Monftor Ill Software) 10/06a Page 15 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I KOHLER co., Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 USA Phone 920-565~3381, Fax 920-459-1646 For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1-800-544-2444 KohlerPowerSystems.com Kohler Power Systems Asia Pacific Headquarters 7 Jurong Pier Road Singapore 619159 Phone(65)6264-6422,Fax(65)6264-6455 Network Communication Products and Accessories O Monitor Ill software kit with hardware key. Includes: o Software CD-ROM o Null,modem cable o Network termination resistor o Operation manual and connection instructions O Monitor Ill software kit with hardware key and device modem for remote connections. Includes: o Software CD-ROM o AT modem cable o Device modem, 120VAC/60Hz, 19.2k baud o Optical isolator o Converter, RS-232/RS-485 o Connector, 9-pin/25-pin o Null modem, 25-pin o Network termination resistor o Operation manual and connection instructions O Device modem kit, 50Hz, 19.2k baud Availability is subject to change without notice. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local Kohler® generator distributor for availability. O Modbus®/Ethernet converter kit. Includes DC adapter with universal AC plug. (RS-485/RJ-45 connectors; required for TCP/IP connections. Not required for the MPAC™ 1500 ATS controller). O Modbus®/KBUS converter kit for the following devices (required for Monitor Ill or other Modbus® communication): O Decision-Maker™ 340 generator set controller O M340 and M340+ transfer switch controller O PM340 power monitor O Modbus® communication board for Decision-Maker™ 3+ generator set controllers (required for Monitor Ill or other Modbus® communication) O RS-232/RS-485 port converter O Null modem cable, 9-pin/9-pin DISTRIBUTED BY: Bay City Electric Works 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 619-938-8200 © 2005, 2006 by Kohler Co. All rights reserved. G6-76 (Mon~or Ill Software) 10/06a Page 16 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ J J J I I I Fuel Tank I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 J J I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I J J J J Industrial Generator Set Accessories KOHLERePOWER SYSTEMS Weather and Sound Enclosures 09001 ~~ NATIONALLY REGISTERED 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0 Weather Enclosure 0 .. 0 Sound Enclosure GB-84 1/07a Page 1 Applicable to the following: 80-275REOZJD Kohler enclosures protect stationary generator sets from the elements, animal intrusion, and unwanted entry. The enclosure design allows ample air ensuring optimum generator set performance. Kohler Co. prototype-tests the generator set inside the enclosure for performance. See the generator set specification sheet for generator set ratings and temperature and altitude derates. Weather Enclosure Standard Features • Enclosed insulated critical silencer with tailpipe and rain cap. • Skid-mounted, fully corrosion-resistant steel construction with hinged and removable doors. • Fade-, scratch-, and corrosion-resistant Kohler® cream beige and black powder-baked finish. • Hinged and removable doors. • Lockable, flush-mounted door latches. • Air inlet louvers and baffles to minimize rain and snow entry. • Pitched enclosure roof to minimize water accumulation. • Vertical outlet hoods with 90° angles to redirect air and reduce noise. • Acoustic insulation meeting UL 94 HF1 flammability classification. Sound Enclosure Standard Feature • Includes all of the weather enclosure features. • Sound-attenuated enclosure that offers an average sound level of 75 dBA at 7 m (23 ft.). I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , J J - J j ,; Sound Enclosure Data Sound·Data for Generator Sets Operating Inside a Sound Enclosure Measurement Positions and Distances for Data Microphone Positions: (1-8) as shown Microphone Distance: 7 m (23 ft.) (from center of enclosure) Microphone Height: 1 m (3.28 ft.) Data Measured in: dB(A), sound pressure (Re: 20µPa) Note: Measurements taken with the generator set operating at full load. Radiator End 7 Meter Radius Sound Data In dB(A) Microphone Positions Model 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Average Log Average 80REOZJD 74.0 74.0 76.0 75.0 75.0 76.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.1 100REOZJD 74.0 75.0 76.0 76.0 74.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.1 125REOZJD 73.6 75.9 73.9 73.3 73.2 74.5 74.5 74.0 74.1 74.2 150REOZJD 74.2 75.3 74.3 73.6 74.0 75.0 75.0 75.2 74.6 74.6 180REOZJD 73.4 73.0 72.5 73.0 74.0 74.2 75.2 74.7 73.8 73.8 200REOZJD 73.0 73.0 72.8 73.0 74.1 74.4 75.5 75.4 73.9 74.0 230REOZJD 71.3 73.8 72.0 74.1 73.5 72.1 73.1 73.2 72.9 73.0 250REOZJD 71.9 74.3 71.9 74.0 73.8 72.6 73.6 73.7 73.2 73.3 275REOZJD 71.7 74.1 71.9 74.1 73.6 72.5 73.9 73.6 73.2 73.3 Weather and Sound Enclosure Weights Weather Enclosure Sound Enclosure Generator Set (Wet) Weather Enclosure Generator Set (Wet) Sound Enclosure Model Alternator with Enclosure, kg (lb.) Only, kg (lb.) with Enclosure, kg (lb,) Only, kg (lb.) 80REOZJD 4S7 1409 (3106) 354 (780) 1468 (3236) 413 (910) 80REOZJD 4S9,4V9 1479 (3260) 354 (780) 1538 (3390) 413 (910) 100REOZJD 4S9 1479 (3260) 354 (780) 1538 (3390) 413 (910) 100REOZJD 4S11, 4V11 . 1588 (3500) 354 (780) 1647 (3630) 413 (910) 125REOZJD All 1846 (4070) 417 (920) 19!:)6 (4400) 567 (1250) 150REOZJD All 1846 (4070) . 417 (920) 1996 (4400) 567 (1250) 180REOZJD All 2336 (5150) 413 (910) 2536 (5590) 612 (1350) 200REOZJD All 2336 (5150) 413 (910) 2536 (5590) 612 (1350) 230REOZJD 4UA9 2749 (6060) 481 (1060) 2948 (6500) 680 (1500) 230REOZJD 4UA13 2930 (6460) 481 (1060) 3130 (6900) 680 (1500) 250REOZJD 4UA10 2794 (6160) 481 (1060) 2994 (6600) 680 (1500) 250REOZJD 4UA13 . 2930 (6460) 481 (1060) 3130 (6900) 680 (1500) 275REOZJD 4UA10 2794 (6160) 481 (1060) 2994 (6600) 680 (1500) 275REOZJP 4UA13 2930 (6460) 481 (1060) 3130 (6900) 680 (1500) G6-84 1/07a Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ] J J KOHLER CO., Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 USA Phone 920-565-3381, Fax 920-459-1646 For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1-800-544-2444 KohlerPowerSystems.com -i ~ = i i I 711($0.7J .~ .. CLEARANCE 711J30.7l DOOR REMOVAL CLEARANCE '11111' I I 7 1111111 11:Q4 J<40.SI ) OPENNGWITH DOOR REMOVED "c\:l1ll:,71 RfJIOVAI. CLEAIWIC£ ENGINE EXHAUST Kohler Power Systems Asia Pacific Headquarters 7 Jurong Pier Road Singapore 619159 Phone (65) 6264-6422, Fax (65) 6264-6455 Dimensions: mm pn.J 450 I 17.71 J 2140 (IM.25 J -------1 -i ------------------------------------------------ 230-275REOZJD Weather Enclosure ENCMNEEXHAUST 2141 IM,30 J ---- AIR DISCHARGE --------------------------------l . ~ 230-275REOZJD Sound Enclosure DISTRIBUTED BY: 4X SZf17.50f988J MTG HOLES ADV-7118B- Dimensions: mm pn.J 40 ( t.57 I 450 111.11 I 1110 I'°°" I ----11 1250 J<le.21 ) 4X S:C,t7.50(lll8) MTG HOLES ADV-71180- Availability is subject to change without notice. Kohler Co. reserves the rightto change the design or specifications without notice and without any obligation or liability whatsoever. Contact your local Kohler® generator set distributor for availability. Bay City Electric Works 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 619-938-8200 © 2006, 2007 by Kohler Co. All rights reserved. GS-84 1/07a Page 6 D C B A I-'--.___ ,._J UIII ": ~: ~ ;1 8 7 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ I e REMOVAL CLEARANCE I GENSET VEIGHT VET HODEL \I/STEEL SOUND ENCL, 230 4UA9 2948 Ka [6500 LBSJ 250-275 4UAIO 2994 Ka [6600 LBSJ 230-275 4UAl3 3130 Ka [6900 LBSJ 8 7 VEIGHT STEEL SOUND ENCL. ONLY 680 Ka [1500 LBSJ 680 Ka Cl500 LBSJ 680 Ko [1500 LBSJ - 6 r-;1 ;ii ... , 6 ... ----- 5 4 3 = =======~=== ----------,.-,-----------------------------= ======= === El 19 .. 1111 .. .. .. IR DISCHARGE 4X 11!17,50 [,688l MTG HOLES 2 ~ I _co_ r -....... ,, - D C - B DIMENSIONS IN C l ARE ENGLISH STANDARD E:QUIVALENTS, A 230 MODEL, 60HZ, 4UA9/ 4UA9V 250/275 MODEL, 60HZ, 4UAI0/4UAIOV, 4UAl3/4UAl3V RECONNECTABLE _Cs.57£:SHEET IMPROVED MOTOR STARTING (IMS) RECON. & 600V ALTERNATORS I I I I I JOHN DEERE 6090HF", TIER Ill :=_ 5 4 3ci,4 D_g: I-L-.___ ~ ,._J -.. ----.. .. 1111 .. .. .. .. I I I I f I 7 I IS I s i 4 .J 2 IJ ~ rr r r r Fl \ 1 I 4~Fii -~ II ii 1~ Iii 11 la la iB I= •6 !ft ~ 11= •a la le !ft -II le la I 1a I I" I! !I 11 1: £1 Iii! I I!/ 11 I I 1ffl ,I m 1§1 1£ ' 111 ,i ,J,000 111 lll'C. ~ E· fBOHt YIW RPtI SW YD JUILYP Wl 11111:ia lo 01 n ~ --~-----~-----~------• ----------C DM -;JIM .... -----., ... I I I.JIZ"x I" NPT £NCIN£ FUEL SfAl'f'I.Y W.i/7'1R' S1CI!_ • ---------..... E ,., ... ---------, -----------a -.. .. .. . . .. .. . . .. .. , . 0 I I cl cl I i .-._-ffi 37.00 32.00 27.00 Bl ~~Jt~ Lt 20.00 15.00 0,00 PY2CI Al l!I \ 1 l!I P. MECHANICSBURG, IL IIENSK>NS DRAIIH Br: MS SEE DRAWING: NO. llll!...mW (KMl:2X) /1_ 7 6 , _____ 5 _] 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ z (/) ,, m :=ii:, ~ I n ::J: I I I I I ATS I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Model KSS/KSP KOHLERePOWER SYSTEMS Specific-Breaker Rated ATS ~9001 -~ NATIONALLY REGISTEREC> Ratings Voltage: Current: 208-480 VAC 50/60 Hz 40-1000 Amps (standard transition) 100-600 Amps (programmed transition) Transfer Switch Standard Features • UL 1008 listed at 208-480 VAC file #E58962 (automatic), #E86894 (nonautomatic) • CSA certification available • Available with either automatic or non-automatic control • Available in 2, 3, or 4 pole configurations • High withstand/closing ratings, for use with specific breakers only • Electrically operated, mechanically held mechanism • Double-throw, mechanically interlocked design (break-before-make power contacts) • Enclosed arc chambers with arc chutes • Standard-transition model KSS and programmed-transition KSP model available • Silver tungsten alloy contacts on 400-600 amp models (Model KSS) • Silver alloy main contacts (Model KSP) • Front-accessible contacts for easy inspection • Programmed-transition operation provides a center OFF position that allows residual voltages in the load circuits to decay (Model KSP) • Main shaft auxiliary position-indicating contacts, one set Normal and one set Emergency MPAC ™ 1500 Controller Standard Features • Microprocessor-based controller • Environmentally sealed user interface • LCD display, 4 lines x 20 characters, backlit • Dynamic function keypad with tactile feedback pushbuttons allows complete programming and viewing capability at the door • LED indicators: Source available, transfer switch position, service required (fault), and "not in auto" • Broadrange voltage sensing (208-600 VAC) on all phases • Phase-to-phase sensing and monitoring with 0.5% accuracy on both sources • Frequency sensing with 0.5% accuracy on both sources • Anti-single phasing protection • Phas~ rotation sensing for three-phase systems • Real-time clock with battery backup and automatic adjust for daylight saving time and leap year • Time-stamped event log • Fail-safe transfer for loaded test and exercise functions • DIP switches: password disable and maintenance • Modbus® RTU and Modbus® TCP/IP protocols (Modbus® register map available) • RJ45 connector for 10/100 ethernet connection • USB port with read/write compatibility • Isolated RS-485 ports • One-year limited warranty Programmable Features • Programming and monitoring methods: o Monitoring and password-protected programming at the door using the keypad and display o Program and monitor using a PC with Monitor Ill integrated generator set and ATS monitoring software o Transfer files through the USB port • System voltage and frequency • Voltage unbalance • Over/undervoltage and over/underfrequency for all phases of the normal and emergency sources • Time delays • Load/no load/auto-load test and load/no-load exercise functions • Programmable inputs and outputs • Load control outputs (load stepping) • Selectable operating modes: utility-generator, generator-generator, or utility-utility • Load bank control for exercise or test • Pre/post-transfer, nine individual time delays for selected loads • ABC/BAC/none phase rotation selection with error detection • Resettable historical data • In-phase monitor • Password protection, three security levels G11·108 (Model KSS/KSP Transfer Switch) 6/0Sd Page 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I MPAC '1M 1500 Controller Features User Interface LED Indicators • Contactor position: source N and source E • Source available: source N and source E • Service required (fault indication) • Not in automatic mode LCD Display • System status • Line-to-line voltage • Line-to-neutral voltage • Active time delays • Source frequency • Preferred source selection • System settings • Common-alarms • Load current, each phase (requires optional current transformers) • Inputs and outputs • Faults • lime/date • Address • Event history • Maintenance records • Exerciser schedule • Exerciser mode • Time remaining on active exercise Dynamic Function Tactile Keypad Operations • Scroll up/down/forward/back • Increase/decrease/save settings • End time delay • Start/end test • Reset fault • Lamp·test Main Logic Board Inputs and Outputs • Two (2) programmable inputs • Two (2) programmable outputs, isolated form C (SPDT) contacts rated 1 amp @ 30 voe, 500 mA @120 VAC DIP Switches • Maintenance mode • Password disable Event History View up to 99 time and date-stamped events on the display or on a personal computer equipped with optional Monitor Ill software. Download up to 2000 events with Monitor Ill software or download complete event history file to a PC or a memory device connected to the USB port. Communications • USB port with read/write capability • Isolated RS-485 ports • RJ-45 connector for 10/100 ethernet connection • Modbus® RTU and Modbus® TCP/IP protocols (Modbus® register map ~vailable) • USB Port. Upload or download files from a PC or a memory device through the USB port. o Application software o Event history files o Language files o Parameter settings o Usage reports o Feature configuration Programmable Features • System voltage, 208-600 VAC * • System frequency, 50/60 Hz * • Single/three-phase operation * • Standard/programmed-transition operation * • Preferred source selection • Phase rotation: ABC/BAG/none • Voltage and frequency pickup and dropout settings • Voltage unbalance, enable/disable • In-phase monitor: enable/disable and phase angle • Tran1?fer commit/no commit • Source/source mode: utility/gen, gen/gen, utility/utility • Passwords, system and test • Time, date, automatic daylight saving time enable/disable • Time delays (see table) • Exerciser: calendar mode, loaded/unloaded up to 21 events • Test: load/no-load/auto load (1-60 minutes) • Automatic override on generator failure (loaded test and exercise) • External test: loaded/unloaded • Peak shave delay enable/disable • Current monitoring (requires optional current transformers) • Pre/post-transfer, nine individual time delays for selected loads • ABC/BAG/none phase rotation selection with error detection • Resettable historical data * System parameters factory-set per order Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric. G11-108 (Model KSS/KSP Transfer Switch) 6/08d Page 2 I I MPAC ™ 1500 Controller Features, continued Programmable Inputs Voltage and Frequency Sensing I I • Extern~! time delay input • External battery fault • External common fault • Inhibit transfer • Load shed to force transfer to OFF (programmed-transition models only; requires optional load shed kit) • Peak shave/area protection input Adjustment Parameter Default Range Undervoltage dropout 90% of pickup 75%-98% Undervoltage pickup 90% of nominal 85%-100% Overvoltage dropout * 115% of nominal* 106%-135% Overvoltage pickup 95% of dropout 95%-100% • External test Unbalance enable Disable Enable/Disable I • Three-~ource system disable • Bypass disable Unbalance dropout 20% 5%-20% Unbalance pickup 10% 3%-18% I I Programmable Outputs • Chicago alarm control • ,Common alarm events • Contactor position • Exercise active • Failure to acquire standby source ,Voltage dropout time 0.5 sec. 0.1-9.9 sec. Underfrequency dropout 99% of pickup 95%-99% Underfrequency pickup 90% of nominal 80%-95% Overfrequency dropout 101% of pickup 101%-115% Overfrequency pickup 110% of nominal 105%-120% • Failure to transfer Frequency dropout time 3sec. 0.1-15 sec. I I I • Generator engine start, source N and E • 1/0 module faults • Load bank control • Load control active (pre/post transfer delay, up to 9 outputs) • Load control active • Loss of phase fault, source N and E • External battery fault • Non-emergency transfer • Not in automatic mode • Over/underfrequency faults, source N and E (generator) * 690 volts, maximum. Default= 110% for 600 volt applications. Adjustable Time Delays Ad~ustment Tlme,Delay Default ange Emergency source engine start 3sec. 0-Ssec.t Normal source engine start 0sec. (gen/gen mode) Emergency source engine cooldown 5sec. I • Over/undervoltage faults, source N and E • Peak shave/area protection active • Phase rotation error, source N and E Normal source engine cooldown 2sec. (gen/gen mode) Failure to acquire standby source 1 min. I • Preferred source supplying load • Software-controlled relay outputs (four maximum) • Source available, preferred and standby J:>referred to standby 1 sec. Standby to preferred 15min. Pretransfer to preferred signal 0sec. 0-60min. t I • Standby source supplying load • Synchronizing output • Test active Post-transfer to preferred signal 0sec. 'Pretransfer to standby signal 0sec. • Transfer switch auxiliary contact fault Post-transfer to standby signal 0sec. I • Transfer switch auxiliary contact open • Voltage unbalance Failure to synchronize 1 min. Off (preferred to standby, 1 sec. programmed-transition only) I Off (standby to preferred, 1 sec. programmed-transition only) Auto load test duration 30min. 1-60 min. :f: I t Adjustable in 1 second increments. Engine start can be extended to 60 minutes with an External Battery Supply Module Kit. :f: 1 minute increments. I I G11-108 .(Model KSS/KSP Transfer Switch) 6/0Bd Page 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Application Data UL-Listed Solderless Screw-Type Terminals for External Power Connections Normal, Emergency, and Load Terminals Switch Rating, Cables-per Range of Wire Sizes, Model amps Pole Copper or Aluminum* 40-150 1 #8to3/0AWG 200-225 1 #6 AWG to 250 MCM 260 1 #6 AWG to 350 MCM 1 #4 AWG to 600 MCM KSS 400 2 #1/0 AWG to 250MCM 600 2 #2 AWG to 600 MCM 800 2 #1/0 AWG to 750 MCM 1000 4 #2 AWG to 600 MCM 100 1 #14 to 1/0 AWG 200 1 #6 AWG to 250 MCM KSP 2 1/0 AWG to 250 MCM 400 1 #4 AWG to-600 MCM 600 2 #2 AWG to 600 MCM * Use so•c minimum wire for #14 to #1 AWG. Use 75°C minimum wire for 1/0 AWG and larger. Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature -20°c to 10°c (-4 "F to 158°F) Storage Temperature -40°C t<;> 85°C (-40°F to 185°F) Humidity 5% to 95% noncondensing Input and Output Connection Specifications Component Wire Size Range Main board 1/0 terminals #12-24AWG 1/0 module terminals #14-24AWG .. Codes and Standards The ATS meets or exceeds the requirements of the following specifications: • Underwriters Laboratories UL 508, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment • Underwriters Laboratories UL 1008, Standard for Automatic Transfer Switches for Use in Emergency Standby Systems fife #E58962 (automatic), #E86894 (nonautomatic) • CSA C22.2 No. 178 certification available, file #LR58301 • NFPA 70, National Electrical Code • NFPA 99, Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities • NFPA 110, Emergency and Standby Power Systems • IEEE Standard 446, IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications • NEMA Standard IC10-1993 (formerly ICS2-447), AC Automatic Transfer Switches • EN61000-4-4 Fast Transient Immunity Severity Level 4 • IEC 60947-6-1, Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear; Multifunction Equipment; Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment • EN61000-4-5 Surge Immunity Class 4 (voltage sensing and programmable inputs only) • IEC Specifications for EMI/EMC Immunity: o CISPR 11, Radiated Emissions o IEC 1000-4-2, Electrostatic Discharge o IEC 1000-4-3, Radiated Electromagnetic Fields o IEC 1000-4·4, Electrical Fast Transients (Bursts) o IEC 1000-4·5, Surge Voltage o !EC 1000-4-6, Conducted RF Disturbances o IEC 1000-4·8, Magnetic Fields o IEC 1000-4-11, Voltage Dips and Interruptions • IEEE 472 (ANSI C37.90A) Ring Wave Test Contact Ratings Motor Load Resistive Load Inductive Load NC NO Engine Start Contacts 2A@30VDC NIA N/A NIA Auxiliary Contacts, KSS (40-600A) 15A@250VAC N/A N/A N/A Auxiliary Contacts, KSS (800-1000A) 15A@480VAC 15A@250VAC; 5A@125VAC; 2.5A@125VAC; 6A@500VAC 3A@250VAC; 1.5A@250VAC; 1.5A@500VAC 0.75 A@ 500 VAC Auxiliary Contacts, KSP 15A@480VAC 15A@250VAC; 5A@125VAC; 2.5 A@ 125 VAC; 6A@500VAC 3A@250VAC; 1.5A@250VAC; 1.5A@500VAC 0.75 A@ 500 VAC G11-108 (Model KSS/KSP Transfer Switch) 6/08d Page 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Weights and Dimensions Weights and dimensions are shown for transfer switches in NEMA type 1 enclosures, type 3R enclosures, and open units. Consult the factory for NEMA type 12, 4, and 4X enclosures. Note: Weights and dimensions are provided for reference only and should not be used for planning installation. See your local distributor for submittal drawings. Standard-Transition Models Dimensions mm (In.) Weight kg (lb.) Amps NEMAType Height Width Depth* 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 40-225 1,3R 791 (31.1) 450 (17.7) 316 (12.5) 28 (62) 30 (65) 31 (68) 260-400 1,3R 1223 (48.1) 560 (22.0) 362 (14.3) 52 (115) 56 (123) 59 (131) 600 1, 3R 1702 (67.0) 610 (24.0) 514 (20.2) 179 (395) 183 (403) 186(410) 800 1, 3R 1932 (76.1) 864 (34.0) 515 (20.3) N/A 226 (498) 236 (520) 1000 1, 3R 1932 (76.1) 864 (34.0) 515 (20.3) N/A 231 (509) 241 ( 531) * Allow enough room to fully open the door for inspection and service per NEC and local codes. The NEMA type 3A enclosures have a security cover on the controller that extends 54 mm (2.1 in.) beyond the door. Programmed-Transition Models Dimensions mm (In.) Weight kg (lb.) Amps NEMAType Height Width . Depth* 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 100-200 1, 3A 1223 (48.1) 560 (22.0) 362 (14.3) 52 (115) 56 (123) 59 (131) 400 1, 3A 1223 (48.1) 560 (22.0) 362 (14.3) 52 (115) 56 (123) 59 (131) 600 1, 3A 1702 (67.0) 610 (24.0) 514 (20.2) 179 (395) 183 (403) 186 ( 410) * Allow enough room to fully open the door for inspection and service per NEC and local codes. The NEMA type 3A enclosures have a security cover on the controller that extends 54 mm (2.1 in.) beyond the door. Withstand/Closing Ratings (WCR), Standard-Transition Models Ratings Summary The transfer switch is rated for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than the RMS symmetrical amperes listed at the specified maximum voltage below, but no greater than the interrupting capacity of the selected circuit breaker or fuse. Circuit breakers and fuses are supplied by the customer. Certified Withstand/Closing Current Ratings In RMS Symmetrical Amperes (480 V maximum) * Specific Coordinated Breaker Rating, With, Current-Limiting Fuses per the following tables Switch Rating, Maximum Fun Maximum Circuit Amps at Maximum Circuit Amps at amps Size, amps Fuse Class 480VAC Maximum Voltage 480VAC 40 50 80 100 100 125 J 150 200 200,000 480Vl60Hz 30,000 200 300 225 300 260 NIA NIA NIA 480V/60Hz 35,000 J 200,000 400 600 RK5, AK1 100,0QO 480Vl60Hz 50,000 600 NIA NIA NIA 800 1000 L 200,000 480Vl60 Hz 65,000 1000 1250 * All values are available symmetrical RMS ampere~ and tested in accordance with the withstand/closing requirements of UL 1008. G11-108 (Model KSS/KSP Transfer Switch) 6/0Bd Page 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ratings with Specific Manufacturers' Circuit Breakers, Standard-Transition, continued Molded-Case Circuit Breakers Switch WCR, Rating, amps Voltage, Max. Size, amps RMS Max. Manufacturer .'Type amps HJD,JDC 250 HKD, CHKD, KDC, LCL,LA TRIPAC 400 Cutler-Hammer HLD,CHLD,LDC,CLDC 300-600 NB TRI-PAC 300-800 Kl,KC 250 Square D LI, LXI, LX, LE, LC 600 MX,ME,MH 800 CF06,HFD6 250 CJD8,SCJD6,HHJD6,HHJXD6,SHJD6,HJD6 400 !TE/Siemens CLD6,SCLD6,HHLD6,HHLXD6,SHLD6,HLD6 600 400 50,000 480 CMD6, SCMD6, HMD6, SHMD6, HMXD6, MD6, MXD6, SMD6 800 SFL, SFP, TFL, THLC2 250 SGL4, SGP4, TB4, THLC4, TLB4 400 GE SGL6, SGP6, TB6, T JL4V, TKL4V, T JL 1 S-6S 600 SKLB, SKPB, TBS, SKHB 800 CF250L, CF250H 250 CJ400L, CK400H, CJ400H, CK400N 400 Merlin Garin CJ600H 600 CK800H, CK800N 800 ABB JHB 400 FDC,HFD 150 HJD,JDC 250 Cutler-Hammer CHKD, HKD, KOC, LA TRIPAC, LCL 400 HLD,CHLD,LDC,CLDC 300-600 NBTRIPAC 300-800 Kl,KC 250 LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI 400 Square D LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI 600 ME,MH,MX 800 CFD8,HFD6 250 600 50,000 480 CJD8,HJD8,HI-IJD8,HHJXD6,SCJD6,SHJD6 400 !TE/Siemens CLD8,HLD8,HHLD6,HHLXD6,SCLD6,SHLD6 600 CMD6, HMD6, HMXD6, MD6, MXD6, SCMDB, SHMD6, SMD6 800 SEL, SEP, THLC1 150 SFL, SFP, TFL, THLC2 250 GE SGL4, SGP4, TB4, THLC4, T JL, TLB4 400 SGL8, SGP6, TB6, T JL 1 S-6S, T JL4V, TKL4V 600 TB8,SKL8,SKP8,SKH8 800 CF250L, CF250H 250 CJ400L, CK400H, CJ400H, CK400N 400 Merlin Garin CJ600H 600 CKSOQH, CK800N 800 TRI-PAC NB, CHMDL, HMDL, CHND, HND, NDC, CNDC 800 Cutler-Hammer TRI-PAC NB, CNDC, NDC, CRDC, TRI-PAC PB, ADC, CHND, HND 1200 MH, MH SERIES 2 800 .SquareD 800 MHSERIES2 1000 65,000 480 CMD6, HMD6, SCMD6, SHMD6, CND6, HND6, SCND6, SHND6, CPD6 800 1000 !TE/Siemens CND6, HND6, SCND6, CPD6, SHND6 1200 TBS, TC, THC, THP, TKL85, SKL8, SKP8, MICROVERSA TKL 12S, SKL12, 800 GE SKP12 THC, THP, SKP12, TAP, MICROVERSA TKL, SKL12 1200 G11-108 (Model KSS/KSP Transfer SWitch) 6/0Bd Page 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Accessories Accessories are available either factory-installed or as loose kits, unless otherwise noted. Accessory Modules The mounting kit holds up to five optional modules. The maximum total current draw is 300 mA. If an External Battery Module is installed, there is no current restriction. Module Current Draw Specifications, rnA Alarm Module 75 Standard 1/0 Module 75 High Power 1/0 Module 100 CJ Standard Input/Output Module Inputs Available· Inputs 2 Input Definition Contact closure Current 5mAMax Connecti9n Type Terminal Strip Wire Size #14-24AWG Max Distance 700feet Outputs Outputs Available 6 Contact Type Form C (SPOT) Contact Voltage Rating 2A@30VDC 500 mA@ 125 VAC Connection Type Terminal Strip Wire Size -#14-24.AWG. · --- CJ High-Power Input/Output Module Inputs Available-Inputs 2 Input-Definition Contact closure Current 5mAMax -- Connection Type Terminal Strip Wire Size #14-24AWG Max Distance 700feet Outputs Qutputs Available 3 Contact type Form C (SPOT) 12A@24VDC Contact Voltage Rating 12A@250VAC 10A@277VAC 2A@480VAC Connection Type Terminal Strip Wire Size #14-_24AWG Environmental Specifications Temperature -40°C to 85°C (-40°F to 185°F) Humidity 35% to 85% noncondensing CJ Alarm Module • 90 dB Audible alarm • Any alarm function can be programmed to trigger the audible alarm • Chicago alarm function • Preferred source selection • Supervised transfer control (supervised transfer control switch required) • Connection for external alarm External Alarm Connection Specifications Wire Size #12-22 AWG Cu 500 mA@ 120 VAC Contact Voltage Rating 250 mA@ 240 VAC CJ External Battery Supply Module • Energizes the ATS controls using an external battery when no source power is available • Allows extended engine start time delays • Allows the use of any combination of accessory modules (no current draw restriction, maximum of five modules total) • Connects to one or two batteries, 12 VDC or 24 VDC system • Current draw, 140 mA @ 12 VDC, 86 mA@ 24 VDC • Provides low external battery voltage indication to the transfer switch controller • Re~erse-polarit}I prot~c!e~ -0 Battery Charger • Three-stage (bulk, absorption, and float) electronic battery charger • Red and green LEDs indicate the charge rate • Designed for 12 or 24 VDC battery electrical systems • Charge lead-acid or gel cell l;>atteries _ . • Sealed and potted design is rainproof, lightweight, silent, and completely automatic • Internal short-circuit protection for the outputs • Fuses for reverse-polarity protection Battery Charger Specifications Output Charging 12 voe (min.) at 6 amps 24 voe (min.) at 3 amps Maintaining 13.30 voe at 0.1 amps Circuit Protection (2) 10 amp fuses (AGC· 10) Recommended Maximum Battery Size Recharging 150 amp-hours Maintaining only 300 amp-hours Current Draw @ 50/60 Hz, 0. 7 amps maximum G11-108 (Model KSS/KSP Transfer Switch) 6/0Bd Page 9 1· I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Accessories, continued Other Accessories Digital Meter Specifications O CSA Certification O Current Sensing Kit • Monitor cµrrent on all phases with 1 % accuracy O Digital Meter • Measure and display for both sources: o Voltage o Current o Frequency o Power ·o·y L <OA 1 "IIIVA :o4W •D YD • Programmable visual alarms: ·o-t. ,._ alD o High voltage a ..., IMIIID o Low voltage [D~ff] o High current • Password-protected programming menus • Optional serial connection (special order only) • Available factory-installed • See Digital Meter Specifications O Line-to-Neutral Voltage Monitoring • Monitors all line-to-neutral voltages O Load Shed Kit • Forced transfer from Emergency to OFF • Available for 600 Amp programmed-transition models only • External hardware is required for the forced transfer to OFF function • Factory-installed O Logic Disconnect Switch • Disconnects power to controller without disconnecting load • Mounts inside the enclosure O Neutral Assembly • Available as loose kit for open units Hardware: microprocessor based. Keypad: 3 keys. Type of electrical system: Selectable: 1-phase, 2-phase, 3-phase with neutral; 3-phase without neutral, 3-phase ARON. Display: LED 3x3 DGT; digit height 14 mm (96x96 mm) or 9 mm (DIN). Sampling time: 700 ms. Rated Input current: 5 A Max Input current: 6A (on ext. C.T.) Wave-form: sinusoidal or distorted wave. Measurement method: TRMS type Accuracy: W-VA: :1:(1% FS + 1 DGT) from 0.25 to 6A, ± (1 % FS + 7 DGT) from 0.03 to 0.24 A; var: ± (2% FS + 1 DGT) from 0.25 to 6 A, ± (2°/4 FS +5 DGT) from 0.03 to 0.24A VLL: ±(1.5% FS+1 DGT); VL-N: (0.5%FS +1 DGT); A: ± (0.5% FS + 1 DGT) from 0.25 to 6 A, ±(0.5% FS +7 DGT) from 0.03 to0.25A; An: ±(1.5% FS +1 DGT) from 0.25 to 6A, ± (1.5% FS + 7 DGT) from 0.03 to 0.25 A Voltage/An control: Alarm: two set points Peak factor: < 3 (1 O A peak max) Temperature drift: :s;200ppm/°C Current transformer: prog. ratio from 1 to 999 Voltage transformer: prog. ratio from 1.0 to 99.9 Input Impedance: 400/660 V L-L: 1 Mr.! (phase-neutral input) 100/208 V L-L: 453kr.! (phase-neutral input) Power demand: Prog. integration time: 1 to 30 min. Digital filter: Filtering range: from o to 100; Filtering coefficient: from 1 to 16 EMC: Emissions: EN50084-1 (class A, residential environment, commerce and light industry) Immunity: EN61000-6-2 (class A, industrial environment) Operating temperature: from 0°C to +50°C Storage temperature: from -10°C to +60°C Relative humidity : 0-90% @ 40°C (non condensing) Installation category (IEC 664): Cat. Ill Insulation: AC power supply, 4kV for 60 s between measuring input and power supply and between power supply and RS-485, 500 V for 60 s between measuring input and RS-485. DC power supply, 500 V between meas. input and power supply and between power supply and RS-485. Dielectric strength: 4kV for 60 s. Standards: safety IEC-664. Approvals: CE G11-108 {Model KSS/KSP Transfer Switch) 6/0Sd Page 10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Accessories, continued I[) Monitor Ill Software • Monitor and control the power system's generator sets and transfer switches from a personal computer using a single software package • Monitor arid control systems through a Windows®-based graphical user interface • Monitor and control systems over a local area network, remotely via a modem connection, or through an Ethernet connection • Password-protected data access: Guest, User, and Supervisor levels • Ethernet capability • Start or stop a test from a remote PC • View and adjust trip points, time delays, and system parameters • Assign inputs and outputs • Available as loose kits: o Softwar~ kit with serial cable o Software kit with device modem and cables O Padlockable User Interface Cover • With or without window • Cover without window standard on NEMA 3R enclosures O Supervised Transfer Control Switch • Auto, Manual, and Transfer positions • Automatic and non-automatic modes • Alarm module required Ill Literature Kits • Production literat1,1re kit (one kit is included with each transfer switch) • Overhaul literature kit O Extended Warranties • 2-year basic • 5-year basic • 5-year comprehensive • 10-year major components O Export Packaging G11-108 (Model KSS/KSP Transfer Sv.itch) 6/0Bd Page 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I KOHLER CO., Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 USA Phone 920-565-3381, Fax 920-459-1646 For the nearest sales and service outlet in the US and Canada; phone 1-800-544-2444 KohlerPower.com Kohler Power Systems Asia Pacific Headquarters 7 Jurong Pier Road Singapore 619159 Phone (65) 6264-6422, Fax (65) 6264-6455 Model Designation I ,M~• I I ljf i ~~"ji_i If I I ilogel I I I pt' I I i\T~_I ~ .... ,-_-_-_-,_-c_u_r=re::::n•..,.t-R=a=li=ng:::;===.::.-'1 I M~~' Record the transfer switch model designation In the boxes. The transfer switch model designation defines characteristics and ratings as explained below. Sample Model Designation: KSP-DCTA-0100S Model K: Kohler Transfer Switch Mechanism S: Specific-Breaker Rated Transition S: Standard P: Programmed Controls D: MPAC"' 1500 Microprocessor Controls, Automatic F: MPAC"' 1500 Microprocessor Controls, Non-Automatic Voltage/Frequency C: 208 Volts/60 Hz D: 220 Volts/50 Hz F: 240 Volts/60 Hz G: 380 Volts/50 Hz H: 400 Volts/50 Hz J: 416 Volts/50 Hz K: 440 Volts/60 Hz M: 480 Volts/60 Hz P: 380 Volts/60 Hz R: 220 Volts/60 Hz Availability is subject to change without notice. Kohler Co. reserves the right to change the design or specifications without ni>tice and without any obligation or lial>ility whatsoever. Contact your local Kohler® Power Systems distributor for availability. Number of Poles/Wires N: 2-pole, 3-wire, solid neutral T: 3-pole, 4-wire, solid neutral V: 4-pole, 4-wire, switched neutral Enclosure A: NEMA 1t B: NEMA 12 C: NEMA3R D: NEMA4 F: NEMA4X G: Open unit t NEMA 1 enclosur~ is standard. Other types are avallable to order. Current Rating: Numbers indicate the current rating of the switch in amperes: 0040 :I: 0200 0600 0080 :!: 0225 :!: 0800:!: 0100 0260 :j: 1000:j: 0150:j: 0400 :I: Standard-transition models only. Miscellaneous S: Standard Connections DISTRIBUTED BY: Bay City Electric Works 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 619-938-8200 © 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 by Kohler Co. All rights reserved. G11-108 (Model KSS/KSP Transfer SWitch) 6/08d Page 12 - D C B A ------ 8 .4 8 6 .! lT.4 ,-----7 I I I I 1,0 L _____ _J_ .,,,,.,,., IELNCF ..,. SECURITY COVER I OPTIONAL ON HEMA I > IREOUIREO ON, HEMA 3Rl lf'CIOI .... ROGRAMMABLE I /0 IOPTIONALl 7 OU I PMENT GROUND OGIC DISCONNECT I OPTIONAL> PADLOCK HASP !SECURITY OPTION l HEMA 3R ONLY l 6 C --- 5 MIO! 0,0 B A I I --r----. -T- l I la ·W :Il:ol AJ 5 --------- C 4 3 2 DIMENSIONS IN I J ARE INCHES. FINISH: ANSI 49 GRAY • REFER TO OPERATOR'S MANUAL PRIOR. TO INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF UNIT. I"'; :::1- IECJOI .. NEUTRAL 12 l 3 POLE UNITS ONLYl ATTERY CHARGER <OPTIONAL> ltl:Y ,ATE 1£YIIIOII " ~-=-~-:i':i."•• IDNLaCQ , __ -~ • 2•13•H NEW DRAWING (71142) SD IIJ1&111G1•1 POl£1 $YlllM$, IOMLU, WI SltU U.S.A. TRIS DIAIIH II tUIIII AIIO DUAIL IS IONL[I CO. -7:: i=IL~cz,:tii::i:::r.-J:~1rr ~,GNIS Qt" ~ ~ '"' SER I ES Rii~~ ""0"'' "'' CIIMENIIQ>-1 l'ftlNT OPEN TRANSITION :!: ~::!::: .uui 1t011c '"'• 1-•1 •• 2 NEMA I & 3R -"'IJ2·1J·~~ A0V-71t3 _Jg_ 4 3 2 D C B A ---------- 8 7 6 I 5 l U~;1 l f ., A ~- H/1 DI ,·1 I '1i='ll ...,-CURRENT SENS I NG <OPTIONALl OAD ORMAL ·C ·AUXILIARY CONTACTS ENGINE START TERMINALS· • • EMERGENCY B !DOOR REMOVED TO SHOW INTERNAL COMPONENTS> A SCREW TYPE TERMINALS FOR EXTERNAL POWER CONNECTION SWITCH RATING WIR~A~?hgF P~k-~~ASE (AMPS) CQl!TACTQR_ HEUTRAk l_l__!__l___J>QLE) GROUND 400 I I) 14 TO 600 MCM I I 2 l 1/0 TO 250 MCM I OR C2l t6 TO 250 MCM OR (I) 14 TO 600 MCM 1!4 TO 1/0 8 I 7 6 W_EJGHTS KULBSl 2 POLE I 3 POLE I 4 POLE 52 W5J Ls& 1123> I 59 <131 > 5 --------- 4 400A SER I ES RATED OPEN TRANSITION HEMA I & 3R 4 I 3 I 2 111 I I I ID C • • .. P-B .. • • lfCJ'.OI •·• A ~ .. ~ .. ~.;-~:·~;~~o~.h.;E.;; •• ;,,;.~ .• ;.~!~T.;,.;.~.;p"!ll11iE•001L=====:::i;~·;g.iiii~-ij-~=i~!!i~::Ciii,• ... m"'r.·-~-;;;n-iiiiiiLLDii~CQcil7iiiiiclliiU:MiH:1 3 -------------------8 7 I 6 I 5 I /i 4 I I 3 I 2 I 1~11-:.I~---I.ti' I I 'I ENCLO~ I I RIGHT SIDE WALL I DOOR I I TS I DI I I ; ID I I ~ I st .1 ~~ }~ I 1£ • 30711 I + -10 I SN I t:llNiS 0 ·,c2 I AC2 I 12 j I Tl1 M A3 I= e~ ]=*1 } AUXll.Wff I I CONTACTS I I 1111 'f L0M) 1-oNC (ST-) I I 1!41 .. NC M A3 I I I I T I NEUl1W. £{::"° !~· I I ~ I I ~ i I I-c:::) +1 ... 1 Cl I I I I I I I 1S COi. 1 I I M A3 I I PIO IC ~ 11 S:~ !=*1 MDCUWII' I CONTACTS T T T T' (OPTIOIW.) I I .. I I M A3 I I [~ I I S:~ ]=*1 I I P3 lOIR~ l r r r r) I I o== ·30711 I I [p f I I I I I I I I P2 I I I Pl [§] 7--" " J. I EA £8 EC EN EIIERCENCf I \_ OPTJONN., NEUTRAi, CONFJGURATIONS ' @·0@000 JJ CONNfCTIONS ICONTACTOR JO MAIN LOGIC BQARp) I I I I ~~<i!J@J©© J1 1 N/C • 13 13 (5£-NO) 2 2 (AH-AC2) 14 14 (SN-NO) Bl I I I I @Y@Jd0J00 J J {IS-NC) 15 N/C • I B TB2 NONE I I 4 4 {IS-NC) 11 11 (1S-EC) SWITCHED ~~~0J~Gj 5 5 (R£-AC2) 17 N/C • ;r;l: I I I I (TS-EC) 11 11 (TS-EB) I I 7 7 (TS-EA) 19 ,, (1S-IA) a a (TB2-J) 20 20 (TS-LB) a • I I •• (TB2-4) 21 21 (TS-lC) 10 10 (SE-C) 22 22 (TS-HII) 11 11 (TS-Na) 23 23 (1S-EN) 12 12 (TS-NA) 24 24 (lS-lJI) A A MODEL Kl oPiW0TI1A~1fi~~ l~L , "_-,... -;; SERIES RATED FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM SEE GM46266 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Miscellaneous I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAN DIEGO AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT PERMIT/ REGISTRATION APPLICATION APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS -FORM APCD 16 GENERAL 1. The owner or designated agent must complete and sign this multi-copy form and file it with one copy of all attachments, required supplementary forms, drawings and the appropriate fee. 2. The appropriate fee (payable to "County of San Diego APCD'') must be submitted with this Permit/Registration Application. Application processing will not begin until the full required fee has been received. Excess fees will be refunded upon completion of the application process. If you do not know the appropriate fee or need to discuss the information required, please contact the District at (858) 650-4700 and ask for assistance in determining an application fee. REASON FOR SUBMITTAL OF APPLICATION 1. New Installation -check if you are installing equipment that does not currently have a District Permit to Operate. 2. Existing Unpermitted Equipment or Rule 11 Change-check if applying for installed existing equipment that is currently unpermitted or equipment that is now subject to District Rules due to Rule 11 changes. 3. Modification of Existing Permitted Equipment -check if you are making a change to equipment with a current District Permit to Operate. (List affected PO #(s) on line 12) 4. Amendment to Existing Authority to Construct or Permit/Registration Application -check this line if you are amending a previously submitted application form or if amending a current Authority to Construct. (List affected Application #(s) on line 12) 5. Change of Equipment Location -check if you are moving non-portable equipment with a current District Permit to Operate. (List affected PO #(s) on line 12) 6. Change of Equipment Ownership -check if you are now the owner of equipment with a current District Permit to Operate under a different owner. (List affected PO #(s) on line 12) 7. Change of Permit Conditions -check if equipment with a current Permit to Operate requires changes to the existing operating conditions. (List affected PO #(s) on line 12) 8. Change Permit to Operate Status to Inactive -check if you wish to maintain your current Permit to Operate but are not going to operate the equipment. (List affected PO #(s) on line 12) 9. Banking Emissions -check if you are retiring equipment with a current District Permit to Operate and wish to bank the emissions for future credits. (List affected PO #(s) on line 12) 10 Registration of Portable Equipment -check this line if you are applying for registration of portable equipment. 11. Other -check for any action not covered by #(s) 1 thru 10, 12. List affected AP/PO#(s) -if you checked #'s 3 or 5-9, list current Permit to Operate Number(s) affected or if you checked #4, list existing Application number whether or not an Authority to Construct has been issued. APPLICANT INFORMATION 13 thru 17 are self-explanatory. 18 thru 27 are self-explanatory, complete Hems B, C, and D only if different from Item A. EQUIPMENT/PROCESS INFORMATION Check Stationary (e.g. gasoline service site, dry cleaning facility, etc.) or Portable (abrasive blast pot, roofing kettle, etc.) depending upon the type of equipment for which you are filing an application. Also check Yes if the equipment is portable and will operate more than 180 consecutive days at a single site. Otherwise, check No. 28 thru 36 are self-explanatory. INDEMNIFICATION In accordance with District Rule 40( d)(8)(vi), the applicant, to the extent the applicant is at fault in causing liability to the District, shall indemnify the District (including its agents, officers and employees) from any claim, action, liability, or proceeding to attack, set aside, void or annul the applicant's project or any of the proceedings, acts or determinations taken, done or made as a result of the District's processing and/or approval of the,project. The applicant's obligation to indemnify shall include, but not be limited to, payment of all court costs and attorneys' fees, costs of any judgments or awards against the District, damages, and/or settlement costs, which arise out of the District's processing and/or approval of the applicant's project, except that an applicant shall only be responsible for indemnifying the District according to the proportion of fault caused by the applicant, as determined by a court. By signing and submitting this application, an applicant agrees to such indemnification. -2- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I APCD 16 (Rev. 07/04) SAN DIEGO AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT 9150 CHESAPEAKE DRIVE, SAN DIEGO CA 92123-1096 PHONE (858) 650-4700 • FAX (858) 650-4659 PERMIT I REGISTRATION APPLICATION FILING TIDS APPLICATION DOES NOT GRANT PERMISSION TO CONSTRUCT OR TO OPERATE EOUIPMENT IMPORTANT REMINDERS: Read instructions on the reverse side of this form prior to completing this application. Please ensure that all of the following are included before you submit the application: D App~opriate Permit Fee D Completed Supplemental Form(s) D Signature on Application REASON FOR SUBMITTAL OF APPLICATION: (check the appropriate item and enter Application (AP) or Permit to Operate (PO) number if required) 1. D New Installation 2. D Existing Unpermitted Equipment or Rule l1 Change 3. D Modification of Existing Permitted Equipment 4. D Amendmentto Existing Authority to Construct or AP 5. D Change of Equipment Location 6. D Change of Equipment Ownership 7. D Change of Permit Conditions 8. D Change Permit to Operate Status to Inactive 9. D Banking Emissions 10. D RegistrationofPortableEquipment 11. D Other(Specify) ___________________ _ 12. List affected AP/PO#(s): ______ _ APPLICANT INFORMATION 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. Name ofBusiness(DBA) __ --'---------------~----------------------- NatureofBusiness _________________ -'--------------------------- Does this organization own or operate any other APCD permitted equipment at this or any other adjacent locations in San Diego County? 0Yes 0No If yes, list.assigned location !D's listed on your PO's ________________________________ _ Type of Ownership D Corporation O Partnership D Individual Owner D Government Agency D Other __________ _ Name of Legal Owner (if different from-DBA), __________________________________ _ Name Mailing Address City State Phone Name Mailing Address City State Phone A. Equipment Owner B. Authority to Construct (if different from A) ----------e--~iP-,--------------------~Zip _____ _ .___.,__ ______ __. .AX.___.,__ _____ _ .___.,__ _____ ~FAX.___.,_ _____ _ C. Permit to Operate (if different from A) D. Billing Information (if different from A) ___________ _,Zip _______ _ ______________ .Zip _____ _ ----~------~FAX----~-------FAX.__.,__ ______ _ EQUIPMENT/PROCESS INFORMATION: Check Type ofEquipment: D Stationary D Portable -Will operation exceed 180 days: D Yes D No 28. Equipment Location Address _______________ _ City______ Parcel No. ________ _ 29. State___________ Zip______ Phone '--.L--------FAX.__.,__ ________ _ 30. Site Contact__________________ Title ___________ _ Phone.___.,_ _______ _ 31. General Description of Equipment/Process __ -'-------------------'------------------ 32. Application Submitted by D Owner D Operator D Contractor D Consultant Affiliation _____________ _ EXPEDITED APPLICATION PROCESSING: D I hereby request Expedited Application Processing and understand that: 33. a) Expedited processing will incur additional fees and permits will not be issued until the additional fees are paid in full (see Rule 40( d)(8)(iv) for details). b) Exp~dited processing is contingent on the availability of qualified staff. c) Once engineering review has begun this request cannot be cancelled. d) Expedited processing does not guarantee action by any specific date nor does it guarantee permit approval. I hereby certify that all information provided on this application is.true and correct. 34. SIGNATURE, ________________________ "--__,Date _______________ _ 35. 36. Print Name Title _________________ _ Company _________________ _,Phone '--.L-------'E-mail Address _____________ _ APCD USE ONLY AP# ______ .ID# _______ Cust. No. _________ S.ector: ___ UTM's X____ Y ___ _ SIC ____ _ Receipt# Date Amt Rec'd$ ________ Fee Code _________ _ Engineering Contact Fee Code____ AP Fee$ T&M Renewal Fee$ ____ _ Refund Claim# Date Amt$ _________ _ Application Generated By NV# NC# Other Date Inspector 07.04-TW/jfo -1- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SAN DIEGO AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT &an Diego APCD tT~~ Only· SUPPLEMENTAL APPLICATION INFORMATION ·, i,_ '' • • FEE SCHEDULE 34A-J Appl. No.: ID No.: INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES .. . . 1 Company Name:------------------------------- 2 Equipment Address: ____________________________ _ 3 4 Reason for submitting application: 5 D Existing Unit, Date of Installation ______ _ D Compliance with 2004 Diesel Engine ATCM D New or Additional Unit 6 D Replacement of Existing Unit; 1 A. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION 8 Engine Mfr.: ____________ Model: _________ SIN: ______ _ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 -22 23 Engine hp Rating: __ _ Fuel Type: D diesel* D natural gas D gasoline Combination of fuels (specify) --------'-------------------- Engine Equipment: D turbocharger D aftercooler D exhaust gas recirculation D pre-chamber combustion D 4-degree retard of fuel injection D lean burn D air/fuel controller D diesel particulate filter (attach manufacturer's specification for efficiency, and/or ARB verification.) D other add-on control technology (attach manufacturer's specification for efficiency, and/or ARB verification.) (Specify) ____________ _ D crankcase (blow-by) emission control equipment (Specify) ____________ _ Model ________ _ Describe any in stack emission control and/or monitoring devices. (i.e., catalytic converter) * Diesel fuel must be Certified California Diesel (CARB Diesel). 24 B PROCESS DESCRIPTION 25 _ Engine Drive~: 26 27 Equipment is: 28 29 30 Rev. 12/16/04 -jfo D compressor -~-cfm D generator ___ kw D portable D stationary D peak shaving electrical supply D emergency electrical supply 1 of3 (34A-J) D pump ___ gpm D other (specify) _______ _ D continuous service D cogeneration D used at any time OVER I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 30 C. OPERATING SCHEDULE (typical) Hours/day Davs/week Weeks/year 31 32 33 34 Average Maximum Equipped with a non-resettable hour meter? D yes D no D. FUEL CONSUMPTION AND EMISSIONS (@100% Load) Liquid Fuel: Gaseous Fuel: ____ gal/hr ____ gal/hr ____ __}hr Exhaust Emission*: Carbon Monoxides (CO) Nitro_gen Oxides (NOx) Hydrocarbons (HC) (Non CH4) Sulfur Oxides (SOx) @ 12% CO2 Particulate Matter (PM) ____ gal/wk ____ gal/wk ____ __)wk LB/HR w'HP-HR l?IHR ____ gal/yr ____ gal/yr ____ __)yr PPM 35 *Please attach manufacturer's specifications or source of exhaust emission data. 36 Exhaust Temperature ______ °F 37 Fuel Supplier: 38 Fuel Sulfur Content: ____ %Sulfur(% wt. as S. (Liquid Fuel)) 39 Fuel Sulfur Content: % Sulfur(% vol. as H2S (Gaseous Fuel)) 40 Engine year of manufacture: ___________ _ 41 CARB Certification No.: 42 EPA Certification No.: 43 E. RULE 1200 TOXICS EVALUATION: 44 FACILITY SITE MAP Please provide a copy of a Thomas Bros. Map showing the geographic location of your 45 facility. This helps by making it possible for the District to use a Geographic Information System to identify community 46 residents and workers who may be impacted by emissions from your facility. 47 PLOT PLAN Please also provide a facility plot plan or diagram (need not be to scale as long as distances of key 48 features from reference points are shown) showing the location of emission point(s) at the facility, property lines, and the 49 location and dimensions of buildings (estimated height, width, and length) that are closer than 100 ft. from the emission 50 point. This diagram helps by making it possible for the District to efficiently set-up the inputs for a health risk evaluation. 51 Inaccurate information may adversely affect the outcome of the evaluation. 52 EMISSION POINT DATA Determine if your emission-source(s) are cliideff sources or if they are unducfed/fugitive 53 sources and provide the necessary data below. (Examples of commonly encountered emission-points: Ducted or Stack 54 Emissions -an exhaust pipe or stack, a roof ventilation duct; Unducted Emissions -anything not emitted through a duct, 55 pipe, or stack, for instance, an open window or an outdoor area or volume.) 56 Rev. 12/16/04 2 of 3 (34A-J) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 1 . Ducted or Stack Emissions (For 1 or more emission Joints). Estimate values if vou are unsure. Parameter Point#l Point#2 Point#3 Point#4 Point#5 Point #6 Height of Exhaust above ground (ft) Stack Diameter ( or length/width) (ft) Exhaust Gas Temperature* (°F) Exhaust Gas Flow ( actual cfm or fos) Is Exhaust Vertical <Yes or No) Raincap? (None, Flaooer Valve, Raincao) . Distance to Propertv Line ( +/-10 ft) * Use "70 °F" or "Ambient" if unknown 2. Unducted Emissions (For 1 or more emission points). Estimate if you are unsure. Describe how unducted gases, vapors, and/or particles get into the outside air. Provide a brief description of the process or operation for each unducted emission point. If unducted emissions come out of building openings such as doors or windows, estimate the size of the opening ( example -3 ft x 4 ft window). If unducted emissions originate outside your buildings, estimate the size of the emission zone ( example -paint spraying 2' x 2' x 2' bread boxes). RECEPTOR DATA A receptor is a residence or business whose occupants could be exposed to toxic emissions from your facility. In order to estimate the risk to nearby receptors, please provide the distance from the emission point to the nearest residence and to the nearest business. Distance to nearest residence _____ ft Distance to nearest business ft Distance to nearest school ft Name of Preparer: Title: ___________ _ Phone No.: ( ___________ _ E-mail: Date: ----------- NOTE TO APPLICANT: Before acting on an application for Authority to Construct or Permit to Operate, the District may require further information, plans, or specifications. Forms with insufficient information may be returned to the applicant for completion, which will cause a delay in application processing and may increase processing fees. The applicant should correspond with equipment and material manufactu~ers to obtain the information requested on this supplemental form. Rev. 12/16/04 3 of 3 (34A-J) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I NFPA 110 Prototype Testing Certification Generator Set Model No. The prototype standby generator set for the basic model, number indicated above, has been tested to 2002-published NFPA 11 0 standards. Components of this generator set have proven compatibility and reliability and are coordinated·to operate as a unit. The capability of this unit with its controls and accessories has been tested on a separate prototype model or on the system components of that model and was demonstrated to survive without damage-due to common disturbances in actual load circuits. Anticipatory alarms exist within this unit which warn of impending shutdown due to engine over temperature or low oil pressure. A shutdown system designed to protect the engine and alternator is incorporated per the NFPA 110 standard which, upon fault detection, could render the system temporarily inoperative. With these considerations, the indicated generator set model complies with Section 5-2 of the above standard. Torsional testing verified by a complete computer analysis confirms that the generator set is free of harmful torsional effects in the 1800/1500 rpm +10% operating range. I ~~\\\\\\\\\\1\11111111,, ~ CON. .. ,,,,l ~:\\$ 8/A;lft1tt, ff~'. 'V ~ s ~ ~ ~ ff w JAMES A. J;l \ ~ -V-SCHWALB ~ --~ ~ E-32832 j \ '13. SHEBOYGAN ~ ffi \ ~ WISCONSIN ff__g ~ ~ ~;:,: ~ ---r~B 'ftt, ~C\ ~V-§§' ""11tr11 u'JONAL e ~ i1111u1u1m1\\\\\\~'1:~~ Each generator set manufactured to NFPA 11 0 standards has been factory- tested at rated load and rated power factor. A certified factory-test report is available upon request. K-896 B/03a I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GENERATOR START-UP INFORMATION _ REQUEST Generator system start-ups are typically quoted for Normal working hours and are limited to a single trip to the installation site. Please help us avoid the need to invoice for supplemental visits by insuring that the system is ready for start-up on the initial trip. Any wiring, terminations or other additional work will be billed at our current labor rate in 1 hour increments. PLEASE ALLOW AT LEAST 7 WORKING DAYS FOR OUR SERVICE DEPT TO SCHEDULE THE START-UP. FAX THIS FORM BACK TO BAY CITY ELECTRIC AS EARLY AS POSS/BL£. FAX# 619-938-8217 Project Name: ________ ....;._ ____________ _ Customer Name: Fax# --------------------Phone# Jobsite Phone# ------------------Can the power be shutdown for power transfer test? IS THE INSTALIATION COMPLETE? Generator wiring completed? (Heaters, Feeders, Controls wires, etc.) Transfer Switch wired? (Feeders and control) Is Normal power on in the ATS? Is the remote annunciator installed and wired? Is battery charger wired? Is block heater wired? STATUS OF FUEL -Diesel Are all fuel lines connected? Has sub-base tank been filled? YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD Has the Construction Completion Notice been filed with SDAPCD, allowing operation of the generator in accordance with Rule 24? Yes D No D What date was it submitted? __________ _ Attach a copy of the APCD permit (Authority To Construct) with this form to ensure startup on the requested date. Requested start/test date: _________________ _ Requested by: ---------------'Date: ______ _ Bay City Electric Works 12208 Industry Rd Lakeside, CA 92040 SM REV7-18-08 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I f GENERATOR START-UP INFORMATION REQUEST Generator system start-ups are typically quoted for Normal working hours and are limited to a single trip to the installation site. Please help us avoid the need to invoice for supplemental visits by insuring that the system is ready for start-up on the initial trip. Any wiring, terminations or other additional work will be billed at our current labor rate in 1 hour increments. PLEASE ALLOW AT LEAST 7 WORKING DAYS FOR OUR SERVICE DEPT TO SCHEDULE THE START-UP. FAX THIS FORM BACK TO BAY CITY ELECTRIC AS EARLY AS POSSIBLE. FAX# 619-938-8217 ProjectName=-------------------------- Customer Name: Fax# --------------------Phone# Jobsite Phone# ------------------Can the power be shutdown for power transfer test? IS THE INSTALLATION COMPLETE? Generator wiring completed? (Heaters, Feeders, Controls wires, etc.) Transfer Switch wired? (Feeders and control) Is Normal power on in the ATS? Is the remote annunciator installed and wired? Is battery charger wired? Is block heater wired? STATUS OF FUEL-Natural Gas or LPG Is the natural gas or LPG connected? Are primary and secondary regulators installed? Are all fuel lines connected? Yes D NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD YesD NoD Has the Construction Completion Notice been filed with SDAPCD, allowing operation of the generator in accordance with Rule 24? Yes o·No D What date was it submitted?---------- Attach a copy of the APCD permit (Authority To Construct) with this form to ensure startup on the requested date. Requested start/test date: _________________ _ Requested by: ______________ .Date: ______ _ Bay City Electric Works 12208 Industry Rd Lakeside, CA 92040 SM REV7-18-08 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1. I I I I I I Stationary Standby and Prime Power One-Year or Two Thousand (2000)-Hour Limited Warranty Your. K9hler product has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftsmen. If you are the original consumer, Kohler Co. warrants, for the period indicated below, each product to be free from defects in materials and workmanship. Repair, replacement, or appropriate adjustment at Kohler Co. 's option will be furnished if the product, upon Kohler Co.'s inspection, is found to be properly installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with Kohler Co.'s instruction manuals. A Kohler distributor, dealer, or authorized representative must perform startup. This warranty does not apply to malfunctions caused by damage, unreasonable use, misuse, repair or service by unauthorized persons, or normal wear and tear. Kohler Product Warranty Coverage* Generator Set & Accessories Prime Power Generator Set 20 kW or Larger One (1) year or 2000 hours (whichever occurs first) from date of initial startupt One (1) year or 2000 hours (whichever occurs first) from date of initial startupt *Some restrictions may apply. Contact your Kohler distributor/dealerforfull details. tStartup must occur within 24months of original shipment by Kohler Co. The following will not be covered by the warranty: 1. Normal engine wear, routine tuneups, tuneup parts, adjustments, and periodic service. 2. Damage caused by accidents, improper installation or handling, faulty repairs not performed by an authorized service representative, or improper storage. 3. Damage caused by operation with improper fuel or at speeds, loads, conditions, modifications, or installati9n contrary to published specifications or recommendations. 4. Damage caused by negligent maintenance such as: a. Failure to provide the specified type and sufficient quantity of lubricating oil. b. Failure to keep the air intake and cooling fin areas clean. c. Failure to service the air cleaner. d. Failure to provide sufficient coolant and/or cooling air. e. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance as prescribed in supplied manuals. 7. Engine coolant heaters, heater controls, and circulating pumps after the first year. 8. Rental of equipment during performance of warranty repairs. 9. Parts purchased from sources other than Kohler Co. Replacement of a failed Kohler part with a non-Kohler part voids warranty on that part. 10. Radiators replaced rather than repaired. 11. Fuel injection pumps not repaired locally by an authorized servicing dealer. 12. Non-Kohler-authorized repair shop labor without prior approval from Kohler Co. Warranty Department. 13. Engine fluids such as fuel, oil, or coolant/antifreeze. 14. Shop supplies such as adhesives, cleaning solvents, and rags. f. Failure to regularly exercise the generator set under load (stationary applications only). 15. Expenses incurred investigating performance complaints 5. Original installation charges and startup costs. unless the problem is caused by defective Kohler 6. Starting batteries and the following related expenses: materials or workmanship. a. Labor charges related to battery service. 16. Maintenance items such as fuses, lamps, filters, spark b. Travel expense related to battery service. plugs, loose or leaking clamps, and adjustments. A Startup Notification form must be on file at Kohler Co. A Startup Notificationform must be completed by Seller and received at Kohler Co. within 60 days after the date of initial startup. Standby systems not registered within 60 days of startup will automatically be registered by Kohler Co. using the Kohler Co. ship date as the startup date. To obtain warranty service, call 1-800-544-2444 for yoqr nearest authorized Kohler service representative or write Kohler Co., Generator Service Department, Kohler, WI 53044 USA. KOHLER CO. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND including, but not limited to, incidental consequential labor costs, installation charges, telephone charges, or transportation charges in connection with the replacement or-repair of defective parts. This is our exclusive written warranty. We make no other express warranty nor is anyone authorized to make any on our behalf. ANY IMPLIED ORSTATUTORYWARRANTY, INCLUDINGANYWARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF PURPOSE, is expressly limited to the duration of this warranty. Some states do not allow limitations on how.long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state. KOHLER. POWER SYSTEMS KOHLER CO. Kohler, Wisconsin 53044 Phone 920-565-3381, Fax 920-459-1646 For the nearest sales/service outlet in the US and Canada, phone 1-800-544-2444 KohlerPowerSystems.com TP-5374 12/99c I I KOHLER.POWER SYSTEMS Startup Notification Follow the startup checklist on the back of this form. Then complete the form. I This form is required for coverage under the Kohler limited warranty and must be completely filled out at I the time of initial startup. Representatives of the distributor/dealer and owner must sign the notification startup Date form. Signing this form represents acceptance of the unit and that all infonnatlon on the startup form is correct. Return a copy of the completed form to the Kohler Co. within 60 days of the startup date. , Lmo:.:.:::::. ====da~y ===::.::r·===_J I .. ~uthorlzed Kohler Representative Perfonnlng Startup Telephone Telephone I Company Name Company Name Address Address of Unit Location I City City I State ZIP/Postal Code State ZIP/Postal Code I Country Country' I Round-trip miles from nearest authorized Kohler setVicing distributor/dealer to the power system equipment Gener'ator·Set.and Englne·Nameplate-lnformatlori • ,, ' ' ,, ,,_.v I Generator Set No. 1 EnglneNo.1 Generator Set No. 2 EnglneNo.2 Serial No. Model No. I SpecNo. I O Industrial O Residential/Commercial I ATSNo.1 I Serial No. Spec No. Contactor Serial No. Applfcatlon Information (one !tam lri,NC:b !=Olumn must be.~edj 0 Mobile O Stationary O Prime 0 Rental O Standby Transfer Switch, Swltchgeat and UPS-N~meplate_ l11fpffl'l~~m_ . ATSNo.2 ATSNo.3 ATSNo.4 Switchgear UPS* I Mode!No. * Fill out the UPS G31·25 lnstallaUon, G31-21 Prestart, and G31-22 Startup Checklists I Kohler Representative's Name (print) Owner Representative's Name (print) Kohler Representative's Signature and Date Owner Representative's Signature and Date I mo. __ day___yi __ _ mo. __ day___yr. __ Form Distribution: I. Mail WHITE copy to: . Warranty Department, MS 072, Kohler Co., Kohler, WI 53044 I PINK copy: Distributor YELLOW copy: Owner's Representative K-625 (1/02c) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Generator Set/Transfer Switch Installation Checklist This document has generic content and some items may not apply to some applications. Check only the items that apply to the specific application. Read and understand all of the safety precautions found in the Operation and Installation Manuals. Make the following installation checks before performing the Startup Checklist. Note: Use this form as a general guide, along with any applicable codes or standards. Comply with all applicable codes and standards. Improper installation voids the warranty. Equipment Room or Weather Housing Does Not Yes Apply 00 1. ls the ~uipment installed in a fire-resistant room (made o non-combustible material) or in an outdoor weather housing? 00 2. ls there adequate clearance between the engine and floor for service maintenance? 00 3. ls there emergency lighting available at the equipment room or weather housing? 00 4. ls there adequate heating for the equipment room or outdoor weather housing? 00 5. ls the equipment room clean with all materials not related to the emergency power supply system removed? 00 6. ls the equipment room protected with a fire Does Not Yes Apply O O 25. Is there an exhaust line condensate trap with a drain installed? · O O 26. Is the specified silencer installed and are the hanger and mounting hardware tightened? O O 27. Is a heat-isolating thimble(s) installed at points where exhaust lines pass through combustible wall(s) or partition(s)? O O 28. Is the exhaust line free of excessive bends and restrictions? Is the backpressure within specifications? O O 29. ls the exhaust line installed with a downward pitch toward the outside of the building? O O 30. ls the exhaust line protected from entry by rain, snow, and animals? O O 31. Does the exhaust system outlet location prevent protection system? ----"-------''---------------entry of exhaust gases into buildings or structures? Engine and Mounting -------,-----------------O O 32. Are individuals protected from exposure to high O O 7. Is the mounting surface(s) properly constructed and temperature exhaust parts and are hot parts safety leveled? decals present? O O 8. Is the mounting surface made from non-combustible AC Electrical System material? 0 0 9. was the generator-to-engine alignment performf;!d 0 0 33. Does the nameplate voltage/frequency of the after attaching the skid to the mounting base? generator set and transfer switch match normal/utility source ratings? Generator sets with two-bearing generators require alignment. O O 34. Do the generator set load conductors have adequate ampacity and are they correctly connected to the Lubrication circuit breakers and/or the emergency side of the O O 1 o. Is the engine crankcase filled with the specified oil? transfer switch? Cooling and Ventilation O O 35. Are the load conductors, engine starting cables, battery charger cables, and remote annunciator O O 11. ls the cooling system filled with the manufacturer's leads installed in separate conduits? specified coolant/antifreeze and purged of air? 0 0 36. ls the battery charger AC circuit connected to the O O 12. Is there adequate inlet and outlet air flow (electric corresponding voltage? louvers adjusted and ventilationfan motor(s) connected to the corresponding voltage)? O O 13. Is the radiator duct properly sized and connected to the air vent or louver? O O 14. Are flexible sections installed in the cooling water lines? Fuel O O 15. ls there an adequate/dedicated fuel supply? O O 16. Are the fuel filters installed? O O 17. Are the fuel tanks and piping installed in accordance with applicable codes and standards? O O 18. Is there adequate fuel transfer tank pump lift capacity and is the pump motor connected to the corresponding voltage? O O 19. Is the fuel transfer tank pump connected to the emergency power source? Transfer Switch, Remote Control System, Accessories O O 37. Is the transfer switch mechanism free of binding? NOTE: Disconnect all AC sources and operate the transfer switch manually. O O 38. Are the transfer switch AC conductors correctly connected? Verify lead designations using the appropriate wiring diagrams. O O 39. Is there a UPS system? If yes, is the UPS installation checklist filled out? O O 40. Is all other wiring connected, as required? Batterles·and DC Electrical System q O 41. Does the battery(ies) have the specified CCA rating and voltage? O O 42. Is the battery(ies) filled with electrolyte and connected to the battery charger? 00 00 00 00 O O 43. Are the engine starting cables connected to the 20. Are flexible fuel lines installed between the engine battery(ies)? fuel.inlet and fuel piping? O O 44. Do the engine starting cables have adequate length 21. Is the specified gas pressure available at the fuel and gauge? regulator inlet? O O 45. Is the battery(ies) installed with adequate air 22. Does the gas solenoid valve function? ventilation? 23. Are the manually operated fuel and cooling water Special Requirements valves installed allowing manual operation or bypass of the solenoi~·valves? O O 46. Is the earthquake protection adequate for the _Ex_h_a-ust--------'-------------equipment and support systems? --,---------------------O O 47. Is the equipment protected from lightning damage? O t:J 24. Is the exhaust line sized per guidelines and does it have flexible connector(s)? Is the flexible connector(s) straight? I Generator Set/Transfer Switch Startup Checklist I This documE!nt has generic content and some items may not apply to some applications. Check only the items that apply to the specific application. Read and understand all of the safety precautions found in the Operation and Installation Manuals. Complete the Installation Checklist before performing the initial startup checks. Refer to Service Bulletin 616 for Warranty St!irtup Procedure Requirements regarding generator set models with ECM-controlled engines. ·1 Does Does Not Not Yes Apply Yes Apply 00 1. Verify that the engine is filled with oil and the cooling 0 0 29. Close the normal source circuit breaker or replace fuses system is filled with coolant/antifreeze. to the transfer switch. I 00 2. Prime the fuel system. 00 30. Check the normal source voltage, frequency, and 00 3. Open all wa.ter and fuel valves. Temporarily remove the phase sequence on three-phase models. The normal radiator cap to eliminate air in the cooling system. source must match the load. Replace radiator cap in step 21. 00 31. Open the normal source circuit breaker or remove fuses I 00 4. Place the generator set master switch in the to the transfer switch. OFF/RES T position. Observe Not-in-Auto lamp and 00 32. Manually transfer the load to the normal source. alarm, if equipped, on the controller. 00 33. Close the generator set main line circuit breakers, close 00 5. Press the lamp test, if equi~ped on controller. Do all the the safeguard breaker, and/or replace the fuses alarm lamps on the panel i luminate? connected to the transfer switch. I 00 6. Open the main line circuit breakers, open the safeguard 00 34. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN breaker, and/or remove fuses connected to the position. generator set output leads. 00 35. Check the generator set volt~e, frefency, and phase 00 7. Turn down the speed control (electronic governor) or sequence on three-phase m els. T e generator set I speed screw (mechanical governor).* must match normal source and load. 00 8. Verify the presence of lube oil in the turbocharger, if 00 36. Place the Mnerator set master switch in the equipped. See the engine and/or generator set OFF/RES position. operation manual. 00 37. Open the generator set main line circuit breakers, open 00 9. Place the Renerator set master switch in the RUN the safeguard breaker, and/or remove the fuses I position. llow the engine to start and run for several connected to the transfer switch. seconds. 00 38. Reconnect the power switching device and logic 00 10. Verify that the day tank, if equipped, is energized. controller wire harness at the inline disconnect plug at 00 11. Place the generator set master switch in the the transfer switch. I OFF/RES T position. Check for oil, coolant, and 00 39. Close the normal source circuit breaker or replace fuses exhaust leaks. to the transfer switch. Place the generator set master 00 12. Turn on-the water/oil heaters and fuel lift pumps. switch to the AUTO position. 00 13. Check the battery charger ammeter for battery ctiarging 00 40. Close the generator set main line circuit breakers, close indication. the safeguard breaker, and/or replace the fuses ·I connected to the transfer switch. 00 14. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN 0 0 41. Place the transfer switch in the TEST position (load test position. Verify wliether there is sufficient oil pressure. Check for oil, coolant, and exhaust leaks. or open normal source circuit breaker). NOTE: Obtain permission from the building authority before 00 15. Close the safeguard circuit breaker. A~iust the engine proceeding. This procedure tests transfer switch I speed to 50/60 Hz if e~ipped with an e ectronic operation and connects building load to generator set governor or to 52.8/63 z if equipped with a mechanical power. governor.* 00 42. · Readjust frequency to 50 or 60 Hz with total building Ob 16. If the speed is unstable, adjust according to the . loads.* appropriate engine and/or governor manual.* DO 43. Verify that the current phase is balanced for three I 00 17. Adjust the AC output voltage to.match the load voltage phase systems. using the voltage adjusting control. See the generator 00 44. Release the transfer switch test switch or close the set/controller operation manual. normal circuit breaker. The transfer switch should 00 18. Allow the engine to reach normal operating coolant retransfer to the normal source after appropriate time I temperature. delay(s). 00 19. Check the operatini temperature on city water-cooled 00 45. Allow the generator set to run and shut down models and adjust t e thermostatic v~ve as necessary. automatically after the appropriate cool down time 00 20. Manually overspeed the en~ne to cause an engine delay(s). shutdown (68-70 Hz on 60 z models and 58-60 Hz on 00 46. Set the plant exerciser to the customer's required I 50 Hz modelt Place the generator set master switch exercise period, if equipped. in the OFF/R SET position.* 00 47. Ver:% that all oEtions on the transfer switch are adjusted 00 21. Check the coolant level, add coolant as necessary, and and nctional or the customer's requirements. replace the radiator cap. Verify that all hose clamps are 00 48. If possible, run the building loads on the ~enerator set tight and secure. I 00 22. Place the generator set master switch in the RUN for several hours or perform the load ban test if required. position. 00 49. Verify that all the wire connections from the generator 00 23. Verify the engine low oil ,rressure and high coolant set to the transfer switch and optional accessories are temperature shutdowns. tight and secure. I 00 24. Check the overcrank shutdown.* 00 50. If there is a UPS system, fill out the UPS prestart 00 25. Place the generator set master switch in the checklist and UPS startup checklist. OFF/RES T position. 00 51. Verify that the customer has the appropriate 00 26. Open the normal source circuit breaker or remove fuses engine/generator set and transfer switch literature. I to the transfer switch. Instruct the customer in the operation and maintenance of the power system. 00 27. Disconnect the power switching device and logic 0 Cl 52. Fill out the startup notification at this time and send the controller wire harness at the inline disconnect plug.at the transfer switch. white copfu to the Generator Warranty Dept. Include the 00 28. Manually transfer the load to the emergency-source. warranty rm if applicable. I * Some models with electronic engine controls may limit or prohibit adjusting the engine speed or testing shutdowns. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ·1 I BAY CITY ELECTRIC WORKS, INC. TEST REPORT Date:_/_/_. Repair Order (RO) # : Customer: -------------- Engine: --------Model: ---------------S/N: S / N: -----------------------Spec#: _______ _ Spec#: --------------- Hours Volts L1 Amps L3 FREQ. % Water Oil Remarks L2 LOAD Temo. . Press. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I BR OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Safety is built into every engine driven generator; however, like any other electro-mechanical device it can present serious threat to life and limb if imprudently operated and maintained. Remember that the best safeguards against accidents are to keep ever mindful of the potential dangers and to always use good common sense. In the interest of safety, some general precautions are presented below -keep these in mind! Warning -High Voltage: Remember that the function of a generator set is to produce electricity and wherever electrical energy is present, there is the potential danger of electrocution. Keep everyone, especially children, away from the set while it is running and take precautions to prevent unqualified personnel from tampering with or attempting to operate your generator set. Have the set and electrical circuits serviced only by qualified technicians. Wiring should be inspected frequently -replace leads that are frayed or in poor condition. Be especially careful not to come in contact with electrical equipment when standing in water or on wet ground or when your hands are wet. Warning-Lethal Exhaust Gas: The engine powering your generator discharges deadly carbon monoxide as part of the exhaust gas when operating. Carbon monoxide is particularly dangerous in that it is odorless but keep in mind that it can cause death if inhaled for even a short period of time. Never operate the generator set inside a building unless the exhaust gas is piped safely outside or operate in any area where exhaust gas could accumulate and seep back inside an occupied building. A void breathing exhaust fumes when working on or near the generator set. Warning -Dangerous Fuels: Use extreme caution when handling, storing and using fuels -they are highly volatile and explosive in vapor state. Warning -Automatic Transfer Switch: This system is equipped with an automatic transfer switch and will start automatically. Before working on the generator, or equipment connected to generator, the generator must be disabled. Move the generator control switch to the "Off' position; open the generator line circuit breaker; and move the automatic transfer switch operator disconnect switch to the "Off' position. KOHLER.POWER SYSTEMS 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 Phone -619.938.8200 Fax -619.938.8217 Service Facility: 766 S. Gifford Ave. Unit# 1, San Bernardino, CA 92408 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 1. Check all fluid levels of engine coolant and lubricating oil. (Caution: Do not remove radiator cap while system is hot.) 2. If any failure lights are lit, correct problem and reset by moving the generator control switch to the "Oft/Reset" position. 3. Automatic Operation: With the generator control switch in the "Auto" position the system will respond to remote start/stop signals from the automatic transfer switch. 4. Test -without load transfer: Placing the generator control switch in the "Run" position will cause the engine generator to start and run unloaded. To stop the unit, move the control switch to either the "Off/Reset" or the "Auto" position. 5. Test -with load transfer: With the generator control switch in the "Auto" position, push and hold the automatic transfer switch "Test" switch for a period exceeding the setting for "Time Delay Engine Start" time delay (normally set at 3 seconds). The generator set will start, reach operating speed, and the load will transfer to emergency. The system will operate on emergency for the time period of the "Time belay Return to Normal" time delay (normally set at 15 minutes). At the end of this time period, the load will automatically transfer to ''Normal" and the generator set will run approximately 5 minutes unloaded for a cool-down period and then automatically stop. Caution: Always reset the generator control switch to the "Auto" position at the completion of testing or maintenance work. For further jnformation, refer to the detailed Operating Instructions provided with the system. For technical support, parts procurement, or maintenance services, contact: BAY CITY ELECTRIC WORKS 12208 INDUSTRY ROAD LAKESIDE, CA 92040 (619) 938-8200 KOHLER.POWER SYSTEMS 12208 Industry Road Lakeside, CA 92040 Phone -619.938.8200 Fax -619.938.8217 Service Facility: 766 S. Gifford Ave. Unit# 1, San Bernardino, CA 92408 2 CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION NOTICE San Diego County Air Pollqtion Control District 10124 Old Grove Road San Diego, CA 92131 (858) 586-2600 FAX: (858) 586-2601 Please complete the "APPLICANT USE ONLY'' portion of this notice and fax or mail it to the APCD. The following information has been included based on your application infonnation. Please note any corrections to this information. COMPANY NAME (OBA): ---~E=P~E=U=IS=B=I=O~TE=C=HN=-'-'O=L=O:.::G=I=ES=----____ APPLICATION #s:_~9~8~76=3~6- EQUIPMENT ADDRESS: I 890 RUTHERFORD RD CARLSBAD CA 92008 EQUIPMENT: EMERGENCY STANDBY DIESEL ENGINE: iOHN DEERE, MODEL:, 6090HF285V, SIN: TBD, 422 BHP, TIER 3 CERTIFIED OF FAMILY#: 8JDXL09.0102, MODEL YEAR 2008, TURBOCHARGED, CHARGE AIR- COOLED, DRIVING A 275 KW KOHLER GENERAT0R. APCD PROJECT ENGINEER: ----'"----=D=IA=N=A"-'THA==I----'---TELEPHONE: -~8=5~8-=58=6~-2'"""'72=-=8'--_ APPLICANT USE ONLY: PLEASE VERIFY ENGi+"lE MAKE, MODEL, A.ND BRAKE HORSEPOWER RA TING. PLEASE PROVIDE ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER: _..c..,.R~&_-_b_o__.1._fJ-----_L_-e-_s-~ ___ >...,..s-_-G __ r'------- »ATE CONSTRUCTION-WAS COMPLETED: -..-----S--,../_· 3....,f,_/_c, __ j.___ __________ _ I ·/ PERSON PROVIDING NOTIFICATION (Please Print): SIGNATIJRE: ~ a DATE OF NOTIFICATION: -5/ ~ 1 /oj , APCDUSE 1.0. #: 1 I 820A VAX ENTRY DATE: DATE RECEiVED: 7 TELEPHONE: _?__._/ o.;;;._-_S.;;;._l/~· Cf.._-_~_t s_.r __ DEC Z 9 20DB~J-lL i noel.. ~~ou)0 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL HAZARo·ous MATERIALS QUESTIONNAIRE OFFICE USE ONLY UPFP! 2. ID l7R HV# Zb -(g I(') I BP DATE I Business Name. · · , Epeuis BiotE;chnolo ies Project Address , 1890 Rutherford Road 1 Mailing Address . ' 475 Huntington Drive_. Project Contact Keith Lynch Business Contact John Levy City . Carlsbad City San Marino State CA State CA Telephone# 626 441-6695 X Zip Code APN# 92008- Zip Code 91108- Telephone# Plan File# (619) 977-1672 X The following questions represent the facility's activities, NOT !l)e-specific project description. PARr I: FIRE DEPARTMENT-HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DIVISION: OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: Indicate by circling the item, whether your business will use, process, or store any of the following hazardous materials. If any of the items are circled, applicant must contact the Fire Protection Agency with jurisdiction prior to plan submittal. 1. Explosive or Blasting Agents 5. Organic Peroxides 9. Water Reactives 13. Corrosives 2. Compressed Gases 6. Oxidizers 10. Cryogenics 14. Other Health Hazards 3. Flammable/Combustible Liquids 4. Flammable Solids 7. Pyrophorics 8. Unstable Reactives 11. Highly Toxic or Toxic Materials 12. Radioactives 15. None of These. PART II: SAN DIEGO COUNTY DEPARTMENT dF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH -HAZARDOUS M,X'rERIALS Div'iSIONS {HMO}: If the answer to any of l questions is yes, applicant must contact the County of San Diego Hazardous Materials Division, 1255 Imperial Avenue, 3m floor, San Diego, CA 92101. Call (619) 338-2222 prior to the i!lsuance of a building permit. · FEES ARE REQUIRED. Expected Date of Occupancy: 2009-02-01 0 CalARP Exempt YES NO --~·=··~--·-·-~--.w,--~~~---·~ ........., / 1. [81 D Is your business listed on the reverse side of this form? (check all that apply). r f) ,~ T r-'t~ . 9ate Initials 2. D [81 Will your business dispose of Hazardous Substances or Medical Waste in any amount? ~ .ir i .!. ;/,,.,<" dJ CalARP RequirE 3. [81 D Will your business store or handle Hazardous $ubstances in quantities equal to ol greater than ~ I 55 gallons, 500 pounds, 200 cubic feet, or carcinogens/reprod1,1ctivetoxins in any quantity? DEC 2 3 2008 Date Initials 4. 5. 6. D D D [81 Will your business use an existing or install an underground storage tank? j ! ~ Will your business store or handle Regulated Substances (CalARP)? ~ . l!l"" • . "" f> ~ 1!.,.f fffe......, it::il' [] CalARP ComplE [81 Will your business use or install a Hazardous Waste Tank System (Title 22, Article f ~1s!i~~~--~~!:~;-;;: t; ,i~ ! ~nitials • • • -~ --~··· __ , ..,.......,,,._...,._.._.,:,;,, ............. ........r,;..:· ........ PART Ill: SAN DIEGO COUNTY AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT: If the answer to any of the questions below is yes, applicant must contact the Pollutio'n Control District (APCD), 10124 Old Grove Road, San Diego, <:;A 92131-1649, telephone (858) 586-2600 prior to the issuance of a building or demolit permit. Note: if the ·answer to questions 3 or 4 is yes, applicant. must also submit an asbestos notification form to the APCD at least 1 O working days prior commencing demolition-or renovation, except demolition or renovation of residential structu,res of four units or less. Contact the APCD for more information. YES 1. [81 2. D 3. D 4. D NO D [81 t8! [81 Will the subject facility or construction activities include operations 6r equipment that emit or are capable of emitting an air contaminant? (See · APCD factsheet at http://www.sdapcd.org/info/facts/permits.pdf, and the list of typical equipment requiring an APCD permit on the reverse s of this from. Contact APCD if yoµ havEl any questions). (ANSWER ONl Y IF QUESTION 1 IS YES) Will the subject facility be located within 1,000 feet of the outer boundary 'of a school (K through 1: (Public and private schools may be found after search of the California School Directory at http://www.cde.ca.gov/re/sd/; or contact t appropriate school district). Will there be renovation that involves handling of any friable asbestos materials, or disturbing any material that contains non-friable asbestos? Will there be demolition involving the removal of a load supporting structural member? Briefly describe business activities: .Biotechnolo Briefly describe proposed project: Addition of a diesel enerator arid enai /J 113 lo't ' Date FOR OFFICAL USE ONLY: FIRE DEPARTMENT OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: ______________________________ _ l?Y: _______ -'-------~--.....,...---,-------DATE:--~'----''~-- EXEMPT OR NO FURTHER·INFORMATION REQUIRED RELEASED FOR BUILDING PERMIT BUT NOT FOR OCCUPANCY RELEASED FOR OCCUPANCY COUNTY-HMO APCD APCD HM-9171 (04/07) County of San Diego-DEH -Hazardous Materials Division tll I 0001. SAN DIEGO REGIONAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS QUESTIONNAIRE OFFICE USE ONLY UPFPtl, 2. ID 17f HV# ZD-(g{i) BP DATE Business Name Epeuis Biotechnologies Project Address 1890 Ruthe1ford Road Mailing Address 475 Huntington Drive Project Contact Keith Lynch Business Contact John Levy City Carlsbad City San Marino Telephone# 626 441-6695 X State Zip Code APN# CA 92008- State Zip Code Plan File# CA 91108- Telephone# 619 977-1672 X The following questions represent the facllity's activities, NOT the specific project description. PART I: FIRE DEPARTMENT-HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DIVISION: OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: Indicate by circling the item, whether your business will use, process, o( store any of the following hazardous materials. If any of the items are circled, applicant must contact the Fire Protection Agency with jurisdiction prior to plan-submittal. 1. Explosive or E'!lasting Agents 5. Organic Peroxides 9. Water Reactives 13. Corrosives 2. Compressed Gases 6. Oxidizers 10. Cryogenics 14. Other Health Hazards 3. Flammable/Combustible Liquids 7. Pyrophorics 11. Highly Toxic or Toxic Materials 15. None ofThese. 4. Flammable Solids 8. Unstable Reactives 12. Radioactives PART II: SAN DIEGO COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH-HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DIVISIONS (HMO): If the answer to any of the questions is yes, applicant must contact the County of San Diego Hazardous Materials Division, 1255 Imperial Avenue, 3'" floor, San Diego, CA 92101. Call ((;>19) 338-2222 prior to the issuance of a building permit. FEES ARE REQUIRED. Expected Date of Occupancy: 2009-02-01 YES NO ( ~ .. 1. IX! O Is your bu-siness listed on the reverse side of this form? (check all that apply). PAID 2. D ~ Will your business dispose of Hazardous Substances or Medical Waste in any amoun ? 3. IX! 0 Will your business store or handle Hazardous Substances in quantities equal to or Jreater than 55 gallons, 500 pounds, 200 cubic feet, or carcinogens/reproductive toxins in any qul'ntity? 4. D IX! Will your business use an existing or in$tall an underground storage tanl<? DEC 2 3 2008 5. D ~ Will your business store or handle Regulated Substances (CalARP)? 6. 0 IX! Will your business use or install a Hazardous Waste Tank System (Title 22, Article 10? DIEM Ct\$,MJD _ CASH ____ CHECK# 0 CalARP Exempt I --oai Initials 0 GlalARP Required I I Date Initials f 0 rlAR~ Complete ;,--·Oat Initials PART Ill: SAN DIEGO COUNTY AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DISTRICT: If the answer to any of the questions below is , applicant must contact the Air Pollution Control District (APCD), 10124 Old Grove Road, San Diego, CA 92131-1.649, telephone (858) 586-2600 prior to the issuance of a building or demolition permit. Note: if the answer to questions 3 or 4 is yes, applicant must also submit an asbestos notification form to the APCD at least 10 working days prior to commencing demolition or renovation, except demolition or renovation of residential structures of four units or less. Contact the APCD for more information. YES NO 1. IX! D Will the subject facility or construction activities include operations or equipment that emit or are capable of emitting an air contaminant? (See the APCD factsheet at http://www.sdapcd.org/info/facts/permits.pdf, and the list of typical equipment requiring an APCD permit on the reverse side of this from. Contact APCD if you have any questions). 2. 3. 4. D D D IX! (ANSWER ONLY IF QUESTION 1 IS YES) Will the subject facility be located within 1,000 feet of the outer boundary of a school (K through 12)? (Public and private schools may be found after search of the California School Directory at http://www.cde.ca.gov/re/sd/; or contact the appropriate school district). (gl Will there be renovation that involves handling of any friable asbestos materials, or disturbing any material that contains non-friable asbestos? .(gl Will there be demolition involving the removal of a load supporting structural member? Briefly describe-business activities: Briefly describe proposed project Biotecbno!ooy Addition of a diesel generator and engine /d 113 Io~ Date FOR OFFICAL USE ONLY: FIRE DEPARTMENT OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION:. ______________________________ _ BY: ___________________________ _ DATE: __ ~/ __ ~/ __ EXEMPTOR NO FURTHER JNFORMATION REQUIRED RELEASED FOR BUILDING PERMIT BUT NOT FOR OCCUPANCY RELEASED FOR OCCUPANCY COUNTY-HMO APCD COUNTY-HMO APCO HM-9171 (04/07) County of San Diego-DEi-i -Hazardous Materials Division . l~/qjof n, ~-1~,r-l/'tfc_ u.;/J~d-~r~);Jr~w)~)~~ , ~ C,.J~ ~ wak ~ v-Jl OU . . • , IA/ /"'1/o~ ~ ~ F~ ~ ~ C'\A_Q___ I Approved 1 . J ... _&_ -I I~ __ cl IJ-Jr,01 {>lf'1 (!uYJ jl/{I! (p;JlllJi6Gf/vj~~-~~ '¥1,.,._i 62/ 11 Joq ~.Jr {P FG Planning Engineering Fire Health / F.O.G. HazMat/ Air Quality Comments Building Planning Engineering · I JU/ fire Forms/Fees Due? BX ?J{)./Df fsofit,un P · r 1..1-rrr=-~;; . : __ : , ~ , Ir . J;t)1 ~ PE&M 1111/A-._ v N • School y N JI I q_ I ~ 1 C!:f ~ ~ $Jl! J?.I) :sµ Qk '-::ma, : ~ l , · ~l!A,ef'~ "fuL,, f CAA,,•·-· . Jdl.1 (~ W,../J FeesComplete __ _ fu~ -,~ r1JJ~~'ry ~~] "'f' -·--·- 0~--i/ b 1-0(71/~o,ylek t,tJ ,/4,w 'l'j ,(,, ~ ~ ~ tJ.-UJ/1/u:_ (_ o?U3/ 're"' sA.eru's) ~ 66?'.z.-_v,/' ue.e4 ~ s~ £-Mr'£1e s '.'.s--~ L~l~[~. j~~-~df~iiJ;r~'.1=~-~,'1f:~~,:;i~;=~=!i)J.·